'd't

t

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, and GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘annals’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND

CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’)

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

WILLIAM S. DALLAS, F.L.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTIIERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S.

- - - ^

VOL. III.— FIFTH SERIES.

LONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER ; SIMPKIN, MARSHALL,

AND CO.; KENT AND CO.; WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS :

MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH :

HODGES, FOSTER, AND CO., DUBLIN : AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1879.

•\\hsoniar

slVL\o5

“ Omnes res create sunt divinse sapiential et potential testes, divitiai felicitatis

humanae: — ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;

ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper aestimata ;

a vere eruditis et sapientibus semper excidta ; male doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.” — Linnaeus.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’oeuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent tout.es ses operations.” — Biiucknek, Theorie du System* Animal, Leyden,

1767.

The sylvan powers

Obey our summons ; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple lieath-llower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep : the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide : the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Tayi.oh, Norwich, 1818.

/

CONTENTS OF VOL. III.

[FIFTH SERIES.]

NUMBER XIII.

Page

I. Supplementary Observations on the Anatomy of Spirilla aus¬

tralis, Lamarck. By Prof. R. Owen, C.B., F.R.S., &c. (Plates I-

III.) . . . 1

II. On Plectronella papillosa, a new Genus and Species of Echino-

nematous Sponge. By W. J. Sollas, M.A., F.G.S., &c. (Plates

IV.- VII.) . 17

III. On the Bryozoa (Polyzoa) of the Bay of Naples. By Arthur

Wm. Waters, F.L.S., F.G.S. (Plates VIII.-XI.) . 28

IV. Hemiptera from the North-eastern Frontier of India. By W.

L. Distant . 44

V. Descriptions of two new Fishes from New Zealand. By Prof.

F. W. Hutton, of the Otago University . 53

VI. Crustacea Cumacea of the ‘ Lightning,’ 1 Porcupine,’ and

‘ Valorous ’ Expeditions. By the Rev. A. M. Norman, M.A . 54

VII. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Gallenicince.

By Joseph S. Baly, F.L.S . 73

VIII. Notice of a Collection of Reptiles from Islands of Torres

Straits. By Dr. A. Gunther, F.R.S . . 84

IX. New Species of Ccratorrhina allied to C. guttata , 01. (Coleo-

ptera, Cetoniidee). By Charles O. Waterhouse . 87

81)

New Book: — The Geological Record for 1870

Proceedings of the Geological Society .

00—93

IV

CONTENTS.

Diastylis bimarginatus, by C. Spence Bate, F.R.S. ; Germination of

the Spores of Volvox dioicus, by M.Henneguy ; On the Anatomy

of the Larva of Eristalis temx, by Dr. Batelli ; On the Denti¬

tion of Smilodon, by M. P. Gervais . 93 — 95

NUMBER XIV.

X. On some new and rare Hydroid Zoophytes ( Sertulariidce and

Thuiariidce) from Australia and New Zealand. By D’Arcy W.

Thompson, Edinburgh. (Plates XVI.-XIX.) . 97

XI. On the Bryozoa (Polyzoa) of the Bay of Naples. By Arthur

Wm. Waters, F.G.S. (Plates XII.-XV.) . 114

XII. Hemiptera from the North-eastern Frontier of India. By

W. L. Distant . 127

XIII. On Lo.vosoma and TriticeUa, Genera of Semiparasitic Poly¬

zoa in the British Seas. By the Rev. A. M. Norman, M.A . 133

XIV. On Ilolasterella, a Fossil Sponge of the Carboniferous Era,

and on Hemiasterella, a new Species of Recent Sponges. By Ii. J.

Carter, F.R.S. &c. (Plate XXL) . 141

XV. On two new Species of Fishes from the Bermudas. By Dr.

A. Gunther, F.R.S . 150

XVI. Remarks on Munier-Chalmas’s Classification of the Dactylo-

porida. By Dr. Fr. Toula . 151

XVII. On the Classification of the British Polyzoa. By the Rev.

Thomas Hincks, B.A., F.R.S . ” . 153

XVIII. On the Occurrence of a Land-Rail ( JRallus ) in the Island

of Aldabra. By Dr. A. Gunther, F.R.S . 164

XIX. On two Races or Subspecies of Indian Birds inhabiting

Ceylon. By Captain W. V. Legge, R.A., F.Z.S. &e . 168

On the Genus Catagma, by W. J. Sollas, M.A., F.G.S., &c. ; On the

new Palaeozoic Plant-Group Dolerophyllese, by M. G. de Sa-

porta; On the Development of the Clieilostomatous Bryozoa,

by M. J. Barrois ; Migration of the Aphides of the Galls of the

Pistachio to the Roots of Grasses, by M. J. Lichtenstein; A

new Order of Extinct Reptiles (Sauranodonta) from the Jurassic

Formation of the Rocky Mountains, by Prof. O. C. Marsh ;

Notice of a new Tetrarhynchus, by Prof. Leidy . 169 — 176

CONTENTS.

V

NUMBER XV.

Page

XX. On on Anomaly among tlie Ilydromedusae, and on their

Mode of Nutrition by Means of the Ectoderm. By C. Meresch-

kowsky. (Plate XX.) . 177

XXI. On the Structure of Amphibola aveUana. By F. W. Hutton,

Professor of Natural History in the University of Otago, New Zea¬

land. (Plate XXII.) . 181

XXII. On a Collection of Lepidoptera from the Island of Johanna.

By Arthur G. Butler, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c . 186

XXIII. On the Bryozoa (Polyzoa) of the Bay of Naples. By

Arthur Wm. Waters, F.G.S . 192

XXIV. Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. Berkeley,

M.A., F.L.S., and 0. E. Broome, Esq., F.L.S . 202

XXV. Descriptions of four new Species of the Genus Inopeplus

(Coleoptera, Cucujidm). By Charles O. Waterhouse . 213

XXVI. On .Mammals and Reptiles from Johanna, Comoro Islands.

By Dr. Albert Gunther, F.R.S., Keeper of the Department of

Zoology, British Museum . 215

XXVII. Notes on the Lepidoptera of St. Helena, with Descrip¬

tions of new Species. By Mrs. T. Vernon Wollaston . 219

New Books : — A Monograph of the Silurian Fossils of the Girvan

District in Ayrshire, with special Reference to those contained

in the “ Gray Collection.” By II. Alleyne Nicholson, M.D.,

D.Sc., &c., and Robert Etheridge, Jun., F.G.S. — Annual

Report and Proceedings of the Belfast Naturalists’ Field-Club

for 1876-77. — Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society.

Edited by Frank Crisp, LL.B. &c . 234, 235

Proceedings of the Geological Society

236—239

Method of Investigating the Embryos of Fishes, by M. F. Ilenneguv ;

On a Gigantic Isopod from the Great Depths of the Sea, bv M.

A. Milne-Edwards ; On the Termination of the Visceral Arte¬

rioles of Avion i-ufus, by M. S. Jourdaiu j The Eye in the Cepha¬

lopoda, by Prof. S. Ricliiardi . 240 — 243

CONTENTS.

NUMBER XVI.

I’ace

XXVIII. On the Geological Distribution of the Rhabdophora.

Bv Charles Lapworth, E.G.S.. . : . 245

XXIX. On the Occurrence of a small and new Phyllopod Crusta¬

cean, referable to the Genus Leaia , in the Lower Carboniferous

Rocks of the Edinburgh Neighbourhood. By R. Etheridge, Jun.,

F.G.S., of the British Museum . 257

XXX. Notes on the Species of Peripaius, and especially on those

of Cayenne and the West Indies. Ify H. N. Moseley, F.R.S.,

Fellow of Exeter College, Oxford . 203

XXXI. On the Bryozoa (Polyzoa) of the Bay of Naples. By

Arthur Wm. Waters, F.G.S. (Plates XXIII. & XXIV.) . 2(57

XXXII. On a new Genus of Pycnogon and a Variety of Pycno-

ffonum littorale from Japan. By Henry H. Slater, B.A., F.Z.S. . 281

XXXIII. Contributions to our Knowledge of the Spongida. By

H. J. Carter, F.R.S. &c. (Plates XXV -XXVII.) . 284

XXXIV. Studies on Fossil Sponges. — III., IV., V. Monactinel-

lidse, Tetractinellidae, and Calcispongise. By Karl Alfred Zittel 304

XXXV. Description of two new Species of Birds from South¬

eastern New Guinea. By R. Bowdler Sharpe, F.L.S., F.Z.S.,

&c., Senior Assistant, Department of Zoology, British Museum .... 313

New Book : — The Structure of Eozoon canadense compared with that

of Foraminifera, by his own Investigations. By Karl Modius,

Professor of Zoology at Kiel . 314

Proceedings of the Geological Society

31b

New Observations on the Development and Metamorphoses of the

Tapeworms, by M. P. Megniu ; On the Segmental Organs and

Genital Glands of the Sedentary Polychostal Annelids, by M. L.

C. E. Cosmovici ; On Gloidium quadrifidum, a new Genus of

the Group Protista, by M. N. Sobokin . 317—320

NUMBER XVII.

XXXVI. Descriptions of new Species belonging to the Genus

Sulenopus, with some Observations on their Organization. By J.

Koren and D. C. Danielssen . 321

XXXVII. Notes on the Lepidoptera of St. Helena, with Descrip¬

tions of new Species. By Mrs. T. Vernon Wollaston . 320

CONTENTS.

vii

Page

XXXVIII. Contributions to our Knowledge of the Spongida. By

II. J. Carter, F.R.S. &c. (Plates XXVIII. & XXIX.). . . 343

XXXIX. An Account of a small Series of Coleoptera from the

Island of Johanna. By Charles O. Waterhouse . 300

XL. Studies on Fossil Sponges. — V. Calcispongiae. By Karl

Alfred Zittel . 364

XLI. Descriptions of new Coleoptera belonging to the Genera

Monomma, Silts, and Lithium. By Charles O. Waterhouse .... 379

XLH. On the Zoological Position of the Ophiurans obtained by

Dr. Wallich, F.L.S., during the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Bulldog’ in

1860. By Prof. P. Martin Duncan, F.R.S. &c . . 382

XLIII. Researches on Cosmetira salinarum, a new Paludicolous

Medusa of the Environs of Cette. By Dr. Du Plessis . 385

Note on two Bermuda Fishes recently described as new, by Dr. A.

Gunther ; On the Presence of a Segmental Organ in the Er.do-

proct Bryozoa, by M. L. Joliet; The Origin of the specialized

Teeth of the Carnivora, by E. D. Cope . 389 — 391

NUMBER XVIII.

XLIV. Remarks upon the Memoirs on Lo.vosoma. By Oscar

Schmidt . 393

XLV. On Pharetronema zingiberis, a new Genus and Species of

Renierid Sponge. By W. J. Sollas, M.A., F.G.S., &c. (Plate

XXX.) . 404

XLVI. Notes on Foraminifera. By H. J. Carter, F.R.S. &c. . . 407

XLVII. Notes on the Lepidoptera of St. Helena, with Descrip¬

tions of new Species. By Mrs. T. Vernon Wollaston . 415

XLVIII. On the Architecture and Habits of the Cutting Ant of

Texas (Atta fervens). By the Rev. H. C. McCook . 442

XL1X. On the Geological Distribution of the Rhabdophora. By

Charles Lapworth, F.G.S . 449

The Cochineals of the Elm — a new Genus, Ritsemia pupifera, by M.

Lichtenstein ; On Gordius, and on some Parasites of the Rat,

by Prof. Leidv; On some Plesiosaurians of the Tipper Jurassic

Strata of Bouiogne-sur-Mer, by M. II. E. Sauvage : The Neba-

liad Crustacea as Types of a new Order, by A. S. Packard,

Jun . 455 — 459

Index

460

PLATES IN VOL. III.

Plate I. j

n.

in.)

IV.

v.

VI.

VII.

VIII.

IX.

X.

XI.

XII.

XIII.

XIV.

XV. _

XVI.)

XVII. /

XVIII. f

XIX J

XX.

XXI.

XXII.

XXIII. i

XXIV. f

xxvo

XXVI. |

XXVII. y

XXVIII.

XXIX.

XXX.

Anatomy of Spirula australis.

Plectronella papillosa.

Dercitus Bucklandi.

Bryozoa of the Bay of Naples.

New Hydroid Zoophytes.

Bougainvillea paradoxa.

New Spongida.

Structure of Amphibola avellana.

Bryozoa of the Bay of Naples.

New Spongida.

Pharetronema ziugiberis.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FIFTH SERIES.]

“ . per litora spargite museum.

Naiades, et circirm vitreos considite fontes:

Polliee virgineo teneros hie carpite flores :

Ploribus et pictum, divse, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymph® Craterides, ite sub imdas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Veilite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dese pelagi, et piugui conchylia succo.”

N. Parthenii Giannettasii Eel. 1.

No. 13. JANUARY 1879.

I. — Supplementary Observations on the Anatomy of Spirilla

australis, Lamarck *. By Prof. R. Owen, C.B., F.R.S., &c.

[Plates I.- III.]

1 The Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Samarang,’ 4to,

1848, includes a monograph on this subject (pp. 6-17, pi. iv.),

at the conclusion of which the following particulars are noted

as “ still remaining to be determined : — such, for example, as

the structure of the male organs and that of the female organs,

particularly as to whether the oviduct be single or double,

whether complicated by glandular enlargements or associated

with nidamental glands ; the brain and cranium, the principal

nerves, the tongue, beak, and lips ; the structure of the eyes

and the condition of the eyelids ; the relations of the shell of

the Spirula , and especially of its last or open chamber, with

the muscular system of the animal ”f.

The materials on which the descriptions in the above

u monograph ” were founded consisted of a headless speci¬

men with the hind end of the mantle torn off (referred to the

Spirula Peronii , De Bl. {), of part of the mantle with shell

attached of a Spirilla reticulata , Ow. § (taken by Dr. Bennett,

* 1 Encyclopedie Methodique/ pi. 456. fig. 5.

t Op.cit. p. 16. I Ibid. pi. iv. figs. 1, 4, 5, 6.

§ Ibid. pi. iv. figs. ?>, 9, 10.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5 Vol. iii.

1

2

Prof. R. Owen on the Anatomy

F.L.S., off Timor), and of the then unique specimen of

Spirula australis , Lam., in the possession of Mr. Cuming,

u perfect in all its parts except the termination of one of its

tentacles”*. This specimen was found by Mr. Percy Earl

on the shore at Port Nicholson, New Zealand, in a fresh

state.

The anatomical characters forming the main subject of the

u monograph ” were derived from dissections of Admiral Sir

Edward Belcher’s specimen : the uniqueness of the Cumingian

one justified the wish of the eminent conchologist, its possessor,

to retain it uncut f.

At a later period Mr. Cuming was enabled to place in my

hands the specimen (PI. I. fig. 1) from which the subjoined

additional facts have been taken.

The body of Spirula australis is divided into head and

trunk. The head with its non-retractile arms forms about one

third the length of the animal. It is a short, thick cylinder,

slightly swollen on each side by the eyes, of which the tegu¬

mentary pupils (ib. a) open 7 millims. behind the bases of the

arms.

The trunk, or mantle, is elongate, subcompressed, slightly

expanding at the hinder third, in the dorso- ventral direction,

to lodge the shell. The margin of the anterior aperture of the

mantle is thin and free, with three emarginations : — one ven¬

tral, deep and short, above which the funnel (7, figs. 1 & 4 ;

PI. III. fig. 1, i) projects; and two dorso-lateral, meeting at

a point (PI. I. fig. 1, li) which projects forwards from the

middle of the dorsal border. There are two similar but

shorter ventral points at the sides of the funnel. Beyond this

margin the mantle gains in thickness, and again thins off to

its posterior border.

The mantle terminates behind in two broad lateral lobes

(ib. figs. 1, 2, 3, c,c) rounded posteriorly and clasping, as it

were, the sides of the shell, concealing the umbilical turns.

A portion of the last whorl projects from both the ventral ( e )

and dorsal (f) interspaces of these lobes, but most so from

the dorsal one (fig. 2), towards which the larger end of the

whorl is bent, before inclining ventrad to its termination

within the body.

The dorsal part of the mantle, continued from the anterior

pointed lobe backward, thins off to the margin of the aperture

(ib. /'), through which appears the part of the outer whorl of

the shell: from the margin of this aperture, which is entire, the

* Lovell Reeve, ‘ Elements of Concliology,’ 8vo, 184G, p. 18, pi. A.

figs. a-f.

+ Ibid.: “Mr. Cuming is desirous of preserving the specimen under

consideration entire” (p. 18).

3

of Spirula australis, Lamarck.

thin epithelium (f) is continued upon, and seemingly lost in,

the periostracum (g) ; part of the shell is exposed at /«, fig. 2.

The well-defined convex border of each lateral posterior or

terminal lobe (c) of the mantle has its smooth, soft, inner layer

tucked up, as it were, and bent towards the central aperture

of the umbilicus.

Between the lobes is an elliptical convex substance (u bouton

terminal,” De Blainville* ; u thick gland,” Gray f) (fig. 3,

a b ) with a central depression (ib. a d) ; this disk is flanked by

a pair of oblong productions (ib. a c, a c), the homologues of

the better-developed muscular fin-like bodies in Spirula re-

ticulata\.

M. de Blainville describes the lateral appendages [a c) as

fins, u fort semblable a ce qui a lieu dans les Sepioles ” §.

Dr. Gray, in his account of the original Cumingian specimen

affirms, “ It differs from the cuttlefish in being entirely

destitute of fins” ||. It is possible that the French anatomist

may have had for his subject a specimen of Spirula reticulata ,

in which they are more developed ^j. The parts (a c) in my

example of Spirula australis may have been contracted ; but I

deem them, like those in S. reticulata , to be homologues of

such small terminal lateral fins as one sees in Loligopsis.

The intervening terminal gland-like mass is composed of a

substance resembling dense cellular tissue, in which minute

tortuous filaments were the chief structural character; its

thin covering was vascular. At the middle of the central

depression is a pore ; but this terminates blindly, and is not the

duct of a gland. If the disk (a b) were applied to a flat sur¬

face and the central part [ad) were withdrawn from the level,

a vacuum would be produced, which would convert the disk

into a sucker. Should the Spirula so attach itself, as Bum-

phius describes, its tentacles (fig. 1, cl) and arms (1,2, 3, 4)

would be free to exercise their prehensile power on any

passing object of food. The formal analogy to the polype,

indicated by Aristotle’s name for the “ Poulpe,” would thus

be carried further in Spirula by its occasional repetition of the

status of a hungry Actinia.

The mantle consists of a thin epiderm, a pigmental reticular

connective tissue, and an unusually dense corium, in which the

circular or transverse muscular fibres are crossed by thinner

and more superficial longitudinal fasciculi (PI. II. fig. 2, h h).

* “ Quelques observations sur l’animal de la Spirule,” Anuales fran-

§aises et etrangeres d’Anatomie et de Physiologie, tome i. 1837, p. 37G.

f Annals and Magazine of Natural History, April 1845.

| ‘ Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Samarang,’ Mollusca, p. 13,

pi. iv. figs. 3, 9. § Loc. cit. || Luc. cit.

See my Monograph, loc. cit. pi. iv. fig. 9, a c, a c.

4

Prof. P. Owen on the Anatomy

These are faintly indicated in the magnified view of the

mantle (PL I. fig. 2) ; but the reticular character is more

strongly marked in Spirula reticulata , besides being associated

with formal characters described and illustrated in the mono¬

graph of 1848.

The thin semitransparent epiderm is continued beyond the

muscular stratum from the borders of the dorsal interspace of

the terminal lobes for about 9 millims. upon the shell, the rest

of which is covered by the extremely thin and minutely

granular periostracum. The same modification of the mantle

occurs at the ventral interspace of the lobes ; but it is continued

to a less extent, the thin corium of the mantle terminating

by a well-defined margin from which the epiderm is con¬

tinued. The production of this skin upon the shell regains

the thick fleshy border of the terminal lobes of the mantle at

the posterior end of the interspace, which is filled up by the

soft disk (a h) and the fin-rudiments (a c) .

The integument of the head is smooth ; it was coloured by

minute points of brownish pigment ; it is so thin around the

eye as to permit the black pigment of the choroid to appear

through. The original coloration of the mantle had been lost

by long immersion in spirit. About the middle of the dorsal

aspect were two narrow oblong marks (PI. I. fig. 1, m ).

The inner surface of the mantle, a little behind each of the

ventral angular processes, presents a linear longitudinal pro¬

minence of almost cartilaginous hardness, for the cavities at

the base of the funnel.

This (PI. I. figs. 1, 4, PI. III. fig. 1, i) is a conical tube,

with entire parietes ; the apical outlet unusually small, clue

probably to strong contraction, but defended by a corre¬

spondingly small semicircular valve. At the sides of the

expanded base of the funnel were the cartilaginous cavities

(PI. I. fig. 4, o ; PI. II. fig. 3, o) articulating with the pallial

prominences.

The head of the Spirula is defined by a feeble linear con¬

striction from the soft and broad valvular folds (PI. I. fig. 4, h)

continued therefrom and from the base of the funnel, one on

each side, to meet and blend at the dorsal aspect of the neck.

Here the valve, which, from its functional relation to the

mantle-cavity, maybe termed “pallial,” is impressed by a

triangular shallow pit with a slightly raised border (fig. 4, k),

the base turned forwards and the apex prolonged backwards.

The antero-posterior extent of the valve, which terminates

backward in a thin free border, is 4 millims. ; it is shorter

posteriorly, where it is attached to the dorsal retractors of the

head. Just behind or beyond this border the peritoneum is

reflected upon the lining membrane of the mantle. The finely

of Spirula australis, Lamarck. 5

punctate pigment is continued a little way on the inner surface

of the mantle.

The eight ordinary arms (of which the four of the left side are

shown in PI. I. figs. 1, 4) are of nearly equal length, the first

and fourth being the shortest, the third the longest ; they are

joined together by a short and thick web, or duplicature of the

skin, at the outer side of their basal interspaces (PI. I. fig. 5).

Compared with the others, the bases of the two ventral arms

(4, 4) are the thickest, and the division between them is

deepest and widest. Each of the arms is conical and trihedral

with the long angle outward, and one face turned inward.

This surface is bounded by a well-defined border on each side

(fig. 6,?), and is beset with numerous, minute, pedunculate ace-

tabula, thick -set at the distal half and arranged in an irregular

quincuncial order ; five or six may be counted in the oblique

rows that cross the surface. The acetabula (figs. 6, a, b , c)

are oblate spheroids or pear-shaped, more flattened at the side

upon which the small suctorial cavity (ib. s) opens, with

slender peduncles (ib. p) equalling the acetabulum in length

and inserted toward one side of the end next the arm. On

some of the arms there were one, two, or three longer pedun¬

cles with larger acetabula than the rest, formed by the swelling

out of one side of the sucker into a spheroidal tumour, con¬

taining a compact light-brown substance. The margin of

each cup is strengthened and armed by a delicate iridescent

horny hoop.

The stems of the tentacles (figs. 1, 5, d*) equal in thickness

at their base (fig. 5, d, d) those of the ordinary arms ; they are

cylindrical, gradually contract to their terminal expansion, the

inner side of which shows a narrow longitudinal raised tract,

which supports the stems of the acetabula in a double alternate

series. The corresponding part of the tentacles of Loligopsis

Veranii offers a resemblance to this structure.

The length of the oral mass (PI. I. fig. 8, magn.) is 5 millims.:

it is connected with the surround ing cephalic sheath by loose,

elastic, cellular tissue, yielding readily to the protrusive and

retractile movements of the mass.

Both mandibles (ib. figs. 8, 9, y>, q) were of horny or cliiti-

nous tissue, of a dark brown hue, deepening to the free points,

paling towards the thin inserted margins. There was no trace

of calcareous superaddition.

The beak is surrounded by a double lip — the inner one (figs.

7 & 11, n ; fig. 11 “) thin, finely plicated, with a crenate border ;

the outer one (fig. 7, 0) thicker, with coarse radiating folds on its

inner side, the termination of which gives the border a crenate

“ Proboscides Arist.

6

Prof. R. Owen on the Anatomy

character. The anterior or outer side of this lip is compara¬

tively smooth (fig. 5) ; it is continued to the bases of the eight

ordinary arms, and into the fold which connects together the

contiguous sides of the bases of the third and fourth arms on

each side, the interspace between which forms the sheath of

the long tentacle ( d ). The outer muscular coat of the buccal

mass (fig. 8, r) consists chiefly of a stratum of longitudinal

fibres connected by cellular membrane to the inner coat (s),

which consists of two subelliptical bundles of oblique fibres,

commencing from the same mid line of the dorsal aspect of

the buccal mass, and swelling as they proceed ventrad and

outward to pass beneath the outer plate-layer of the under -

(ventral) mandible to be inserted therein, as the temporal

muscles into the coronoid processes of the vertebrate mandible,

in the course most favourable for approximating the ventral

(lower) to the shorter dorsal (upper) mandible.

The inner surface of the inner lip, or labial beak-sheath, is

produced into many deep, sharply defined radiating folds, each

of which is indented at the base, wavy at the free margin

(figs. 11, n, 11°). Thin bands of longitudinal muscular fibres

pass on from the two subelliptical bundles to the inner lip, for

its retraction.

A labial membrane is reflected from the inner lip upon the

outer one, at about 2 millims. from the transverse oral aper¬

ture ; folds of the inner lip radiate from the crenate border of

that aperture (fig. 7, n).

Dissection. — I proceed to note the appearances presented in

the first steps of the dissection of my &pirula.

On laying open the mantle along the ventral aspect the gills

were first exposed ; no rectum or anal tube appeared, at least

no mediastinal membrane embracing a rectum in its folds, as

in an Octopus. The gills (Pis. II. & III. fig. 1, a) are suspended

each by a delicate frrnnum or u mesobranchia ” (/), extending

from the base to half the length of the gill, the other half being

free. But at the ventral interspace between the bases of the

branchiae there is a slight prominence supporting, as in the first

dissected specimen, the anal orifice, the oviducal orifice (PI. III.

fig. 1, e'), and the renal outlet (fig. 3, Ic). Just within the

border of the vent (y) opens the duct of the ink-bag (h) .

The ovary (PI. III. fig. 1, h) lies in the left hind compart¬

ment of the visceral chamber ; the chief folds of the oviduct

(ib. e, PI. II. fig. 3, e) are on the right side, partially separated

therefrom by the pellucid membrane which envelops the inner

whorls of the shell, which membrane is also closely attached

to the sinus surrounding the rectum.

In the angle between the branchial hearts (PI. III. fig. 3,

h , c ) and the intestinal fold (/) is the “ pericardial ” or

of Spirula australis, Lamarck. 7

u urocardial” chamber, containing the (supposed renal) venous

follicles (ib. cl , cl).

Viewing the viscera from the left side (PI. II. fig. 3), one

sees the large and few convolutions of the wdde oviduct (e)

crammed with ova, of a deep yellow colour, four or five on the

same transverse line : the last long recurrent fold advances

over the liver, between the last chambers of the shell and the

converging masses (ib./*) of the retractors of the head and

funnel ; these enter, overlap the margins, and send an

aponeurosis over the exterior of the last chamber of the shell

( u ). The above parts are on the dorsal aspect; on the ventral

one are the gills and the succenturial or nidamental glands.

Reflecting back the oviduct we expose the right lobe of the

liver, impressed by the impacted ova in the duct which over¬

lay that lobe.

The visceral chamber is bifid posteriorly, through the for¬

ward intrusion, at the median line, of the last whorl of the shell

and the mass continued from its last chamber (PI. II. fig. 2, z).

The branchiai are attached to the membrane reflected from

each side of this intrusive mass *.

The peritoneum after lining the mantle is reflected, on the

dorsal side, 4 millims. below the edge of the pallial valve, upon

the last chamber of the shell, and is firmly united to the peri-

ostracum on that side of that chamber ; a crescentic portion is

continued from the shell upon the sides of the muscular attached

mass.

The inner surface of the peritoneum is smooth, of a dull

silvery glistening colour, without pigment.

The tissue of the urocardial walls includes a stratum of very

numerous, fine, smooth fibrils, together with capillary vessels,

ramifying with some regularity.

The retractores infunclibuli (PI. I. fig. 4, t\ PI. II. fig. 1 ,/)

pass obliquely distad and dorsad to join the retractores capitis,

where these enter, or are attached to, the last shell-chamber.

From this part the peritoneum, extending ventrad, sends off

the u mesobranchia ” and envelops the gill, from which it

is continued upon the free termination of the oviduct and

oviducal gland (PI. III. fig. 6, d) ; it is then continued over

the pericardium and upon its valvular outlet, and upon the end

of the rectum, before being reflected to gain the inner surface

of the mantle.

On the ventral side of the visceral chamber the nidamental

glands (PI. III. fig. 1, c, a) occupy nearly the same relative

position as in the Nautilus , but, as in Decapods, are not

adherent to the mantle.

* See u Monogr. on Spirula,' up. at. pi. iv. fig- 11.

8

Prof. R. Owen on the Anatomy

The liver occupies a special peritoneal sac reflected from the

dorsal aspect of the lobes upon the ventral curvature of the

last chambers of the shell.

On dissecting aside from the median line the thick layer

(PI. III. fig. 2, k) of the longitudinal muscular bands (re-

tractores capitis) which pass backward from the ventral side

of the skull, above and behind the base of the funnel (ib. i) ,

a cavity was laid open from which escaped much fine granular

and oily globular matter: Iliad tapped, in fact, the hepatic

follicles (lf).

The muscular parietes of the funnel (PI. III. figs. 1, 2, i)

are 1 mi Him. thick at its base, becoming gradually thinner to

the apex. The aperture at this part is half a millim. in

diameter, and is defended by a flat semicircular valve {}) ,

attached by its base to the inner surface of the dorsal aspect

of the infundibular wall.

The u retractores infundibuli ” (PI. I. fig. 4, t ; PI. II. fig.

2, /, fig. 1,./’), arising from the aponeurotic sheath (ib. y) of

the last shell-chamber (ib. w), advance, inclining, at first, ven-

trad to the sides of the base of the funnel, pass under the

pallial valve (fig. 3, h) and blend peripherally with its inner

surface ; they next, by a free margin, blend centrally with

the mass of the 11 retractores capitis ” (PI. II. fig. 2 ,/), closing

the communication between the cavity of the mantle and the

cavity of the funnel at that part.

The retractores infundibuli originate partly from the inner

surface of the peripheral wall of the last shell-chamber, partly

from an aponeurosis (ib. y) which spreads over the wall of that

and preceding chambers, beneath the part of the peritoneum

which is reflected therefrom to line the mantle.

One thin fascicule (PI. II. fig. 2 ,f) attached to the pallial

ganglion (d) passes distad and ventrad to the mantle : a

broader aponeurotic sheath is continued from the muscles

over the involute whorls of the shell (PI. II. fig. 2, w} y).

The valvular pallial fold (PI. I. fig. 4, li ; PI. III. fig. 1, h)

is muscular, and is continued partly from the base of the

funnel, mainly from the muscular walls of the head.

The u retractores capitis ” (PI. II. figs. 2, 3 , /'), attached to

the cranial cartilage, converge as they pass backward, become

connected with the u retractores infundibuli,” and finally

spread upon the walls of the last chamber of the shell (ib. w),

which serves as a fixed point for the origins of those muscles.

A delicate but firm membrane (PI. II. fig. 4, u) is reflected

from such muscular sheath of the shell-mouth upon and over

the margin of the outer shell-chamber into its cavity, and

upon the hemispheric mass (ib. z ) occupying that chamber, and

attached to the hind ends of the lobes of the liver (ib. I, l').

The muscular fibres of the shrunken fin-like appendages

9

of Spirilla australis, Lamarck.

(PI. I. fig. 3, a c) are disposed in regular fasciculi ; they are

not transversely striate.

The tongue has a single retractor (PI. I. fig. 8, t : the mus¬

cles of the mandibles, r, s , are shown in this figure).

The brain is immediately covered by delicate meninges ; and

the part of the cartilaginous cranium protecting its periphery

is thin. It presented a small anterior u cerebral ” or olfactory

lobe (PL II. fig. 2, a) set upon the large optic lobes ( b ), like

the crystalline lens upon the vitreous humour.

The pallial nerve-trunks (c) perforate the u retractores

infundibuli,” and swell into the “ ganglia pallialia ” ( d ).

The visceral nerves (e) descend together, dorsad of the

oesophagus, between the inferior salivary glands, and, with

the oesophagus, enter the interspace between the hepatic lobes.

They send filaments to the salivary glands as they pass be¬

tween those glands ; and continuing backward and ventrad

between the hepatic lobes to the gastric ganglion, they send

filaments to the “ hemispheric mass” ( z ) in the last shell-

chamber (m).

Dorsad of the infundibulum project the two large subspheri-

cal ear-capsules (PI. II. fig. 6, a), the soft subtransparent

walls of which permit the contained opaque white otocones ( b )

to be discerned. The cartilage of the auditive capsule pre¬

sented a bluish hyaline colour ; that of the orbits was of a

grey colour and more opaque.

Immediately in advance of the acoustic capsules the car¬

tilaginous orbital cup of the cranium extends forward, ex¬

panding. A thin sheath or layer of muscular fibres arises

from the ventral side of the skull to pass upon the liver : in

advance of this a fibrous layer is directly continued from the

margin of the cartilaginous orbit upon the sclerotic. The

pupillary aperture (PI. I. fig. 4, a) is subcircular and opens

into the extensive conjunctival or aqueous chamber (PI. II.

fig. 2, l), which extends on one side of the eyeball to near the

large optic ganglion if).

The conjunctive membrane is reflected from the postorbital

cavity upon the side of the gullet and base of the circular

eyelid ; it is connected with the sclerotic ( l ) by loose laminated

cellular tissue, together with granular adipose tissue and the

great optic ganglion.

The precranial part of the gullet (PI. II. fig. 2, k ; PI. I.

figs. 8, 9, k) is 5 millims. in length ; the tube then enters

the canal or groove in the cartilaginous skull ; and the brain-

membrane is reflected upon the oesophagus as this tube (PI. I.

fig. 11, a) with the salivary ducts (b) passes through the

cerebral ring.

Three filaments accompany the cephalic part of the oesopha¬

gus : the middle and broadest (b) is continued from the ventral

10

Prof. R. Owen on the Anatomy

and fore part of the salivary gland (<7), and includes the two

ducts. The two lateral filaments (i) 1 could not satisfactorily

trace ; they seemed to issue from or enter the hind part of

the skull, and were either nerves or vessels.

Dorsad of the ear-sacs (PI. II. fig. 6, a, b) goes the gullet

(k), which, beyond the skull, is crossed ventrad by the lower

salivary glands (PI. I. fig. 11, g), and then passes, of slender

dimensions, without trace of ingluvial expansion, into the

interspace of the hepatic lobes ( l , l) .

From each side of the gullet the pallial nerves (fig. 11, c)

diverge to their ganglion ( d ).

The oesophagus, which lies at the lowest (ventral) part of

the hepatic interspace (PI. III. fig. 2, a), after a course of

5millims., expands into the stomach (&), which is small. The

duodenum, leaving the stomach, communicates near the pylo¬

rus with the second or pancreatic stomach (c), which was

larger than the first. A large mass of pancreatic follicles (cl)

communicate with the second stomach.

The intestine ( e ) bends about 2 millims. obliquely back¬

ward, then turns abruptly forward and becomes “rectum” (_/’) ,

which is 4 millims. long. The rectum is enveloped in a

loose mesorectum. There are no anal appendages. In the

angle of the last intestinal fold lies the ink-bag (h), the duct of

which goes forward to pierce and terminate within the infun¬

dibular anus. This glandular bag is pyriform, scarcely

2 millims. in length ; it lies close to and is connected with the

urocardial capsule.

The superior salivary glands (PI. I. fig. 10, o) are oblong-

flat bodies, applied one on each side of the basal or faucial

folds of the tongue (s) .

The posterior salivary gland (PI. I. fig. 11 PL II. fig. 4, </,

& fig. 10) appears to be single ; it is deeply grooved along the

middle of its dorsal aspect, and deeply notched on each side

by the lateral pallial nerve-trunks. Viewed from behind, the

posterior salivary glands are seen to be a pair, subtriangular

in shape. The white, flat, filamentary ducts of these glands

run forward on each side of, and close to, the gullet, enveloped

and supported by the same cellular oesophageal envelope.

The liver is not single as in Octopus , but consists, as in the

Decapods, of two symmetrical lobes (PI. I. fig. 11, l, l; PI. II.

fig. 4, Z; PI. III. fig. 2, l, l). These are of an elongated

subtriangular shape, with the base turned forward, as viewed

from the ventral aspect. Each is invested by a glistening

capsule. The fine muscular web connecting or passing be¬

tween the “ retractores ” or “ crura infundibuli ” is spread

over the two oblong lobes or divisions of the liver. When

this sheet is removed the lobes are seen to be invested by a

proper musculo-membranous sheath. The fibres of the seem-

of Spirula australis, Lamarck. 11

ing muscular part are “smooth” and disposed in longitudi¬

nal bands.

The lower ends of the liver-lobes, or continuations of their

capsules, enter the last chamber of the shell, and contribute

to form the hemispheric mass (PL II. fig. 4, 2), from the cap¬

sule of which the membranous siphon (ib. v'j is continued.

The outer cellular membrane, or covering of the liver, is

condensed where it connects the lobes with the u hemispheric

mass,” and forms a well-defined border of the part occupying

the last shell-chamber.

The liver consists of well-defined pyriform sacculi ; the

obtuse round blind ends, being next the capsule, give the

reticulate appearance (PI. II. fig. 4, l).

The last chamber of the shell is filled by a solid, soft,

hemispheric body, covered by delicate smooth membrane, from

which the small siphuncle (ib. v) is continued. The dissec¬

tion made with the view of determining the nature and con¬

nexions of this membrane is represented in figure 4, PI. II.,

the shell being removed.

The shell-membrane, continued from the fibrous sheath

formed by the origins of the retractores capitis et infundibuli,

divides into two layers, one of which (v!) is continued over

the exterior of the shell and is lost in the periostracum ; the

other lines the last chamber, coating its contents (2), and is

continued therefrom to form the membranous siphon ( v ') ;

from this a third thin layer extends from near the basal cir¬

cumference of the hemispheric body (2I upon the “capsula

propria” of the liver. This being removed, the structure of

the hepatic gland is indicated by an irregular subhexagonal

pattern of the surface. A circular indent of the shell-mem¬

brane marks the terminal margin of the calcified part of the

last chamber. In the siphon fine muscular fibres could be

traced the whole length.

The calcareous siphon (PI. II. fig. 2, v ) slightly diminishes

as it passes backward, and is surrounded by a raised border

where it enters the aperture in the next septum.

The anterior aorta passes to the interspace of the u retrac¬

tores capitis,” and goes forward alongside the oesophagus.

Dorsad of this aorta the vena cava (PI. III. fig. 3, e) enters

the same fissure and receives the hepatic vein, vdiich emerges

between the cystic follicles and the duodenum. It then pene¬

trates the urocardial chamber, divides, and develops the renal

follicles (c?, d).

Each branchial heart (PI. III. fig. 3, b, b) is semicircular,

subcompressed, with a small spherical appendage (c) ; it re¬

ceives the large vein with w hich the renal (?) spongy appen¬

dages are connected. These follicles contained small coagu¬

lated masses, consisting of filamentary groups ot cells, bent

12

Prof. R. Owen on the Anatomy

upon themselves at acute angles, and of minute granules. A

slight pressure destroys the form of most of these filamentary

groups *.

The right branchial vein (?) crosses, dorsad of the branchial

heart (reflected upward in fig. 3), in the form of a cylindrical

canal, and enters the smaller end of a transversely extended

systemic ventricle (a) ; the left branchial vein (?) enters the

opposite end. Each branchial vein is continued from the

ventral side of the gill-base.

The systemic heart-substance, or u bulbus arteriosus” [k),

bends forward at right angles to the main ventricle (a), and

near the entry of the right branchial vein («'). A smaller

posterior aorta (/) is given off from near the middle of the

back part of the transverse ventricle. This aorta supplies the

nidamental glands and succenturiates, the hemispheric mass of

the last shell-chamber, also the capsule applied to the umbilical

parts of the shell-whorls.

From the inner surface of the ventral part of the mantle,

distad of the border of the pallial valve, a vein emerges ; on

the inner surface of the dorsal part of the mantle are glisten¬

ing bands of transverse fibres intercepting orifices or trans¬

verse slits of the sinus continued from the veins from the

“ retractores capitis ” and salivary glands.

The gills (PI. II. fig. 1, a, a!-, PI. III. fig. 3 ,g,g') are two

in number, of the same structure as in other Dibranchiates ;

they are rather larger, relatively, than in Loligopsis , but have

the same number of laminae (twenty-four pairs). From the

basal half or rather more of the fleshy stem is continued the

freenal fold above mentioned (PL III. fig. 1 ,f), the layers of

which are continuous with the general serous membrane of

the visceral chamber. The gill (a1 in fig. 1, PI. II.) is

reflected to show the opposite surface.

The specimen confided to me for dissection was a female.

The generative organs consist, as in Sepia, Septiola, and Rossia ,

of an ovary (PI. III. fig. 1, h), an oviduct (PI. II. fig. 3, e),

with an oviducal gland (ib. fig. 3, d ; PI. III. fig. 6, d ), and a

pair of nidamental glands (PI. III. fig. 1, c, c ; PI. II. fig. 3, c).

The ovarium, filled with ovisacs, the largest of which are

II millim. in diameter, occupies the left side of the fundus of

the visceral chamber. The oviduct^ is continued from its an¬

terior part, and is soon dilated by ova, of large relative size,

as in Sepiola and Rossia.

* In the sac lodging the homologous follicles of the Pearly Nautilus,

Van der Hoeven found “a calcareous reddish-white and friable con¬

crement : I believed it to contain uric acid ; but the chemical inquiry of

Prof. Van der Booncliesch has not confirmed my supposition ” (“ Contri¬

butions to the Knowledge of the Animal of Nautilus pompilius," Transac¬

tions of the Zoological Society, vol. iv. p. 24).

o/‘ Spirula australis, Lamarck. 13

The ova are close-packed ; two or three may be seen on the

same transverse line along the terminal recurrent fold of the

oviduct. Near its termination the glandular part is developed

(PL III. fig. 6, d).

The membranous part of the oviduct terminates round the

thick border of the infundibular beginning of the glandular

part, the fine folds of which radiate therefrom. The oviducal

gland is pyriform ; its plicated substance makes a spiral turn

before reaching the apex.

The outlet of the oviduct (ib. fig. 1, e') is an elliptical slit,

situated posteriorly and laterad of the valvular orifice of the

urocardium and of the anus.

Much loose cellular tissue connects the peritoneum with the

long folds of the oviduct on the left side of the visceral mass.

Spirula is almost as devoid of external organs of natation

as Nautilus. In both the direction in which such forces act

is retrograde.

Nautilus exercises them mainly by virtue of the muscular

funnel, through which it forcibly ejects into the surrounding-

water the respiratory currents*. Spirilla superadds to this the

ejection of that volume of water upon which the cephalic

arms and their basal webs contract, after the fashion in which

other Dibranchiates, especially the Octopods, propel themselves

backwards. The dynamic of the recoil in both instances is

exemplified by that of the cannon, when the gas of the ignited

powder is driven into the surrounding atmosphere. Spirula

is superior to Nautilus in the cephalic mechanism, although

the thick cylindrical muscular sheath enclosing the buccal

mass may exercise a similar though feebler power in the back¬

ward propulsion of the body ; but inferiority in the cephalic

motor, in Nautilus , is in some degree compensated by superiority

of the infundibular one. In both instances of multilocular

Cephalopods the natatory power is inferior to that of existing

Dibranchiates.

Rumphius testifies of the “ great post-horn ” (Nautilus), “ it

keeps itself chiefly at the bottom, creeping sometimes into the

nets of the fishermen ; but after a storm they may be seen in

troops floating on the water ; whence one may infer that they

congregate in troops at the bottom. This sailing, however,

is not of long continuance ; for having taken in all their ten¬

tacles, they upset their boat, and so return to the bottom.”

I have already referred to the testimony of the same obser¬

vant naturalist that “the little post-horn” ( Spirula ) “ hangs

to the rocks by a thin and small door,” or disk — “ that it sets

itself fast to the rocks.” The marginal indication of the

* Anat. & Pliys. of Invertebrates, Bvo, 1855, p. 583.

14

Prof. R. Owen on the Anatomy

paragraph on the Spirula is “ En zit aan de klippen ”* .

Admitting this function of the terminal suctorial disk, which

is peculiar to Spirula among Cephalopods, yet it nevertheless

occasionally floats, and probably passes more of its time as a

swimmer than does the Nautilus. Rumphius observed both

multiloculars on the shores or coast of Amboyna. The sub¬

ject of the present supplementary monograph, and that of J.

E. Gray and Lovell Reeve, was captured, recent if not

living, on the shore of New Zealand. A Spirula, borne away

from its shores by storms or currents, would find subsistence

in the open ocean as long as nutriment could be taken by its

prehensile organs. In regard to its relations to Nautilus I

would submit the following remarks.

The more or less fixed attachment of a muscle being

regarded in anatomy as its “ origin,” the chief masses of the

muscular system in both Nautilus and Spirula have a similar

origin, viz. the terminal open chamber of the multilocular

shell. In Nautilus the retraetores infundibuli and retractores

capitis arise on each side of the inner surface of that chamber

by a single origin f, the insertional tissue or “ tendon ” of

which, however, is continued round the circumference of the

chamber at the level or line of the main parial attachments.

In Spirula the corresponding muscular masses arise equally

from the entire circumference of the terminal part of the

inner surface of the last chamber, but also extend their at¬

tachments over the margin and a little way beyond it on the

exterior of the shell ; they are, in fact, “ shell-muscles ” in

the same sense as those so-called in Nautilus. In both

genera, therefore, the shell, besides other offices, serves as

the point cVappui of the retractors of the funnel and of the

head with its locomotive and prehensile organs. Moreover

the last chamber of the shell in Spirula also receives part

of the visceral mass, viz. the hind termination of the liver,

which, covered by its capsule, and this again by the peritoneum

or a delicate aponeurosis continued from the attached shell-

muscles, constitutes the hemispheric mass that fills the

chamber and forms or sends off the beginning of the membra¬

nous siphon. This siphoniferous and visceral mass (“calotte”

of De Blainville J) is answerable in Spirula to the siphoni¬

ferous and visceral mass which, in Nautilus , occupies the

* ‘ D’Amboinsche Rariteitkamer,’ fol. 1741, p. 61.

f ‘Memoir on the Pearly Nautilus,’ 4to, 1832, p. 17, pi. i. ff.

f This anatomist regarded the “ calotte ” as wholly muscular, and its

siphonal production as the tendon of such. Describing the retractores as

“ ia game musculaire que traverse l’cesophage,” he proceeds, “ Son extre-

mite anterieure qui va a la tete et aux appendices etait tronquee a

1’endroit de l’arrachement ; mais la posterieure etait bien conservee ; on

voyait qu ’allant en se rdtrdcissant elle s’attacliait a une lame charnue

qui tapissait le fond de la premiere loge de la coquille, en formant une

15

of Spirula australis, Lamarclc.

fundus of the last chamber * *, only with reversed proportions ;

such visceral mass occupies a smaller proportion of the last

chamber in Nautilus , yet consists of a larger proportion of the

viscera than in Spirula. Although by the forward extension of

the last chamber beyond the muscular attachments, in Nautilus ,

a still greater proportion of the animal is contained, or may be

retracted, within that chamber — nevertheless, in the degree in

which the mantle may be reflected over the exterior of the

shell, such proportion of the shell may be regarded as internal.

Lateral prolongations of the mantle can extend over the umbi¬

licus, and are the efficients of the deposition there of coloured

calcareous matter, in Nautilus pompilius j and such pallia! pro¬

longations are homologous with the lateral terminal lobes of the

mantle of Spirula (PI. I. figs. 1, 2, 3, c, c), which similarly cover

the umbilical parts of its shell.

The distinction, therefore, between Nautilus and Spirula ,

in regard to the shell, in its protective relation, is relative, not

absolute : in the one a small proportion of the shell is occa¬

sionally “ internal ; ” in the other a small proportion is always

u external : ” in both the multilocular shell corresponds with

the phragmocone of the Belemnitet.

The tetrabrancliiate Orthoccras may be called a representa¬

tive analogue of the dibranchiate Belemnite, as the tetra-

branchiate Ammonite is of the dibranchiate Spirula. The

siphon is u ventral ” and u marginal ” in both kinds of coiled

shells, but it runs along opposite sides of the coil. In Spirula,

its position is 11 internal ” or 11 entomarginal ; ” in Ammonites

it is 11 external ” or “ ectomarginal.”

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate I.

Fig. 1. Right-side view of Spirula australis , in outline, showing the four

arms (l, 2, 3, 4) and the tentacle (d) of that side, a, eye-aper¬

ture; b, dorsal pointed lobe of fore border of mantle ; c, umbilical

fold of mantle ; e, exposed part of outer wall of shell on the ven¬

tral side ; /, the same on the dorsal side ; g, longitudinal marks

sorte de calotte se continuant par sa circonference avec l’enveloppe de

celle-ci, et donnaut, au fond et vers le bord inferieur, naissance a un

prolongement tubiforme penetrant et s’attachant dans le siphon de la

premiere cloison, puis se continuant sans autre adherence, a ce que je

suppose, jusqu’a son origine vers le sommet de la coquille, dont j’ai pu,

en effet, ie retirer sans briser, dans une longueur considerable ; en sorte

que l’on peut dire que celle-ci est dans un prolongement du muscle colu-

mellaire ou retracteur de la tete et de ses appendices, et que le siphon

membraneux n’est lui-meme qu’une partie de ce muscle/’ — Op.cit. p. 379.

* Op. cit. pi. i. a.

t See the restoration of this extinct form in my ‘ Lectures on the

Comparative Anatomy and Physiology of the Invertebrate Animals,’

8vo, 1843, p. 333, fig. 133, b.

16

On the Anatomy of Spirilla australis, Lamarck.

on dorsal part of mantle ; i, funnel projecting between tlie pair

of pointed lobes on the ventral side of the fore border of the

mantle. Nat. size.

Fi(j. 2. Dorsal view of hind part of mantle, showing the interspace

between the two terminal umbilical lobes (c, c ). A portion of

the outer whorl of the shell is exposed, at Zi, by removal of the

periostracum (g) , with which the epithelial layer of the mantle

(/) is continuous. Magnified 3 diameters.

Fig. 3. Terminal disk (a b) and appendages (etc), with ends of terminal

lobes (c, c), of the mantle, and exposed parts of outer whorl of

shell (h, Zt) . Magn. 2 diam.

Fig. 4. Muscular mass of Spirula , including the head and its appendages

(i, 2, 3, 4, and d), the funnel (i), the'pallial valve (/*), the retrac¬

tors of the head (/) and funnel (t), which blend together to be

attached to tlie last chamber of the shell (u) ; the digestive

organs and ink-bag are also given. Nat. size.

Fig. 5. Anterior view of the head and appendages, with the mouth and

bases of the peduncles. Nat. size.

Fig. 6. One of the eight arms, showing the acetabuliferous surface.

Magn. 3 diam. Three detached acetabula ( b , cl, e ) and their

pedicles, more highly magnified.

Fig. 7. Mouth and bases of the cephalic arms and peduncles, with the outer

lip laid open, exposing the inner lip and mouth. Magn. 3 diam.

Fig. 8. The buccal mass. Magn. 4 diam.

Fig. 9. The upper and lower mandibles. Magn. 6 diam.

Fig. 10. Muscles of the buccal mass, upper salivary gland, and tongue.

Magn. G diam.

Fig. 11. Parts of Spirula, extending from tlie mouth (n) to the shell (s, v),

magn. 3 diam. : the letters are explained in the text. 11", inner

surface of inner lip.

Plate II.

Fig. 1. Dissection showing the funnel and its retractors, gills, a nidamen-

tal gland, ovary, and part of the shell. Magn. 3 diam.

Fig. 2. Dissection of parts of Spirula , from the mouth (m) to part of the

shell (r) ; the letters are explained in the text. Magn. 3 diam.

Fig. 3. Head of Spirula, with pallial valve and muscles, and female

organs of generation. Nat. size.

Fig. 4. Parts of Spirula, including the lower salivary glands, liver, and

contents of last shell-chamber. Magn. 3 diam.

Fig. 5. Muscular mass of retractors of head and funnel of Spirula, and

their attachment to the last shell-chamber. Nat. size.

Fig. 6. Acoustic organs and contiguous parts. Magn. 4 diam.

Fig. 7. Digestive organs. Magn. 4 diam.

Fig. 8. Shell of Spirula, with hemispheric mass filling terminal shell-

chamber, raised ; also part of mantle and terminal disk.

Fig. 9. Terminal chambers of shell, laid open to show origin of siphon

and contents of last chamber. Magn. 2 diam.

Plate III.

Fig. 1. Female organs and funnel. Magn. 3 diam.

Fig. 2. Alimentary canal, hepatic lobes, interior of funnel, and last shell-

chamber. Magnified.

Fig. 3. Circulating and respiratory organs. Magn.

Fig. 4. Digestive organs ; mass of retractor muscles. Magn.

Fig. 5. Portion of oviduct, with left gill and branchial heart. Magn.

Fig. G. Termination of oviduct with oviducal gland. Magn.

On a new Echinonematous Sponge.

17

II. — On Plectronella papillosa, a new Genus and Species of

Echinonematous Sponqe. By W. J. Sollas, M.A.,

F.G.S., &c.

[Plates IV.-VII.]

Plectronella* papillosa (nov.).

(Examined in the dried state.)

Sponge (PL IV. figs. 1, 2) attached ; stem short, thick, irre¬

gular, dividing into a number of once- or twice-bifurcated

branches ; branches cylindro-conical, curving irregularly,

uniting where grown in contact, consisting of a central axis

and a number of conical papillae proceeding from it ; papillae

£ inch long, inch in diameter, with simple, or bifid or trifid

ends, arranged along the axis of the branch more or less spirally

and at right angles to it, very numerous, producing the general

outline of the sponge. Oscules and pores ?

Colour drab or soft fawn-colour.

Skeleton composed of three kinds of spicules : — (1) those of

the interior ; (2) those of the surface ; (3) those of the

sarcode.

1. Spicules of the interior fusiform acerates, curved or

straight, *00125 inch in diameter and 0*0225 inch long (PI. V.

fig. 1), arranged in a confusedly fibrous manner, forming the

chief skeleton of the sponge. Spicular fibres of the stem nu¬

merous, longitudinal, undulating, bifurcating and anastomosing,

composed of acerate spicules lying longitudinally, frequently

crossed by transverse ones, curving at intervals towards the

exterior to supply a single fibre for the axial skeleton of each

papilla (fig. 1, p. 18). Surface of the stem and papilhe echi-

nat.ed by the forward projection of some of the acerate spicules.

2. Spicules of the surface (PI. V. figs. 2, 21) triradiate ;

two rays smooth, abruptly pointed, equal in length, diverging

at equal angles from the third, which is longer, spined, especi¬

ally towards the end, and terminated either by a sharp point

or a rounded surface. Spines conical, usually bent backwards,

talon-like. Length of the smooth rays, measured from the

centre of the triradiate canal, 0*0028 inch, of spined ray 0*0055.

Spicules arranged echinately, the pair of smooth rays seated

on or immediately below the surface of the spicular fibre ;

the spined ray projecting obliquely forwards.

3. Flesh-spicules extremely fine filaments, 0*005 inch long,

straight, or curved once, twice, or three times (PI. V. figs. 3, 4) ;

* nXf/KTpnv, a spur.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iii.

2

18 Mr. W. .) . Sollas on a new Genus and

very numerous, frequently collected into longitudinal bundles

(%• 5).

Hab. Marine.

Loc. (?). Collection, Bristol Museum.

Obs. Two of the most important characters of this sponge

are, first, the triradiate form of its echinating spicules, and,

next, the extreme tendency to variation which these display.

That the normal echinating spicule is truly triradiate, just

as, say, a characteristic Iiexactinellid spicule is sexradiate, is

proved by the triradiate form of its axial canal. In spicules

Fig. 1.

Diagrammatic section taken longitudinally through a papilla and one

half of the stem of the sponge : a, «, axial line of the stem.

which have not been subjected to any chemical treatment the

canal is only just discoverable ; but by boiling them for three

or four minutes in caustic alkali it becomes enlarged and is

then very obvious. The cavity from which the three arms of

the canal originate is frequently globular in shape, and ex¬

ceeds the canals in diameter ; it represents the position of the

young spicule-cell before it had budded to produce the adult

form ; and it may very conveniently be used as a fixed point

within the spicule from which to measure the length of its

diverging rays.

To produce the normal form of echinating spicule, two buds

must have sprouted from the inner or proximal face of the

spicule-cell, and by growing obliquely into the sponge have

19

Species of Echinonematous Sponge .

given rise to the smooth paired rays, while a third bud must

have started from its outer or distal face, and by growing out¬

wards have produced the third unpaired ray. From the sides

of the third ray additional offshoots have been developed

forming the spines, into each of which a branch from the axial

canal of the ray on which they occur is continued.

As it is very probable that the spines of spinose spicules in

many other kinds of sponges are solid, and not provided with

lateral diverticula from the axial canal, it may become neces¬

sary to distinguish between two kinds of spines, those with and

those without a central canal, just as one distinguishes between

those spines of plants which are mere epidermic outgrowths

and those which are true aborted branches. Indeed, since

writing the preceding sentence I have been able to verify the

existence of solid non-canaliculated spicular spines in several

instances, one of which will be described in a forthcoming

paper on a new species of Plocamia.

The variations from the average form of ecninating spicule

are exhibited by some 4 or 5 per cent, of these spicules, and

extend over a very wide range. In figs. 17 and 18, PI. V.,

we have a form possessing two rays only, one of the proximal

rays having disappeared and the remaining one grown back¬

wards in the same line as the distal ray. Fig. 20 is another

case of a similar kind, but with the single proximal ray in¬

clined at an angle of 125° with the distal one.

Thus figs. 17 and 18 are biradiate but uniaxial forms, and

in this respect resemble ordinary straight acerate spicules j

while fig. 20 is biradiate and biaxial as well, and thus re¬

sembles a curved acerate, which is both biradiate and biaxial

and therefore cannot, either in a strict or even in a wide sense,

be said to be monactinellid : the only truly monactinellid

spicules are the pin-headed ones and some other (but not all)

forms of acuates. The variations shown in figs. 22, 24, 27,

and 81 exhibit changes in the relative length of the three rays,

and in the angle which the paired rays make with each other

and with the third ray. Thus in fig. 27 the three rays are

inclined at nearly equal angles of 120° with each other, and

are all of nearly the same length ; in fig. 22 one smooth ray

continues the direction of the single ray, and the other projects

at right angles from it, producing a form which recalls that of

some commonly occurring hexactinellid spicules. In fig. 31

both paired rays diverge nearly at right angles from the third ;

in fig. 24 one smooth ray points forwards and the other keeps

its normal backward direction ; in some instances, not figured,

both smooth rays point forwards.

Fiffs. 23 & 25 illustrate variations in the terminations of the

O .

20

Mr. W. J. Sollas on a neio Genus and

rays. Normally the paired rays are pointed, though somewhat

abruptly, so as to resemble in optical section the point of a

lancet, while the third ray may be either rounded off at the end

or prolonged into a conical point, terminating one way just as

often as the other. In the exceptional form, fig. 23, one of

the smooth rays is rounded off at the end hemispherically, the

other retaining its pointed termination ; in fig. 25 both paired

rays are terminated hemispherically. These last two varia¬

tions are of some importance, as showing the possibility of

acerate spicules passing into aeuate ones : in a sponge con¬

taining only uniaxial acerate spicules, for instance, an aeuate

variety, if it occurred, might be taken for an intruder from some

other sponge ; but with such a spicule as fig. 25 such an ex¬

planation is obviously impossible.

In figs. 28, 29, & 32 we have varieties with four rays, a third

smooth one having put in an appearance. These are true

quadriradiate spicules, and thus seem to lead on to theTetrac-

tinellid type. It must be observed, however, that they differ

in one important particular from the quadriradiate pronged

spicules of such sponges as Geodia} since in the latter the

single bud produced from the spicule-cell grows inwards

towards the centre of the sponge, while the three buds which

form the prongs grow outwards away from the centre — just

the very reverse of what occurs in Plectronella , where the three

rays grow inwards towards the axis of the stem or papilla (on

whichever the spicule is seated), and the fourth grows outwards

away from the axis. An intermediate case is seen in Dercitus

Bucklandi , where the four rays of its quadriradiate spicules

are equal as regards length, and indifferent as regards direc¬

tion of growth.

The quadriradiate spicules of Plectronella remind one also

of the quinqueradiate spinicruces which echinate the spicular

fibre of Meyerina , Hyalonema , and some other Hexactinellids.

As regards the acerate spicules of our sponge, they likewise

are very apt to sport into new varieties ; bifurcation of the

spicule with an accompanying bifui-cation of its canal is not

uncommon ; and spines occasionally sprout from the sides.

Of the flesh-spicules one need not say much here; they appear

to result from the fibrillation of the contents of a spicule-cell,

and to be set free from it in some manner unknown ; they are

of such tenuity that under a magnification of 1000 diameters

they appear no thicker than pencil-lines ; and one need not add

that they exhibit no axial canal.

On passing in review the numerous departures from the

normal spicule-forms figured in Pis. V. and VI. one becomes

able to formulate the following propositions : —

(1) The group of spicules comprising the bifid form and all

21

Species of Echinonematous Sp>onge.

its varieties result from the tendency to continued variation

displayed by an organ or organism in which a variation has

once been initiated.

(2) The overwhelming preponderance of the bifid spicule

of figs. 2 & 21 is an instance of the survival of the fittest ; this

form has been selected from the great diversity of related

forms because it best satisfied the requirements of the sponge.

(3) The biaxial and uniaxial biradiate varieties, whether

regarded as “ reversions ” or survivals of an ancestral form

which a not very rigorous or not long-enough-continued selec¬

tion has overlooked, serve in any case to establish a passage

from an originally uniaxial spicule to the normal triradiate

one.

(4) The quadriradiate Fig- 2.

forms, which illustrate the

tendency to progressive va¬

riation, shadow forth the

spicules which, under differ¬

ent conditions, have esta¬

blished themselves as the

fittest survivors amongst the

Pachastrellidm and Pachy-

tragidae.

(5) The bifurcation of the

acerate spicules of Plectro-

nella appears to indicate a

tendency to give rise to a

triradiate form.

The difference between a

bifurcated acerate and a true

triradiate spicule lies in the

fact that in the former a bira¬

diate growth of the spicule¬

cell has already taken place

before the third ray is pro¬

duced, and that this then

takes its origin, not from the

original spicule-cell, but from

one of the rays which have

issued from it ; so that the

third ray arises as a secon¬

dary instead of a primary

bud. That this difference

may be bridged over appears, however, from a consideration of

such abnormal spicules as that of Dercitus Bucklandi repre¬

sented in fig. 36, PI. VII., and of a Stelletta of which a sketch

is given here (fig. 2).

22 Mr. W. J. Sollas on a new Genus and

From these we see that spicules which are usually pro¬

duced by the immediate radiation of four arms from a mother

cell may pass into varieties in which the origin of some of

the rays is postponed till the spicule-cell has assumed a linear

growth and so made it impossible for fresh rays to appear

except as secondary instead of primary radiations — a change

analogous to that which sometimes occurs in the vegetable

kingdom, where a whorl of leaves may exceptionally become

elongated into a branch. Conversely a spicule in which

bifurcation took place after the spicule-cell had produced an

acerate form might easily pass into one in which the bifurca¬

tion took place at the commencement of growth, and thus rise

to a truly triradiate form.

If the acerate and triradiate spicules of Plectronella , widely

different as they now are, did originally branch off from a

common ancestral form, one is led to inquire whether the

same may not be the case with the still more diversified spi-

cular groups belonging to other kinds of sponges. We can¬

not attempt to enter into this question now ; but it may be

interesting to examine a few other sponges with a view to

determining whether they present us with analogous varia¬

tions to those exhibited by Plectronella. A few hours’ exa¬

mination of two specimens of Dercitus Bucklandi has fur¬

nished us with the variations of its quadriradiate spicules

figured on Plate VII. The commonest variety is that of

fig. 43, where one of the four rays is bent, near its termination,

about 30° from its normal course. Sometimes two or even

three of the rays may be similarly modified, giving us, in

the last case, a figure very like that of the Manx arms. This

flexure is almost invariably the forerunner of a bifurcation of

the ray, owing to the appearance of a second termination to

the ray, as if to maintain its symmetry (fig. 40). The secon¬

dary rays so produced may themselves become flexed and

eventually bifurcated (fig. 39). When three out of the four

rays of a spicule are thus bifurcated, we are carried a long

distance on towards the branched spicules of the more compli¬

cated Tetractinellidae.

On the other hand, the fourth ray is sometimes completely

suppressed ; and the triradiate form (fig. 33) is then produced.

Again, the third ray may not arise immediately from the

young spicule-cell, but from one of the arms of a biradiate

spicule (fig. 36) ; or the third ray may wholly disappear, when

we have a biradiate form, bringing us back to a curved

acerate spicule. Unfortunately the only instance I have

observed of this was lost before I could sketch it; but there is

no doubt that a more extended examination would reveal

other examples.

23

Species of Echinonematous Sponge.

In fig. 38 we have a true quinqueradiate spicule, very

similar to the quinqueradiate spicules of Euplectella and other

Hexactinellids. This may be regarded as related to fig. 40

as fig. 33 to fig. 36. It seems to show a tendency for bifur¬

cation to work its way back towards the initial cell, till it

results in biradiation. The remaining figures are merely

intended to illustrate the great tendency to vary in all direc¬

tions which the quadriradiate spicules of Dercitus Bucklandi

display, except in the case of fig. 46, which is a genuine case

of ankylosis, two quadriradiates having fused together by

two of their arms -(a and b).

A cursory examination of D. Bucklandi thus reveals just

the same class of facts as we met with in Plectronella. We.

have : — first, a great general tendency in the spicules to vary in

numerous directions ; next, the selection of one variety (the

equal-armed 4-radiate) as the average form; thirdly, a number

of varieties leading back to the acerate type; and, lastly, others

leading on to the higher Tetractinellidse in one direction and

to the Hexactinellidte in another.

The Hexactinellidfe, again, present us with variations of a

similar kind. One has only to refer to the series of figures

153-157 (pi. vi.) and 175-183 (pi. vii.) in Dr. Bowerbank’s

1 Monograph of the British Spongiadaj ’ (vol. i.) to discover

a complete passage from the ordinary cylindro-cruciform

spicule of Ilyalonema mirabile to a spined uniaxial cylin¬

drical spicule, and from the attenuated rectangulated sex-

radiate of Euplectella to a triradiate something like the abnor¬

mal form, fig. 22, of our Plectronella. On the other hand,

the fossil Hexactinellid Hyalostelia Smith *Y, from the Car¬

boniferous Limestone, furnishes us with spicules in which the

number of rays has multiplied beyond the normal six, and

amounts to eight* or even more. It is also noticeable in this

sponge that the rectangularity which is so marked a feature

of ordinary sexradiate spicules is very frequently and widely

departed from.

In conclusion, regarding the various kinds of sponge-spi¬

cules as resulting from a variously modified cell-growth, we

may attempt to embody in the following diagram (fig. 3, p. 24)

the relations subsisting between the chief of them.

1. An elongate growth of the original cell in two opposite

directions at equal rates gives us the ordinary acerate spicule

(fig. 3, i), which is biradiate (diactinellid) but uniaxial.

2. A retardation of growth in one radius gives the acuate

spicule of fig. 3, 2.

3. A linear growth in one direction only gives the acuate

* Carter, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. o, vol. i. pi. ix. figs. 7, 10, 11,

pp. 132, 133.

24

Mr. W. J. Sollas on a new Genus and

(fig. 3, 3) • if accompanied by increased concentric growth of

the initial cell, then the pin-headed acuate (fig. 3, 4) is pro¬

duced.

4. An elongation of the cell in two directions inclined to

each other at a less angle than 180°, gives us the curved

acerate (fig. 3, 5), which is both biradiate and biaxial.

5. The inclination of the two rays in fig. 3, 5, is followed

by the appearance of a third in fig. 3, 6, where we have the

triradiate spicule of Plectronella. In this spicule two of the

radii arise from the proximal face of the cell and grow inwards

towards the axis of the fibre on which it is situated, and the

third ray arises distally and grows outwards away from the

axis.

6. A growth of the cell in three directions making equal

angles with each other, and having no determinate relations

to any symmetrical line within the sponge, gives us the equi¬

angular triradiate spicule (fig. 3, 7), which occurs abnormally

in Dercitus Bucklandi. (Triradiate spicules also occur as

varieties in Eccionema , BwTk., and Normania , Bwk. (l Mono¬

graph of British Spongiadge,’ vol. iii. pi. ix. figs. 4, 5, and

pi. lxxxi. figs. 6, 8), and as a normal form in Sphinctretta

horrida (Schmidt, ‘ Spongien d. atlant. Gebietes,’ pi. vi. fig. 7)

and in Pachastrella connectens.)

7. A quadriradiate growth of the cell in directions having

no determinate relations to the form of the sponge gives us

the normal spicule of Dercitus Bucklandi (fig. 3, s) .

25

Species of Echinonematous Sponge.

8. The cell gives off three buds from its distal face, which

grow outwards away from the sponge, and a fourth from its

proximal face, which grows inwards, and we have the forked

forms of Geodia and the like (fig. 3, 9).

9. The cell grows in five directions along three axes at

right angles to each other, which are not determ inately related

to any lines of reference within the sponge ( Dercitus Buck-

landi ), or which are so related ( Euplectella and other Hexac-

tinellids), and we have the quinqueradiate form (fig. 3, 12).

10. In fig. 3, 6, the growth of the three rays is along direc¬

tions inclined somewhere about 120° with each other; if two

of the rays grow in opposite directions, and the third at right

angles to them, fig. 3, 10, results (a form abnormal in Plectro-

nella , frequent among the Hexactinellidas).

Fig. 3, 11, requires no comment.

Fig. 3, 13, is the result of a sexradiate growth of the cell

along three axes at right angles to each other, and represents

the typical Hexactinellid spicule.

Fig. 3, 14, is an octoradiate form, seven buds having grown

out radiately in one plane and the eighth at right angles to

them • it occurs in the fossil Hyalostelia.

The foregoing remarks have arisen out of our description of

Plectronella papillosa , which was the main object of this

paper ; but the variability of sponge-spicules is far too impor¬

tant a subject to be treated thus incidentally, and might fur¬

nish material enough for a lengthy memoir. No sponge that

has come under my observation has failed to exhibit numbers

of spicules departing more or less widely from the average

type ; frequently the range of variability is extreme ; and no

doubt, when a large number of specimens of allied species of

sponges come to be carefully compared, we shall find not only

in their external form, but in the details of their internal struc¬

ture as w'ell, easy passages from one to the other, and links

will be discovered uniting together types of sponge-structure

that now appear widely separated from one another.

Taxonomical position of Plectronella. — The existence of

distinct fibres echinated by characteristic spicules places this

sponge in Carter’s fifth order, the Echinonemata.

In the general structure and arrangement of its fibres and

the position of its echinating spicules it most resembles the

genus Dictyocylindrus (Bwk.).

In the form of its echinating spicules it appears to approach

the crutch-shaped spicules of the group Baculifera (Carter),

founded on Savile Kent’s Caulospongia. In the Baculifera,

however, the crutch-shaped spicules form the core as well as

echinate the surface of the fibre, while it is only exceptionally

26

Mr. W. J. Sollas on a new Genus and

that a spur-like spicule is found wholly inside the fibre of

Plectronella.

If there were no spur-shaped spicules in Plectronella , the

projection of its acerate spicules beyond the surface of the

fibre would place it in the Axinellid family; but since they are

present and characteristically seated on the fibre, its proper

place is clearly enough with the Ectyonida, amongst which it

will take rank, on account of the unique form of its echinating

spicule, as the representative of a distinct group, the Plectro-

nina.

Order ECHINONEMATA, Carter.

Family Ectyonida, Carter.

Group Plectronina , Sollas.

Genus Plectronella.

Species Plectronella papillosa, Sollas.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate IV.

Plectronella papillosa.

Fig. 1. The entire sponge, seen from above. \ natural size.

Fig. 2. Sponge seen from below. \ natural size.

Plate V.

Plectronella papillosa.

Fig. 1. Acerate spicule from the interior of the fibre.

Fig. 2. Spur-shaped spicule (when in situ echinating the fibre).

Fig. 3. Flesh-spicule. (Figs. 1-3 all drawn to the same scale, ^y2.)

Fig. 4. Flesh-spicules, straight and curved.

Fig. 5. A sheaf of flesh-spicules. (Figs. 4 & 5 x 400).

Figs. 6-10. Varieties of the acerate spicule (x 140). Fig. 6 a form fre¬

quently assumed when the acerate spicule projects from the

fibre echinately.

Fig. 11. Two acerates ankylosed together ; ends broken.

Figs. 12, 13. Bifurcated acerate spicules, x 140.

Fig. 14. Young form of echinating or triradiate spicule. X 140.

Fig. 15. Variety of acerate. X 140.

Fig. 16. A spicule not belonging to the sponge, but met with in its

examination ; it presents a cylindrical shaft terminated at each

end by a microspined globular head, x 315.

Fig. 17. Biradiate uniaxial variety of echinating spicule.

Fig. 18. Similar variety, showing axial canal.

Fig. 19. Biradiate biaxial variety ; rays inclined at 90° to each other.

Fig. 20. Simil.ar variety but with single smooth ray taking the same

direction as it would if its fellow were present.

Fig. 21. Normal form of echinating spicule. (Figs. 17-21 X 315.)

Species of Echinunematous Sponge.

27

Plate VI.

Plectronella papillosa.

Fig. 22. Triradiate variety ; spined ray and one smooth one lying in the

same straight line, with which the second smooth ray makes

almost a right angle.

Fig. 23. Triradiate variety; one smooth ray terminated bluntly, the

other one pointed.

Fig. 24. Triradiate variety ; one smooth ray making an angle nearly 90°

less than usual with the spined ray.

Fig. 25. Triradiate variety ; both smooth rays stunted and with rounded

ends ; a large erect spine projects from one side.

Fig. 26. Triradiate, equiangulate, very slightly spined. (This is the

form figured by Bowerbank, Monograph Brit. Spong. vol. i. pi. v.

fig. 88, and described by him as equiangulate, triradiate, uni-

radiately spined ; he obtained it from a small fragment of a

parasitic sponge.)

Fig. 27. Similar form, showing the canaliculation of the spines.

Fig. 28. Quadriradiate variety.

Fig. 29. Similar but much younger variety.

Fig. 30. Young form of triradiate spicule.

Fig. 31. Triradiate variety, with both smooth rays inclined approxi¬

mately at right angles to the spined one.

Fig. 32. Quadriradiate, with a very long spined ray, and showing the

canals of the spines. (Figures on PI. VI. all X 315.)

Plate VII.

Dercitus Bucklandi.

Fig. 33. Equiangular triradiate variety.

Fig. 34. Quadriradiate, with one arm longer than the others and one sub¬

divided into two rays of unequal length.

Fig. 35. Quinqueradiate variety, with one ray fiexed, and another bifur¬

cated and once spined.

Fig. 36. Biradiate variety, with one ray bifurcated.

Fig. 37. Quadriradiate, one ray giving off a branch or a spine in a back¬

ward direction.

Fig. 38. Quinqueradiate rectangular variety.

Fig. 39. Quadriradiate with two rays flexed at the end and one ray

bifurcated ; ends of bifurcated ray, one rounded off hemispheri-

cally, the other incompletely bifurcated a second time.

Fig. 40. Quadriradiate with one ray bifurcated.

Fig. 41. Quinqueradiate similar to fig. 38.

Fig. 42. Quadriradiate with two arms flexed in opposite directions and

two straight.

Fig. 43. Quadriradiate, one ray flexed.

Fig. 44. Quadriradiate with one ray terminated hemispherically.

Fig. 45. Quadriradiate ; one ray flexed first to one side and then to the

other so as to regain its original direction, one ray flexed and

rounded hemispherically, a third simply rounded off at the end,

and the fourth unaffected.

Fig. 46. Two quadriradiates ankvlosed by the rays a and b.

The Museum, Bristol,

Sept. 20, 1878.

28

Mr. A. W. Waters on the

III. — On the Bryozoa [Poly zoo) of the Bay of Naples.

By Arthur Wm. Waters, F.L.S., F.G.S.

[Plates VIII.-XI.]

The Bryozoa from the Mediterranean have received some

little attention from time to time; but very much remains to be

done, and on this account I made a collection during a few

weeks’ stay in the Zoological Station at Naples. My atten¬

tion was specially given to the calcareous species, in order to

compare the recent forms with the abundant Pliocene and

Miocene faunas of Italy.

Marsigli (1725), G. Olivi (1792), St. delle Chiaje (1843,

in Descr. e Notom. d. Anim.), and Costa (Fauna del Regno di

Napoli) have given descriptions of a few species ; but as the

early conceptions of the Bryozoa were crude, these works are

of little assistance.

In 1810 the ‘ Description de l’Egypte ’ was published, and

a series of folio plates of the Bryozoa were prepared under the

direction of J. C. Savigny ; but as soon as these were com¬

pleted a serious and ultimately fatal illness prevented him

writing the description, or, in fact, being consulted as to what

had been done; and it became necessary for the French

government to insist on the work being brought to a conclu¬

sion, and M. Audouin was intrusted with the completion of

the 11 Polypes.” He gave a name to each of the figured

forms, but no description ; so that his work is only a catalogue

of species named after some member of the expedition, or

friends and a few French savants. It will thus be seen that

a difficulty in nomenclature is introduced, as the figures fre¬

quently do not admit of determination, since the characters

which are now used were not understood, and artistic fancy

was allowed rather free scope ; however the name given should

be retained for those species which are clearly distin¬

guishable.

In 1867 Prof. Cam. Heller published his 1 Bryozoen des

Adriatischen Meeres’ (in Verb, der k.-k. zool.-bot. Gesellsch.

Wien, tom. xvii.), which is a part of his series on the Adri¬

atic zoology ; and this will always be a most useful and im¬

portant guide to the Mediterranean Bryozoa. And although

I have ventured to make one or two changes, as in the case

of Lepralia perugiana and L. Steindachneri , such alterations

are only to be expected, especially when it is remembered that

this is only one group out of many studied by Prof. Heller ;

and in the two cases mentioned I have perhaps had the op¬

portunity of consulting more material than was available for

Prof. Heller.

A number of papers by Reuss on the Eocene and Miocene,

29

Bryozoa of the Bay of Naples.

in the 1 Denkschriften ’ of the Vienna Academy, have been con¬

stantly consulted, as also the completion of the work by Dr.

A. Manzoni, who has so ably taken up the study of the Italian

Pliocene Bryozoa, and has published a series of papers in the

‘ Sitzungsberichte’ of the same Academy, together with one on

a few forms of recent Bryozoa. Smitt’s papers and Busk’s

catalogue are the text-books employed.

F or convenience I commence this paper with Lepraloid forms

— though, as I am quite convinced that the genus Lepralia ,

as now understood, must soon be abolished, the division may

seem very strange ; but classification is in the first place useful

for mere arrangement and for enabling zoologists to know with

certainty what is meant when any species is mentioned, and

the classification of the British-Museum Catalogue has assisted

in this direction ; but as knowledge advances an artificial ar¬

rangement has to give way before that which is more natural.

Smitt, the most careful observer of these animals, has pro¬

posed a classification in which the greatest weight is given to

the form of the zooecia, and the shape of the aperture is largely

used, instead of making the colonial form of growth the most

important. Our own countryman, Dr. Hincks, has quite re¬

cently proposed, in these pages, a classification in much the

same direction as Prof. Smitt ; and both of these are, in my

opinion, much superior to that in more general use. My

reason for not at present adopting either is that there seem so

many points which have not yet received their due attention,

and there is so much material not yet worked up, that, for my

own part, I am inclined to wait a short time, lest further

knowledge should show that change is again necessary. The

researches of Barrois on the embryology may furnish some

landmarks. I have also noticed that the form of the oper¬

culum * is a most useful character in determination, as, besides

showing difference in size and shape, the hinge of many is

characteristic ; and the position of the opercular muscles is

another guide. In some cases the muscles are at the edge of

the operculum ; in others they are attached nearer the middle.

A disk in the diaphragm of the Ctenostomata, and on the sides

of the Cheilostomata, has been noticed by Reichert, Smitt,

Nitsche, Ehlers, and Joliet, and has been called bythemthe “Ro-

* “The Use of the Opercula in the Determination of the Cheilo-

stomatous Bryozoa,” Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. vol. xviii. 1878.

In the present paper I will refer to the figures in the communication

just cited by giving the number of the figure after the word operculum

— thus, operculum (1*) means fig. 1.

For comparison the opercula should be examined by a power magni¬

fying about 250 times.

It is scarcely necessary to say the principal value of the measurements

is in giving the proportion of length to width.

30

Mr. A. W. Waters on the

settenplatte.” This, I have shown, varies in nearly all species

in such a manner as to be a most useful character, and, as it is

connected with the mode of growth, may give important classi-

ficatory indications*.

It is perhaps necessary to Anglicize the term into “ rosette-

plate ” on account of forming a plural ; but I do not see any

reason for giving a new name for what has been recognized by

so many under that appellation, though perhaps some, anxious

to give their own names, may suggest a fresh one.

The mode of attachment at the base will, I believe, when

worked out, also show important variations. Until these points

are further investigated I hesitate to make a change, lest it

should be only temporary ; but should Dr. Hincks, in his

forthcoming work, have additional matter to support his

classification, I shall be prepared to follow him. However,

for the present, I use the classification which is already in the

condemned cell, and which, in my opinion, no royal authority

can long retain.

The drawings are made with the camera lucida, magnified

25 times, except in a few cases where it has been advisable to

give figures magnified 50 times. I much regret not having-

more skill with the chalk, in order to better illustrate my

meaning.

Cheilo'stomata.

1. Lepralia Cecilii, Aud. (PI. VIII. fig. 6.)

Flustrn Cecilii , Aucl., Savigny, Egypte, pi. 8. fig. 3, p. 66.

Flustra Dtiboisii, Aud., Savigny, Egypte, pi. 8. fig. 4, p. 66.

Lepralia Cecilii, Aud., Busk, Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. v. pi. xv. figs. 6, 7,

p. 173.

Lepralia perugiana, Heller, Bry. Adr. Meeres, p. 102, pi. ii. fig. 10.

Cells ovate ; surface regularly perforated with small pores,

except an elongated area below the aperture ; pores arranged

in irregular linear series round this imperforate area ; mouth

rounded above, straight below, with a very distinct sinus ;

surface often slightly raised near the sinus. Ovicell smooth,

elongate, contracted near the aperture.

Audouin points out that F. Duboisii and Cecilii , Aud., are

very much alike; and, in the absence of any description, I

have ventured to unite them and to call the beautiful porcel¬

laneous species from the Bay of Naples L. Cecilii. My speci¬

mens all show an imperforate area ; but this does not seem to

be the case in others.

Busk, in his figure of a specimen from Jersey, shows a di-

* The end wall, which I merely speak of a9 the “ distal wall,’’ shows

the most variation and is likely to be the most useful in determination.

31

Bryozoa of the Bay of Naples.

stinct umbo ; and this is evidently the same as L. perugiana of

Heller ; so that, if necessary, we may consider there is a variety

with an umbo and one without.

A Red-Sea specimen in my possession has no umbo ; and

there is also one in the British Museum from Kino Channel,

Japan, in which the form and measurement of the aperture are

just the same as in that from Naples; but there is no distinct

imperforate area, nor on the small fragment are there any

ovicells.

Loc. Cornwall, Jersey, Adriatic, Red Sea, Japan.

2. Lepralia vulgaris , Moll. (PI. X. figs. 1, 2.)

Enchant vulgaris, Moll, Seerinde, p. 61, pi. iii. fig. 10, A, B.

Lepralia vulgaris, Busk, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. vi. 1858, p. 127,

pi. xviii. fig. 3.

Flustra Duterei, Aud. in Sav. Egypte, pi. 9. fig. 2.

Cellepora otophora, Reuss, Foss. Polyp, d. Wien. Tert. p. 90, tab. 11.

fig. 1.

Lepralia otophora, Reuss, F. Bry. Oest.-Ung. Mioc. p. 164, tab. 8. fig. 5.

? Lepralia tumida, Manz. Bryozoi di Castrocaro, p. 25, tab. iii. fig. 33.

Lepralia intermedia, Reuss, Oest.-Ung. Mioc. p. 160, tab. 8. fig. 11.

Although here cells are figured without a central umbo, I

find that the majority have an umbo which is very variable

in size, and there is also a projection on the ovicell.

The sinus of the oral aperture is well marked ; and the tooth

of the operculum, which fits into it, spreads out and terminates

with a rounded edge. The width of the operculum (2*) is

0T08 millim., height ‘08, length of sinual tooth ’028.

Loc. Oligocene, Miocene, and Pliocene (see 1 Bry. from

Bruc.’). Living: Ireland, Cornwall, Madeira, Mediterranean.

3. Lepralia pertusa, Esper. (PI. VIII. fig. 5.)

It seems that under this name two distinct forms are mixed

up, as some have the proximal edge of the operculum rounded,

and others with a distinct sinus ; but until I have the oppor¬

tunity of examining more material I will only separate them as

vars. rotundata and sinuata.

Var. rotundata. This is the variety in the British-Museum

collections; and from Naples I have it without any avicularia,

and also with an avicularium below the aperture, as in auri-

culata. This may be called var. armata.

Var. sinuata. This is the form drawn, and is the one figured

by Manzoni (Supp. a. Fauna, pi. ii. figs. 5, 6). This some¬

times has no avicularia, but very frequently one or two at the

sides of the aperture.

Operculum (3*) *168 millim. wide, ‘160 long, including

sinus.

32

Mr. A. W. Waters on the

4. Lepralia ansata , Johnst., var . porosa, Rss.

Cellepora Dunkeri, Reuss. Foss. Polyp. Wien. Tert. p. 90, pi. x. fig. 27.

Lepralia spinifera , Jolmst. in Busk, B.M. Cat. p, 69, pi. lxxxi. figs. 6, 7 ;

Manzoni, Bry. PI. Ital. p. 7, pi. ii. fig. 11.

Lepralia unicornis , Joknst. in Busk, Crag Polyz. p. 45, pi. v. fig. 4.

Lepralia tetragona, Reuss, Foss. Bryoz. Oest.-Ung. Mioc. p. 159, pi. 7.

figs. 1-3, &c. ; Manzoni, Bry. foss. Ital. cont. 3, p. 8, pi. ix. fig. 19.

Mollia vulgaris, var. ansata , Smitt, Krit. Fort. 6. Sk. Hafs-Bry. 1867,

vol. xxiv. p. 15, pi. xxv. figs. 79-82.

I am in doubt as to whether this group should be ansata

or unicornis , but have followed Reuss in making ansata the

type. Although the spinifera and ansata groups are mixed

up in the British-Museum Catalogue under the name spini-

fera , they are easily distinguished by the form of the oper¬

culum.

Loc. Miocene, Austria and Hungary ; Oligocene, Doburg ;

Pliocene, Castellarquato, Castrocaro, &c., and many localities

in Sicily. Living : Arctic Ocean, Britain, Mediterranean.

5. Lepralia auriculata , Hass. (PI. IX. fig. 5 ; PI. XI. fig. 3.)

Lepralia auriculata, Hass. B.M. Cat. p. 67.

The piece drawn (PI. IX. fig. 5) shows the various stages

of growth of this species, which is very common in the Bay

of Naples, a shows the commencement of calcification ; b,

the three oral spines are now always to be seen, and a depres¬

sion at the proximal edge of the zooecia, and already the com¬

mencement of the avicularia is visible. The perforations are

very distinct ; but the granulation is also apparent, though not

yet distinct. In the cells a little older the avicularia, project¬

ing above the mouth, are raised and very distinct. The

ovicells are soon formed in the depression already mentioned,

as seen at c &c. and d. By the growth of the calcareous

front of the cells the ovicells are soon immersed, as at e, and

the granulations or warts on the surface become more promi¬

nent, though careful examination always shows the perfora¬

tions as well. It is hardly necessary to say that it is only

upon the younger cells that the oral spines are visible.

To give a complete idea of the colony drawn, I should have

figured about five rows more of plain cells like/’; and then we

should reach the centre of the colony.

PI. XI. fig. 3 shows a form which the avicularia sometimes

take ; but this is only a modification in size and position ; for

the avicularia may project very much in the ordinary position

at right angles to the axis of the zooecia, and then the shape

is seen to be the same as that figured in a horizontal position

33

Bryozoa of the Bay of Naples.

(fig. 3). In most large colonies two or three such avicularia

are usually found.

As I am not aware that this has been pointed out before, it

may have struck some as strange that I should have allied a

form figured* as var. leontiniensis with auriculata-, but I

think the specimens fully justify the determination ; and, in

fact, I have since found that auriculata grows frequently in the

Hemeschara stadium, and often with many layers of cells one

above another; so that it is very doubtful if the Bruccoli

specimen is different from recent ones from Naples.

In Eschara foliacea , which has an avicularium somewhat

similar to that of auriculata , horizontal avicularia sometimes

occur ; and the same variations are known in E. pertusa ,

M.-Edw., and in E. macrochila , liss.

Widest part of operculum (13*) 0*1 millim., proximal edge

0084, length 0*08.

Loc. Pliocene, Bruccoli. Living : Britain, Finland, Spitz-

bergen, Greenland.

6. Lepralia ciliata, Pall.

Escharina armata , D’Orb. Voyage dans l’Amdrique, vol, v. p. 15, vol.

ix. pi. 4. figs. 1-4.

Width of operculum 0* 1 2 1 millim., length 0*073.

Loc. Miocene and Pliocene (see Bry. from Brucc.). Living:

Arctic seas, Britain, Mediterranean, Florida, New Zealand

(Hutton), South Africa, var.? ( J . Boyd's coll.), Novaja Semlia

( Smitt , 1878), Falkland Islands ( D' Orb .).

7. Lepralia Malusii , And.

Cellepora Malusii, Savignv, Egypte, pi. 8. fig. 8,

Manzoni (“ Supplemento alia Fauna dei Bry. Medit.,” Sitzb.

Akad. Wissensch. Wien, lxiii., 1871, Taf. ii. fig. 2) gives a

very good figure of this most beautiful Lepralia , but did not

find in his specimens the stelliform pores ; whereas in all I

examined from Naples they are most distinct, and correspond

exactly with the British specimens, as well as with one from

Tierra del Fuego in the British Museum.

Heller mentions a variety (Taf. ii. fig. 3) ; but it appears as

if some slip had been made about it, as there does not seem

any thing in common.

The ovicells of Lepralia per sonata , Busk, are similar, as

also the lunar pore ; and we must look upon these two as re-

• “ Bryozoa from the Pliocene of Bruccoli,” Trans. Maneh. Geol. Soc.

vol. xiv. p. 409.

Ann, May. N. Hist. Ser. 5. T ol. iii.

3

34

Mr. A. W. Waters on the

lated, though the Falkland-] stands L. personata has a large

avicularium. The characters of the ovicells of personata are

not quite sufficiently given in the { Catalogue of the Marine

Polyzoa.’

Operculum (30*) -14 millim. wide, *076 long.

Loc. Widely distributed ; occurring in the northern seas

( Smitt ) and in South America and New Zealand. It has

been found fossil in the English Crag and in the Pliocene of

Castrocaro (Italy).

8. Lepralia himucronata , Moll, var. granifera .

(PI. VIII. figs. 2, 3.)

Lepralia granifera, Johnst. (part.) in Landsborough, History of Brit.

Zoophytes, p. 309.

Zooecia ovate, front punctured all over with large stelliform

pores, large central round or lunate pore on umbo ; aperture

rounded above, straight below, margin raised on both sides.

Ovicells globose, smooth, with occasional small perforations.

Operculum thicker at the two sides, correspondiug to the

raised margins.

This species is closely related to L. Malusii , but is much

smaller (as will be seen from fig. 3, on the same scale as most

of the species drawn), and has an itmbo looking forward, so

that often the semilunar or circular pore cannot be seen. It

is difficult to decide if this should be considered a variety of

Moll’s L. himucronata, as he does not figure any umbo ; but

sometimes cells are found without, or it might be overlooked.

It is also very closely related to Lepralia granifera , Busk,

but does not, from an examination of the Museum specimen,

appear to be exactly the same, though a variety, but is evi¬

dently the same as the umbonated variety figured by Lands¬

borough.

One of our best authorities does not agree in thinking this

the same as himucronata of Moll ; and if this is thought to be

the case it might be called granifera , var. occidua , as the pore

often cannot be seen. There are two small teeth in the lower

edge of the pore.

Operculum (31*) : width 0T 16 millim., width of proximal

edge 0’08, length 0084.

Common, covering seaweed from depths of a few fathoms.

9. Lepralia violacea, Johnst.

Porina violacea, Smitt, Floridan Brvozoa, Kong). Svenska Vet. Akad.

Handl. 1873, vol. ii. pt. 2, p. 30.

I have only met with this two or three times at Naples,

and then from depths of about 40 fathoms. Heller gives the

depth as 20-55 fath., and Smitt as 35 fath.

35

Bryozoa of the Bay of Naples.

Loc. Crag. Middle Pliocene of Belgium ( Houzeau de

Lehaie *). Living: Britain, Gibraltar, Boscoff (/.), Adriatic,

Tortugas (Florida).

10. Lepralia Brongniartii , Aud. (PI. IX. fig. 7.)

Lepralia capitata , Reuss, Foss. Bry. des Oest.-Ung. Mioc. p. 21, pi. iv.

fig- 7.

Lepralia Brongniartii, Manzoni, Briozoi di Castrocaro, p. 20, pi. ii.

fig. 27, pi. iv. fig. 54 ; id. Bry. fossil. Ital. contrib. 2, pi. ii. tig. 9.

The connexions between the zocecia are short tubes, as

shown by Sa vigny’s figure, but which are not given in Busk’s

catalogue. This is interesting as showing the first step to¬

wards more widely separated cells, like Diachoris] and Hutton

calls a form very closely allied to this Diachoris Buskia.

These connecting tubes terminate with a convex end in

the upper part of the zooecia, so that in the upper half

of each cell are the spreading-out ends of the tubes of the

zooecia above, while in the lower half are the tubes which

terminate in the zooecia below them. I hope shortly to give

a figure explaining this.

Loc. Miocene, Baden. Pliocene : Crag, Castrocaro (rare) ,

Volterro. Living : Britain, Boscoff (J.), Adriatic ( Heller ) ;

and there is a specimen from Japan in the British Museum.

Naples, common on Algas from moderate depths, 5-20 fath.

11. Lepralia annulata , Fab., var. innominata.

Lepralia innominata , B.M. Cat. p. 79.

Lepralia innominata , Couch, Mauzoni, Suppl. Fauna dei Bryozoi Medit.

cont. la, and Bry. Plioc. Ital. cont. la.

As L. annulata , innominata , and scripta pass gradually into

one another, it will be well to distinguish the different forms

as varieties of annulata.

Loc. See p. 7, Bry. from Brucc.

12. Lepralia radiata , Moll.

Eschara radiata, Moll, Die Seerinde, p. 70, pi. iv. fig. 17, A, B, C, D, E.

Flustra Pouilletii, Aud. in Sav. Egypte, p. 68, pi. 9. fig. 12.

Lepralia megacephala, Reuss, Polyp, d. Wiener Tertiarbeckens, p. 83,

pi. x. fig. 5.

Lepralia scripta , Reuss, l. c. p. 82, pi. ix. fig. 28 ; id. Foss. Bry. Oest.-

Ung. Mioc. p. 25, pi. i. fig. 7, pi. vi. fig. 1.

Lepralia scripta, Reuss in Manzoni, Supp. alia F. dei Bry. Medit.

cont. 1, p. 5, pi. i. fig. 6, and Bry. Foss. It. cont. 3, p. 4, pi. i.

figs. 1, 2. ...

Lepralia radiata, Moll, in Busk, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. vi.

p. 263, pi. xx. fig. 4.

* 1 Esquisse G£ol. et Pal. des d£p. plioc. d'Anvers,’ par M. E. Vaudeu

Broeck.

30

Mr. A W. Waters on the

Loc. Miocene: several localities in Austria and Hungary,

Turin. Pliocene : Piacenza, Tuscany, Bruccoli, &c. (Sicily).

Living: Mediterranean, Bed Sea (Aud.), Madeira (Busk),

Florida (8m.).

13. Lepralia Gattyce , Landsb. (PI. IX. fig. 6.)

Lepralia Gattyce , Landsborough, Pop. Hist, of Brit. Zooph. p. 326,

pi. xviii. fig. 71 ; B.M. Cat. p. 73, pi. lxxxiii. fig. 6.

Lepralia Steindachneri, Heller, Die Bryoz. des Adriat. Meeres, Verh.

der k.-k. zool.-botan. Gesellsch. Wien, vol. xvii. 1867, p. 109, pi. ii.

fig. 19o.

?Flustra Jaubertii, Aud. in Sav. Egypte, p. 68, pi. 9. fig. 9.

The ovicell is large, orbicular, nearly as wide as the zooecia,

with a slightly raised keel above the aperture. The border

of the ornamented area is deeply indented ; and occasionally

in each indentation rises a very minute spine. In the

centre of the area is a tubercle which sometimes is promi¬

nently raised and bifurcate at the extremity. In fig. 6 a

this is seen surrounded with the minute spines just men¬

tioned.

This is a semitransparent species, and, as it contains but

little calcareous matter, is only to be satisfactorily seen

when preserved in fluid, though the delicate radiating lines

are only visible when dry.

I did not recognize from Busk’s figure that it was the same as

Heller’s L. Steindachneri ; but upon comparison of the British-

Museum specimen found that it had a well-marked area as

figured by Heller. The figure given by Landsborough is

much better than that in the British-Museum Catalogue. I

cannot see that this has much resemblance to L. coronata ,

Aud., which seems more to approach L. vulgaris.

Operculum (34*) *068 millim. wide, *04 long.

Loc. Lesina (Adriatic), Sidmouth, jersey.

14. Lepralia crihrosa , Heller. (PI. IX. fig. 4.)

Lepralia cribrosa, Heller, Die Bryoz. des Adriat. Meeres, p. 109, pi. 11.

fig. 6.

The name crihrosa has already been used by Boeck for

another species ; but as Boeck’s crihrosa is considered a syno¬

nym, I have provisionally retained Heller’s name.

The zooecia of this species are much larger than those of L.

Steindachneri ; but the two are evidently closely related. The

ornamented area is perforated with small pores near the centre,

and much larger ones at the edge ; the ovicells have similar

holes and radial lines. There is frequently an avicularium

near the end of the ovicells, and usually one avicularium at

37

Bryozoa of the Bay of Naples.

the side of the oral aperture ; sometimes this is absent ; and in

other cases there is one on each side.

Heller has figured two vibracular processes, but does not

mention them in his text ; but I think, in spite of this diffe¬

rence, there is no doubt this is L. cribrosa.

I have figured terminal cells in order to show the structure

of the connecting furrows. Before these are covered by the

growth of the zooecia they appear like ridges of pustules

connected with the zooecia on each side. The cells of most

Diachores are connected by long distinct tubes ; but in Dia-

choris patellaria , var. (PI. XIII. fig. 4*), they are sometimes

quite short, and in many specimens can only be seen when

dissected ; also in Lepralia Brongniartii , Aud., the zooecia

are connected by short tubes, as is well shown in Savigny’s

figure, and which form the u reticulated spaces” of Busk ; and

L. cribrosa shows another variation in this mode of connexion.

There are several Lepr alios with similar rows of minute

chambers between the zooecia ; and I think a study of the basal

connexion would throw much light on the specific variation

in the growth of the Bryozoa.

Loc. Lesina, on Algae [Heller) ; Naples, on seaweed at

slight depth.

15. Lepralia verrucosa , Esper.

Cellepora Endlicheri , Reuss, Foss, l’olyp. d. Wiener Tertiarbeckens,

p. 82, pi. ix. fig. 27.

Lepralia Endlicheri , Reuss, Die Bryozoen des Oest.-Ung. Mioc. p. 31,

pi. i. fig. 9.

Cellepora scarabeus, Reuss, F. Polyp, p. 8(5, pi. x. fig. 14.

Lepralia scarabeus, Reuss, Br. Oest.-Ung. Mioc. p. 32, pi. i. fig. 10.

I am unable to see in the later figures of Reuss any

material difference from recent L. verrucosa.

Loc. Miocene, Pliocene, Pruma (Calabria, A. TP.). Living:

Arctic Ocean ( Sm .), Britain.

16. Lepralia linearis , var. biaperta. (PI. XI. figs. 1, 2.)

Hippothoa biaperta, Smitt, Floridan Bryozoa, Hand! Kongl. Svenska

Vetensk. Ak. 1872, vol. ii. pt. 2, p. 46, pi. viii. figs. 173-176.

Escharella linearis, Hass., forma biaperta, Busk, in Smitt, Krit. Fort,

p. 14, 1867.

This form varies very much in its different stages ; so that

on the one piece I have from Naples the youngest cells most

nearly correspond with linearis typica, having raised avicu-

laria on each side of a ventricose ceil, in a later stage the cells

are the same as fig. 176 of Smitt, while in the oldest the aper-

* This Plate will appear in a future number.

38

Mr. A. W. Waters on the

ture is situated at the bottom of a deep depression as figured.

In this depression are the two oral avicularia ; and it is only

upon the older cells that the large acute avicularia are found..

The ovicells are very characteristic, being usually slightly

raised, with a flat depressed area ornamented with radiating

lines. Round the depressed oral aperture there is usually a

ridge.

This is undoubtedly very nearly related to L. hiaperta of

the Crag ; but I am not quite sure if it should be considered

a synonym.

Operculum with a rounded proximal edge, T16 millim.

wide, T2 millim. long, muscular impressions '064 millim.

apart.

Found by Pourtales on shells and corals, Florida. Sea of

Kara ( Srnitt , Bry. e Nov. Sem. & Jen. 1878). There is

also a specimen in the British Museum (in the Eschara

stadium) from Sio-u-wha Bay, Tartary, lat. 42° N., long.

133° E.

17. Lepralia linearis , Hass., var. hastata , Hincks.

Lepralia linearis , Hass., var. hastata, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 3, vol. vii. p. 206, pi. xii. figs. 4, 4 a, and vol. x. p. 362.

Avicularian process half the length of the cell. On sea¬

weed.

18. Lepralia linearis , Hass., forma typica, Smitt.

Lepralia linearis, Hass., B.M. Cat. p. 71 ; forma typica, Smitt, Krit.

Fort. Skand. Hafs-B. 1867, pp. 13, 95, pi. xxiv. figs. 68, 69.

Occurs at Naples on seaweed &c. in 10-50 fathoms, with

the two avicularia on rounded mamillary eminences.

Operculum (7*) rounded at the distal end, subtriangular at

the proximal, with prominent hinge-processes ; length 0J09

millim., width 0T ; muscular impression close to border, 0’6

millim. from the proximal apex.

Loc. Pliocene : Reggio. Living : Scandinavia (all depths),

Finland, Britain, France, Adriatic.

19. Lepralia linearis , Hass., typa secundaria, Smitt.

(PI. IX. fig. 2.)

This differs from the last form in having no avicularia.

The large opening to the ovicell has a bar across, in the middle

of which is a minute denticle on both sides for attachment of

the horny cover.

Row of eight to ten lateral rosette-plates, one third of the

height from the base. The distal wall has about four near

the base, and two above these close to the side.

Bryozoa of the Bay of Naples.

39

20. Lepralia errata , stadium Hemeschara. (PL X. fig. 5.)

Lepralia spinifera, Joknst. in Busk (part.), B.M. Cat. pi. xci. figs. 1,2.

Under spinifera Busk has described widely different forms.

The specimen in the British Museum, from which pi. lxxvi.

figs. 2 & 3 is taken, is spinifera of Johnston, and has a large

sinus, and the operculum (as far as could be seen without a

preparation) nearly corresponds with that of L. Cecilii ; while

pi. xci. figs. 1, 2, appears the same as the one under considera¬

tion, which has a circular distal and proximal edge and distinct

muscular impression.

Smitt has already separated some of Busk’s forms of

spinifera , but does not seem to have found the present.

Cells rhomboid, separated by divisional lines, coarsely

punctured ; mouth suborbicular ; the proximal arc of the oper¬

culum, being smaller, gives the appearance of a large wide

sinus; often an umbo below the mouth, an acute aviculariurn on

one side ; ovicells - ? Zoarium at the base with three or

four layers, one over the other ; from the incrusting base little

stalked cups spring up. In the British Museum there is a

piece, about 2 inches high, in which these cups are prolonged

into long anastomosing tubes 4 millims. in diameter.

I do not see any difference in the Naples, Cape-of-Good-

Hope, and Australian specimens, but have not yet had the

opportunity of detail-examination of the latter.

Unfortunately the detail of this drawing does not appear,

as it was transferred to the stone after the others, and appa¬

rently sufficient pressure was not given.

21. Lepralia arrogata , sp. nov. (PI. VIII. fig. 1.)

Zooecia quincuncially arranged, ovate-rhombic ; surface

with pores and tubercles-; aperture suborbicular, with a wide

sinus ; large acute aviculariurn nearly covers the front of the

cell. Ovicell raised on the proximal half of each cell, with

a flat, depressed, perforate space, bounded by an annular row

of large tubercles.

The ovicells are very peculiar, and approach very closely

to those of Lepralia cheilostomata , Manz. (third contribution),

from the Pliocene of Castellarquato. Although the ovicells

seem separated off and to belong to the zooecia above and on

which they are situated, this is not the case, and they of

course belong to the proximal zooecia. From this appear¬

ance the name is chosen.

The operculum (6*) is 0J25 millim. long, 0T25 millim.

wide ; the distal end is circular, the proximal triangular hinges

very long (004 millim.) and narrow, with the muscles nearer

the distal end.

40

Mr. A. W. Waters on the

22. Lepralia coccinea , Abild.

Leprulia coccinea , B.M. Cat. p. 70.

Loc. Upper Eocene of Northern Italy, and Miocene of

Hungary. Pliocene : Castrocaro and Sicily from various

places. Living : Northern seas to Mediterranean.

23. Lepralia cucullata , Busk. (PI. X. fig. 4.)

Escharina torquata, Edw. Voyage dans l’Amerupie par D’Orbigny, vol.

v. p. 15, vol. ix. pi. iv. figs. 1-4.

Lepralia cucullata, J3usk, Mar. Polyz. p. 81, pi. xcvi. figs. 4, 5,

?Cellepora Magnevillana, Aud. in Sav. Egypte, pi. 8. fig. 6.

fCellepura ovoidea, Aud. in Sav. Egypte, pi. 8. fig. 1 (non Lamx.).

This species is very variable: sometimes there is no margin

to the aperture ; in other cases it projects very much, swelling

out especially on the two sides, when it reminds us of the

lips of L. lahiosa. The surface is perforated with very large

pores; and Mr. Busk’s description, u granular,” is neither cor¬

rect for this nor for the Britisli-Museum specimen of cucullata ;

but as the thick black membrane almost covers the specimen,

it may have been difficult for him to see the structure ; and on

that account his fig. 4 is misleading ; in fact, until I had

made a comparison I did not think they were the same. The

cells vary also in shape from widely ovate to elongate.

The operculum is very large and characteristic. At each

side are two large round spaces, much thinner and lighter

than the rest. The proximal end is nearly black with two

light spots near the apex. In the specimen drawn (fig. 4 a)

the proximal end is open ; but whether this is only the result

of drying, or whether the animal can keep it open, I have not

the opportunity of forming an opinion. Width of operculum

(14*) '2 millim., length ‘22. The distal wall has normally six

rosette-plates — four near the base, and one near each side above

the two outside plates ; lateral wall eight plates, with nume¬

rous perforations.

Loc. Aegean Sea ( Forbes ) ; Naples, on seaweed from shallow

water; Rio de Janeiro ( D' Orb .).

24. Lepralia reticulata , Macg., var. ophidiana.

(PI. IX. fig. 1.)

I have felt some doubts as to whether this should be consi¬

dered a species or variety, but upon comparison have come to

the conclusion that the differences from reticidata are not very

important.

This may be the same as Flustra Legentilii , Aud. ; but as

there is only a figure it seems somewhat doubtful, and there-

41

Bryozoa of the Bay of Naples.

fore Smitt is not followed, though Legentilii is an earlier

name than reticulata.

In some cases the peristome is very much raised, in others

only slightly so, as figured ; the ovicells are perforated, not

very much raised and rather behind the peristome ; the pecu¬

liar feature is the position of the avicularian mandible, which

is much below the aperture, and often very long and projecting

into the aperture of the cell below, when it is frequently bifid ;

and from this division, which reminds me of a serpent’s

tongue, it may be called var. ophidiana if there is any occa¬

sion to distinguish it. This is not the only case of the point

of the mandible appearing divided, as it is sometimes so in

Eschara verrucosa. Although the mandible is placed so low

down, the avicularian chamber is immediately below the

aperture, and the two pores just below the mouth open into

this avicularian chamber.

Sometimes it is incrusting, at others partially free, so that

to those who recognize the genus Hemeschara it would belong

to it ; but, following Smitt, I should call the two forms

stadium Lepralia and stadium llcmeschara.

The operculum (26*) is subsemicircular, the lower margin

slightly curved inwards, 0T9 millim. wide, 0T44 long.

Muscular impression close to the border, about O'OS from the

proximal edge.

Inside the oral aperture there is a wide denticle.

There are three distal and six lateral rosette-plates. The

distal plates are situated close to the basal walls.

L. reticulata has been found from the Arctic Ocean to New

Zealand.

25. Lepralia reticulata , Macg., forma incequalis , nov.

(PL IX. fig. 3.)

The cells are ovate-elongate, punctured specially near the

edges ; internal denticle ; but instead of having a single sub¬

oral avicularium, there is usually one on each side ; some¬

times one of these is very large, covering nearly the whole of

the cell, with the other extremely minute. The peristome is

considerably raised.

Operculum (33*) T6 millim. long, T millim. wide.

26. Lepralia gcdeata , Busk.

Lepralia galeata, Bask, B.M. Cat. p. 66, pi. xciv. figs. 1, 2.

JEscharella porifera, Smitt, forma typica, Krit. Fort. 6. Sk. Hafs-Bry.

1867, p. 9, pi. xxiv. figs. 30, 32.

This has a distinct oral denticle, and has much resemblance

42 Mr. A. W. Waters on the

to L. reticulata , with which I think it would be well to unite it

as var. galeata .

Loc. Falkland Islands, Tierra del Fuego (Busk) ; Spitz-

bergen and Greenland ( Smitt ) ; Lesina (Heller).

27. Lepralia ventricosa , Hass., var. (PI. VIII. fig. 4.)

This is evidently closely related to the ordinary ventricosa ,

but differs in having the secondary aperture much raised,

especially at the two sides. I have not succeeded in showing

the cells as much raised and distinct in front, as is the case.

On one cell only have I seen a small avicularium. The cen¬

tral cells are smaller than the younger ones, though this is

slightly exaggerated from the position in which it was drawn.

28. Lepralia Pallasiana , Moll.

This is common at Naples.

At each side of the operculum there is a characteristic

ridge, 0T1 millim. long, ending in two swellings.

The length of an operculum drawn (19*) is 0T8 millim.,

width 0T7, being about the size of the aperture as given by

Smitt.

Loc . Pliocene : Bruccoli, Sicily, Crag. Living : Scandi¬

navia, British coasts, Roscoff («/.), Adriatic (Heller).

29. Lepralia Pallasiana , Moll, var. armata , Busk.

This variety has an avicularium turned over the aperture

as the ordinary avicularia of L. auriculata.

30. Lepralia Pallasiana , Moll, var. projecta.

(PI. X. figs. 3, 3 a.)

This is studded with spinous tubercles about the length

of the aperture ; and in between are the pores. Below the

aperture is a short spatulate avicularium.

I think it extremely probable that this is Eschara Otto-

Mulleriana of Moll (Seerinde, fig. 15 A, B, C), but cannot

be sure that the half-round pore on a prominence, which he

mentions, is the avicularium.

Operculum (17*) ‘248 millim. long, T6 wide.

A rosette-plate at each basal corner of the distal wall ; four

lateral rosette-plates.

31. Lepralia lata, Busk. (PI. XV. figs. 12, 13: next part.)

Lepralia lata , Busk, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. vol. iv. p. S09, pi. x.

tigs. 1, 2; Manzoni, Bry. Plioc. Ital. cont. 1, p. 4, pi. 1. fig. 6.

43

Bryozoa of the Bay of Naples.

Lepralia Kirchenpaueri, Heller, Bry. Adriat. Meeres, p. 105, pi. ii.

fig. 11; Manzoni, Supp. Fauna dei Bry. Medit. cont. 1, p. 8, pi. iii.

fig. 3.

Lepralia cupulata, Manz. Bry. foss. Ital. cont. 3, p. 13, tab. iv. fig. 21 ;

Waters, Bry. from PI. of Bruecoli, Manch. Geol. Soc. vol. xiv. pt. 21,

p. 473, fig. 6.

All my specimens are upon a small Trochus , and show con¬

siderable variation, so that on one piece some cells have the

two large bosses, while others are without ; and from these

variations I think we are justified in reducing the syno-

nymy.

Operculum (20*) suboblong, T04 millim. in length, ’06

millim. wide, except at the base, where it is *08 millim.

Loc. Miocene, Pliocene, living. Add Pliocene, Castellar-

quato and Bruecoli.

32. Lepralia fissa, Busk. (PI. XI. fig. 6.)

Lepralia Jissa, Busk, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. vol. iv. p. 308, pi. ix.

figs. 8, 9, 10.

The peristome is much raised, with long spines, but does

not show the dentation mentioned by Busk ; the walls are

thin, granular, somewhat hyaline ; and large avicularia occupy

the space of a zooecium.

The small fragment from Naples very much resembles L.

Lyallii , as figured by Busk, although none of the cells have

a vibraculum. As the British-Museum specimen is, unfor¬

tunately, not in its place, I have been unable to make a com¬

parison.

33. Eschara foliacea, stadium Hemeschara.

(PI. XI. figs. 4, 5.)

This is another case of finding cells similar in the Eschara

and Hemeschara or Lepralia forms.

Figs. 4 and 5 are taken from different specimens.

The avicularia are very small, and are situated in the primary

mouth. The globular ovicells have two openings just above

the aperture ; sometimes a raised peristome joins the ovicells ;

but as there are but few ovicells on the pieces in my posses¬

sion, it is impossible to say how general this may be.

The ovicells of Eschara foliacea do not seem to have been

described as yet.

Operculum (24*) somewhat sellate; width 0T8 millim.;

muscular attachment central on the border of the operculum.

(The scale and most of the figures are magnified 25 times.)

[To be continued.]

44

Mr. W. L. Distant on Hemiptera from

IV. — Hemiptera from the North-eastern Frontier of India.

By W. L. Distant.

The insects enumerated and described in this paper were

collected by Mr. A. W. Chennell, of the Indian Topographi¬

cal Survey, and are the result of some five or six years’

entomologizing in the following localities : —

Altitude.

Naga hills . 2000 to 6000 ft.

Khasia hills, high ranges . . . 4500 to 6000 ,,

North Khasia hills, lower ranges 1500 to 3000 „

Eastern Garo hills . 1500 to 2500 ,,

Noa-Dehing valley, south of

Brahmaputra . 800 ,,

Sadia, north of Brahmaputra .... 350 ,,

Dibru, south „ .... 250 „

Sibshgar, south ,, .... 200 „

Bamrup, south ,, .... 150 „

I have here only dealt with the tribe Scutata, which is

somewhat largely represented in the collection, and propose

treating of the remaining Heteroptera in a subsequent paper.

As regards the geographical affinities of the species, it will

probably be better, in our present knowledge of Indian Hemi¬

ptera, to merely point out some of the widest-ranging insects in

this part of the collection.

Picromerus spinidens , Fab., is not only recorded from Java,

Sumatra, and Borneo, but is also found in Mexico. AEdnus

ventralis, Dali., Erthesina fullo , Thunb., and Dalsira glandu-

losa , Wolff, are well-known Chinese species. Axiagastus

rosmarus , Dali., has hitherto only been received from the Phi¬

lippine Isles, Celebes, New Guinea, and Siam, while Eurydema

f estiva, Linn., is a common European form. The following

is a list of the species ; and it will be seen that some families

are totally unrepresented : —

Fam. Pachycobidje.

Solenostethium rubro-puncta-

tum, Guer.

Cantao ocellatus, Thunb.

Pcecilocoris Hardwickii, Hope.

- Drurfei, Linn.

Scutellera nobilis, Fab.

Bracbyaulax oblonga, Hope.

Chrysocoris grandis, Thunb.

- patricius, Fab.

- purpureus, Hope.

Lamprocoris Roylii, Hope.

- spiniger, Vail.

Hotea curculionides, H.-S.

Fam. Podopidas.

Scotinopbora luiida, Burn).

- obscura, Dali.

- tarsalis, Foil.

Aspidestroplius morii, Stftl.

Fam. Plataspid.®.

Coptosoma duodecimpunctata,

Germ.

Brachyplatys Vahlii, Fab.

- Burmeisteri, n. sp.

45

the Nortli-eastern Frontier of India.

Fam. Asopidje.

Cazira verrucosa, West.

Cecyrina platyrhinoides, Walk.

Canthecona tibialis, n. sp.

- binotata, n. sp.

Picromerus obtusus, Walk.

- spinidens, Fab.

- robustus, n. sp.

Fam. Cydnid^e.

Adrissa, sp. P

Fam. Sciocoridje.

Laprius varicornis, Dali.

yF.dnus ventralis, Dali.

Fam. Halydid^e.

Agonoscelis nubila, Fab.

Ertbesina fullo, Thunb.

Dalpada oculata, Fab.

- clavata, Fab.

- varia, Dali.

Iialys dentata, Fab.

CEstopis, nov. gen.

- terra, n. sp.

Fam. Pentatomid^e.

Belopis, nov. gen.

- unicolor, n. sp.

Cratonotus, nov. gen.

- coloratus, n. sp.

Hoplistodera, sp. P

Axiagastus rosmarus, Dull.

Stollia guttigera, Tkunb.

Tolumnia latipes, Dali.

Halyomorpha picus, Fab.

- scutellata, n. sp.

Cappcea taprobanensis, Dali.

Plautia fimbriata, Fab.

Antestia ancbora, Thunb.

Eurvdema festiva, Linn.

Strachia crucigera, Hahn.

Catacanthus incarnatus, Drury.

Nezara viridula, Lhvn.

Prionochilus octopunctatus, Dali.

Menida flavo-varia, Dali.

- varipennis, Hope.

Prionaca lata, Dali.

- ? exempta, Walk.

Diplostira valida, Dali.

Rkynchocoris humeralis, Thunb.

Sastragala uniguttata, Don.

Fam. Urostylid^e.

Urostylis punctigera, Hope.

- gracilis, Dali.

Urolabida, sp. ?

Fam. Edessidje.

Tessaratoma malaya, Stal.

Eusthenes cupreus, Hope.

- robustus, St. Farg. et Serv.

- scutellaris, H.-S.

Eurostus grossipes, Dali.

Pycanum rubens, Fab.

Cyclopelta tartarea, Sthl.

Aspongopus brunneus, Thunb.

- janus, Fab.

- ochreus, Hope.

- nigriventris, Hope.

- nepalensis, Hope.

Fam. Phyllocephalidve.

Placosternum taurus, Fab.

Dalsira glandulosa, Wolff.

Tetroda bisteroides, Fab.

Macrina coccinea, Walk.

- dilatata, n. sp.

Megarhynchus limatus, H.-S.

Fam. MEGYJlENIDiE.

Megymenum inerme, II. S.

Notes and Descriptions.

Brachyaidax ohlonga , Hope.

Tectocoris oblonga, Hope, Cat. i. p. 14 (1837).

The type as described was from Java. The North-Indian

specimens differ in having the large central spots on the scu-

tellum confluent, forming two transverse waved bands.

Chrysocoris purpnreus, Hope.

Callidea purpurea, Hope, Cat. i. p. 15 (1837).

All the specimens of this species collected by Mr. Chennell

vary in coloration from purplish to sanguineous above.

46

Mr. W. L. Distant on Hemiptera from

Scotinophora tarsalis , Voll.

Podops tarsalis, Voll. Faun. Ind.-Neerl. i. p. 42, pi. 3. fig. 8 (1863).

According to Vollenhoven, “ les cuisses et les quatre pre¬

mieres jambes sont noires, les postericures ont la moitid de

la jambe d’un brun clair.” These specimens, however, agree

with the form of the species from Perak in having the legs

luteous, punctured with black.

Brachyplatys Burmeisteri , n. sp.

Tliyreocoris silphoides, Bunn. Handb. ii. p. 384. 3 (1835).

This species was considered by Burmeister as being the

Cimex silphoides , Fab. Stal’s description of that species (H.

Fab. i. p. 5. 2) will, however, prevent any confusion. B.

Burmeisteri can be at once distinguished from B. Vaklii and

B. silphoides by its uniform coloration above, and absence of

luteous markings on head and pronotum, as described by

Burmeister, “ iEneo-niger, margine omni, pedibus abdomi-

nisque maculis marginalibus luteis.” The luteous abdominal

radial streaks are as in B. radians , figured by Voll. Faun.

Ind.-Neerl. i. pi. iv. f. 7.

Long. 6 to 8 millims.

Noa-Dehing valley, 800 feet ; Sadia, 850 feet.

Canthecona tibialis , n. sp.

Head brassy black, very thickly punctured ; central lobe

reaching apex of head, with its base obscurely luteous ; eyes

brown. Antennse pilose; third and fourth joints longest, sub¬

equal ; apical joint rather shorter than second, which is brown,

the third and fourth blackish with their bases narrowly brown,

fifth dark fuscous with basal third luteous. Bostrum luteous,

tip blackish. Pronotum brassy black, very coarsely punctate,

and lightly and irregularly rugulose, with a slightly raised

central longitudinal line and irregular luteous markings,

which indicate faintly four longitudinal stride, two on each

side of the central line ; the crenulated portion of the margin

and a small spine behind the eyes luteous ; lateral angles

produced into short, black, obtuse spines, strongly emarginate

at apex. Scutellum with the basal half brassy black, very

thickly punctured ; apical half paler and more sparingly punc¬

tured, with a small central basal spot, a large rounded spot in

each basal angle, two small irregular and indistinct markings

beneath these, and the apex broadly luteous. Corium luteous,

somewhat thickly marked and punctured with black ; on the

underside at apex is a large reddish spot ; membrane fuscous,

47

the North-eastern Frontier of India.

with two large whitish spots, one on the outer and the other

on the inner border. Abdomen above shining green, very

thickly punctured, with a marginal row of three luteous spots,

which appear on margins of alternate segments above and

below. Body beneath luteous, breast thickly punctured with

brassy black. Abdomen with a central, narrow, longitudinal,

impunctate area, from which it is sparingly punctate halfway

to outer border, which is very thickly punctured with brassy

black ,* a large black subapical spot. Legs luteous, with the

apices of the femora, and bases and apices of intermediate and

posterior tibise brassy black ; fore tibise very widely dilated

and strongly punctured, black ; fore tarsi black, inter¬

mediate and posterior tarsi luteous with apex black ; tibise

strongly sulcated.

Long. 17 millims., exp. lat. ang. pronot. 9 millims.

Var. A. Smaller, with the ground-colour brownish instead

of brassy black.

Allied to C. furcellata , Wolff, from which it differs princi¬

pally in the shorter and obtuse lateral angles of the po-

notum.

North Khasia hills, 1500 to 3000 feet.

Canthecona hinotata , n. sp.

Luteous, thickly punctured with brown. Central lobe

reaching apex of head, lateral lobes thickly covered with

brassy black punctures. Eyes prominent, fuscous, luteous at

base. Antennae with second and third joints subequal, fourth

rather lougest ; first and second joints luteous, third and fourth

dark fuscous, luteous at base ; rostrum luteous, with the tip

reddish. Pronotum considerably deflexed from base towards

head, with a central raised longitudinal line, which is pro¬

longed through the whole length of the scutellum ; lateral edges

with an indistinct, obscure, violet submarginal border, and

some other indistinct striae of the same colour on disk ; lateral

angles produced into short, obtuse, black spines, emarginate

and luteous at tip. Scutellum somewhat gibbous at base,

where it is thickly and darkly punctured, the central longitu¬

dinal line becoming broad and impunctate towards apex.

Corium with a somewhat triangular subcostal blackish spot

situated a little beyond medium. Membrane produced con¬

siderably beyond abdomen, black, with the apical half whitish.

Abdomen above blackish, with a segmental marginal row of

alternate subquadrate green and luteous spots. Body below

luteous ; breast with three violet streaks on each side ; abdomen

with the marginal row of subquadrate green spots as above, a

submarginal row of narrow, transverse, waved, dark lines,

48

Mr. W. L. Distant on Flemiptera from

situate one on each segment, and a large subapical blackish

spot. Legs luteous, pilose ; tibiae strongly sulcated ; fore tibiae

dilated, their apical halves and bases and apices of interme¬

diate and posterior tibia? blackish.

Long. 15 millims., exp. lat. ang. pronot. 7\ millims.

Allied to the former species, from which, however, it is very

distinct.

Naga hills, 2000 to 6000 feet.

Picromerus robust us. n. sp.

Has somewhat the elongated form of P. spinidens , but with

the thorax robust, much deflexed anteriorly, and body narrowed

posteriorly. Luteous, covered regularly and thickly with

coarse brown punctures. Central and lateral lobes of the

head equal in length ; eyes large, prominent, obscure fuscous ;

rostrum luteous, with the tip pitchy ; antennas with the second

and third joints subequal, pale luteous, third joint pitchy at

apex (remainder mutilated). Pronotum much narrowed in

front and widened posteriorly, with an indistinct, central, longi¬

tudinal line ; a transverse row of four small luteous spots

situated a little behind a somewhat obscure transverse ridge ;

lateral angles produced into long black-pointed spines, toothed

behind, which gives them the appearance of being emarginate

at apex. Scutellum with a small luteous spot in each basal

angle. Corium with purplish reflections towards apex. Mem¬

brane fuscous, with a large whitish spot on outer and inner

border (size of these spots variable). Body beneath luteous,

punctured and mottled with brown ; intermediate thighs

testaceous, and tibia? brownish, with apex and tarsi dark

fuscous.

c?, long. 11 millims., exp. lat. ang. pronot. 6|- millims. ;

? , long. 14 millims., exp. lat. ang. pronot. 9 millims.

The $ varies in having the luteous spots above much more

obscure and the legs luteous.

Sadia, 350 feet.

Dalpada variety Dali.

Dalpada varia, Dali. List, i. p. 185. 8 (1851).

In these specimens a certain amount of green pubescence

which is seen in the type is rubbed or worn off. Thus ex¬

posed, the apex of the scutellum is broadly luteous.

CEstopis, nov. gen.

Ovate, depressed ; head triangular, lateral lobes much longer

than central, meeting beyond it, but divided at the apex.

49

the North-eastern Frontier of India.

Antennas four-jointed ; first joint robust, not quite reaching

apex of the head; second joint a little shorter than the third ;

third and fourth subequal, the last somewhat thickened. Ros¬

trum reaching posterior coxa? ; apical joint longest. Pronotum

a little longer than head, about twice as broad as long, the

lateral margins denticulated, the lateral angles prominent ; it

is slightly prominent and rounded at base, deiiexed towards

head. Scutellum a little longer than broad, extending slightly

beyond base of membrane, gradually narrowed for two thirds

its length from base, when it extends almost straight to apex,

which is narrowed and rounded. Membrane with longitu¬

dinal nervures. Abdomen dilated, projecting a little on each

side, convex below. Abdomen, legs, and sternum unarmed.

The four-jointed antennas, length of the lateral lobes of the

head, and general shape of body ally this genus to Atelocera

and Memmia.

CEstopis terra , n. sp.

Brownish luteous ; corium with a reddish hue, thickly and

somewhat regularly covered with darker punctures. Head

very thickly punctured and somewhat darker in hue. An¬

tennas luteous; apical joint black, luteous at base. Pronotum

with the punctures thicker and darker along lateral and near

anterior margins. Scutellum somewhat rugulose and darker

at base. Membrane pale fuscous. Abdomen above pitchy ;

abdominal margin broad and distinct. Sternum concolorous

with upperside of body ; underside of abdomen rather darker,

with a faint central longitudinal black line. Legs luteous,

thighs thickly speckled with black.

Long. 17 millims., lat. pronot. ang. 8 millims.

Khasia hills, 4500 to 6000 feet.

Belopis, nov. gen.

Broad-ovate ; head triangular, lateral lobes longer than the

central, and meeting beyond it, but divided at apex. Antennoe

five-jointed. Rostrum with the last joint mutilated. Prono¬

tum rather more than twice as broad as long; the lateral angles

prominent, subacute, the lateral margins denticulated ; de-

flexed towards head. Scutellum with the length equal to the

breadth at base, gradually narrowed for two thirds the length,

and then extending nearly straight to apex, which is narrowed

and rounded. Membrane with longitudinal nervures. Abdo¬

men dilated above, projecting a little on each side ; convex

below. Sternum and abdomen unarmed ; tibia? moderately

sulcated.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iii.

4

50

Mr. W. L. Distant on Hemiptera from

Belojns unicolor , n. sp.

Ochraceous, thickly and finely punctured j punctures some¬

what darker on frontal half of pronotum and head. An¬

tenna? reddish ; second joint longer than first, shorter than

fourth, third and fifth longest, subequal. Scutellum with the

central portion punctured, rather darker, lateral edges conco-

lorous with other parts of upper surface ; membrane ochra-

ceous. Underside of body and legs coneolorous, the former

thickly and finely punctured.

Long. 14 millims., lat. pronot. ang. 10 millims.

Khasia hills, 4500 to 6000 feet.

Cratonotus, nov. gen.

Head broad and elongated ; ocular part broadest, with the

lateral edges somewhat sinuated about the middle ; central

lobe shorter than the lateral lobes. Eyes prominent ; ocelli

situated rather nearer the eyes than to each other. Antenna?

longer than the head and thorax, five-jointed ; second joint

slightly shorter than the third, fourth longest. Rostrum ro¬

bust, just passing posterior coxa? ; second joint longer than

third ; apical joint shortest. Pronotum twice as wide as long,

raised and rounded at base, deflexed in front, angles obtusely

prominent ; lateral margins deeply sinuated, with their an¬

terior portion crenulated. Scutellum reaching a little beyond

base of membrane, gradually narrowed for two thirds its length

from base, when it is straightened to apex, which is moderately

broad and rounded ; width at base about equal to length.

Membrane with longitudinal nervures. Abdomen widened

above, projecting a little on each side, convex beneath; abdo¬

men and sternum unarmed. Legs moderately long, tibia? sul-

cated.

This genus should be placed near Durmia , Stal.

Cratonotus coloratus , n. sp.

Brown, somewhat shining, thickly punctured with black ;

head black, thickly punctured ; eyes black, with their bases

luteous ; antennae luteous ; rostrum brownish ; pronotum with

the basal half rugulose and very coarsely punctured, lateral

margins narrowly luteous, pronotal angles pitchy. Scutellum

transversely rugulose, with a large irregular patch at base and

apex broadly luteous ; membrane pitchy, shining. Margins

of abdomen above and body beneath luteous, the last with a

broad green stripe on each side, extending narrowly along

underside of head, widened at anterior coxa?, and extending

51

the North-eastern Frontier of India.

to about the base of the fifth abdominal segment; two obscure

marks on disk and a subapical spot pitchy. Legs luteous ;

apices of femora and tibim black, anterior tibim punctured

with black ; tarsi black. Other structural characters as in

generic diagnosis above.

Long. 19 millims., lat. pronot. ang. 11.

North Khasia hills, 1500 to 3000 feet.

Halyomorpha scutellata , n. sp.

Brunneous, thickly and strongly punctured. Head with

frontal and lateral margins black ; eyes pitchy ; ocelli brown,

shining. Rostrum black, reaching posterior coxae. Antennaj

black ; second joint much shorter than third, fourth joint

rather longer than fifth, both of which are pilose. Pronotum

with the lateral margins narrowly reflexed, bordered with

black, with the extreme edge sanguineous for about two

thirds the length from apex ; base rugulose, a somewhat

triangular space enclosed by pale impunctate lines situated on

each side of frontal border behind eyes ; lateral angles pro¬

minent. Scutellum bright luteous, with two dots at base, two

small parallel lines on disk, and lateral margin, very narrowly

at base and broadly towards apex, brunneous ; the luteous area

has a few deep brown punctures, the other brunneous portion

of the scutellum punctured as on other parts of upper surface.

Membrane fuscous, with strong longitudinal nervures. Abdo¬

men above sanguineous, with a marginal row of bluish-black

spots situated conjointly in pairs at base and apex of each

segment both above and below. Underside oi body san¬

guineous ; prosternum wfith some greenish markings behind

eyes, a large dull blackish patch near odoriferous apertures, a

stigmatal row of rounded bluish-black spots, and a large

pitchy spot near apex. Legs black ; coxm sanguineous, bases

of femora dull reddish.

Long. 16 millims., lat. pronot. ang. 9 millims.

North Khasia hills, 1500 to 3000 teet.

Var. a. Scutellum without the two brown lines on disk,

marginal and stigmatal spots on underside of abdomen coa¬

lescing. Prosternum with a large black spot behind eyes in

place of greenish markings.

Note. Specimens from Bombay have the upper surface

bluish instead of brunneous, have typical scutellar markings,

but underside as in var. a.

The Urolahida, sp., is evidently an undescribed form allied

to U. Grayii , White ; but, in its mutilated condition, I have

abstained from any diagnosis.

4*

52

Mr, W. L. Distant on Indian Hemiptera.

Pycanurn rubens , Fab.

Cimex rubens, Fab. Ent. Sjst. iv. p. 107 (1794j.

In tliis collection all the representatives of this species are

of a uniform ochreous colour above.

Aspongopus brunneus , Thunb.

Cimex brunneus, Thunb. Diss. Ent. Nov. Ins. Spec. ii. p. 45 (1783).

This species is closely allied to and commonly confounded

with Cimex obscurus , Fab. The two species, however, seem

to be thus easily differentiated : —

Abdomen above red.

Third joint of antennae a little longer than second, brunneus, Thunb.

Abdomen above black.

Second and third joints of antennae equal . obscurus, Fab.

Aspongopus ochreus , Hope.

Aspongopus ochreus, Hope, Cat. i. p. 25 (1837).

The first four joints of antennae are black ; they are de¬

scribed (l. c.) in error as 11 fuscis.” I have examined the type

with Prof. Westwood.

Macrina dilatata , n. sp.

Broad, ovate. Rufous. Head broad, triangular, mode¬

rately covered with deep dark punctures; lateral lobes slightly

sinuated, divided at apex, meeting beyond central lobe, which

is much shorter. Antennae with the third joint shortest ;

fourth rather longer, fifth longest, black, with the base rufous

(the first four joints vary in different specimens from rufous to

luteous). Rostrum reaching anterior coxae. Pronotum with

the base slightly rugulose, somewhat crescent-shaped in front,

■where it is bordered with a pale luteous band between the

lateral angles, which are produced iuto two stout spines

directed forwards ; spinal apices black. Anterior portion of

the pronotum abruptly deflexed to head, transversely costate,

moderately punctured with brown ; lateral borders denticu¬

lated. Scutellum reaching beyond base of membrane, with

five longitudinal, indistinct, somewhat catenulate elevated

ridges, which are sprinkled with luteous, the centre ridge

generally most indistinct. Membrane pale fuscous, extending

beyond apex of abdomen. Underside of body and legs con-

colorous, thickly and finely punctured with brown. Tibite

sulcated.

d , long. 16 millims., lat. at base of corium 8 millims., exp.

pronot. ang. 11 millims. ; ? , long. 17 millims., lat. at base of

corium 8^ millims., exp. pronot. ang. 12 millims.

Un two new Fishes from Xew Zealand. 53

Naga hills, 2000 to 6000 feet ; North Khasia hills, 1500

to 3000 feet.

This species approaches M. cocci nea, Walk., but promi¬

nently differs from that and all other species of the genus by

its much greater breadth. I have placed it provisionally in

the genus J \facrina.

Some specimens are much darker in colour than others.

^ • — Descriptions of tiro new Fishes from Xew Zealand.

By Prof. F. W. Hutton, of the Otago University.

Percis GiUiesii.

B. Fy- A. 18. L. lat. 70. L. trans. 8 20.

Length 3f times that of the head, which is 3^ times the

diameter of the eye, which is 3 times the interorbital space.

Pneoperculum entire. Operculum with one spine. Spinous

portion of the dorsal lower than the soft; the fifth dorsal

spine the longest. Caudal fin square.

Pale reddish, with a narrow longitudinal black band, which

is below the lateral line on the anterior portion, and above it

on the posterior portion. Above this band is a row of black

spots, and another somewhat similar one below it. Dorsal

white, the base with black spots. Total length of the speci¬

men 6| inches.

Brighton, near Dunedin Pi. Gillies. Esq.).

Argentina elongata.

D. 10. A. 11. P. 15. V. 12.

The length of the head goes 3f times into the total with

caudal . Height of the body goes 9 times into the same.

Diameter of the eye goes 3| times into the length of the head ;

it is less than the length of the snout. Maxillary does not

extend halfway to the eve. No teeth in the jaws, nor on the

palate and vomer '?). Tongue with a series of curved teeth

on each side. Ventrals situated rather behind the middle of

the length caudal not included . Scales without teeth. ^ el-

lowish white ; a silvery band down each side ; a dusky mark

above each eye. Total length of the specimen 3^ inches.

Cape Campbell Mr. C. H. Robson).

54

Rev. A. M. Norman on Crustacea Cumacea.

VI. — Crustacea Cumacea of the 1 Lightning ,’ ‘ Porcupine ,’

and 1 Valorous ’ Expeditions. By the Rev. A. M. Nor¬

man, M.A.

Order CUMACEA.

Genus Diastylis, Say, 1817.

( =Alauna , Goodsir, 1843.)

1. Diastylis Bathkii (Kroyer).

1841. Cuma Bathkii , Kroyer, Naturkist. Tidsskrift, vol. iii. p. 513, pi. v.

figs. 17-30; id. op. cit. anden raekkes ii. 1846, p. 144, pi. i. figs. 4, 6;

id. Voyages en Scandinavie &c. pi. v. fig. 1, a-u.

1852. Cuma Bathkii, Lilljeborg, CEfversigt af Vet.-Akad. Forkandl.

P- 6.

1856. Diastylis Bathkii, Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 2nd ser. xvn.

p. 451, pi. xiii.

1859. Diastylis Bathkii, Danielssen, Beretning om en Zoologisk Reise

foretag. Som. 1857, p. 7.

1864. Diastylis Bathkii, G. O. Sars, Om Cumacea, Chr. Vid.-Selskab.

Forkandl. 1864, p. 35, and 1873, Om Cumaceen fra de store dybder i

Nordisbafvet, Kongl. Vet.-Akad. flandl. Bd. ii. no. 6, p. 7, pi. iii.

figs. 8, 9.

‘Lightning’ Expedition, Station 3, lat. 60° 3P N., long.

9° 18' W., 229 fathoms. ‘ Valorous ’ Expedition, Station 4,

Davis Strait, lat. 66° 59' N., long. 55° 27x W., 60 fathoms.

This polar species is widely distributed in the Arctic and

Boreal North Atlantic. I have seen it from Greenland, river

St. Lawrence, N.E. America (New-England coast), Norway,

Sweden, and Great Britain.

Professor G. O. Sars has, I think, fallen into error* in

supposing that Cuma angulata of Kroyer is the male of his

C. Bathkii. Both sexes of D. Bathkii are alike in the spiny

armament of the carapace, consisting of two longitudinal lines

of spines, one on each side of the dorsal line ; these spines are

largest and widest apart just behind the rostrum, where the

spines are also usually in pairs on each line ; the two lines

gradually converge backwards, the spines rapidly decreasing

in size, so as entirely to disappear at some distance from the

hinder margin of the carapace. Among a collection of N.E.

American Cumacea, for which I am indebted to Mr. L. I.

Smith, is a Diastylis which I take to be the true Cuma angu¬

lata of Kroyer.

* Beskrivelse af de paa Fregatten Josephines expedition fundne

Cumaceer, 1871, pp. 5 and 21.

liev. A. M. Norman on Crustacea Cumacea

55

2. Diastylis cornuta (Boeck).

P1S53. Cuma bispinosa, Stimpson, Marine Invertebrata of Grand Mu nan,,

p. 39.

1860. Cuma cornuta, A. Boeck, Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl. p. 190.

1864. Diastylis bispinosa, G. O. Sars, Om Cumacea, p. 89.

1865. Diastylis bicornis, Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xv.

p. 84, pi. i. fig. 2.

1868. Diastylis bispinosa, Norman, Brit. Assoc. Report, 1868 (1869),

p. 270.

I am not satisfied that this is the Cuma bispinosa of Stimp-

son, though it is the species which has been known by that

name among European carcinologists. I am not aware that

the form for which I here adopt Boeck’s name has been re¬

corded from the American coast ; and specimens of a New-

England Diastylis are before me which seem to agree more

nearly with Stimpson’s brief description.

Sars says that the male of this Diastylis has a spineless

carapace ; but I have males which closely agree in the spiny

armature of the carapace with the females ,* these are not,

however, fully developed, inasmuch as the lower antennm

and uropods have not attained their plumose characters. It is

hardly likely, however, that the subsequent exuviation, in

which a change in degree of development would take place in

these organs, would result also in so great a change in kind as

from a strongly spinous to a smooth carapace. Fully developed

males of Diastylis are scarce — that is, males in which the an¬

tennas have attained their excessive length and the verticillately

ciliated peduncle, and the abdominal feet have their swimming

setae on the peduncles. Such males I have seen of only a few

species that I could assign to their females ; they are more

commonly taken in the tow-net than at the bottom, where,

from their great activity, they probably generally succeed

in escaping the dredge.

Diastylis cornuta was taken in the 1 Porcupine ’ Expedi¬

tion, 1869, in Lough Foyle, in 15 fathoms, and at Station 21,

lat. 55° 40' N., long. 12° 46' W., in 1476 fathoms.

3. Diastylis insignis , G. O. Sars.

1871 .Diastylis insiynis, G. O. Sars, CEfvers. af Kongl. Vet.-Akad.

Forhandl. p. 76 j id. Beskrivelse af de paa Fregatten Josephines

expedition fundne Cumaceer, Kongl. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Handl.

ix. p. 34, pi. xiv. figs. 68-71.

A strongly marked and beautiful species, descibed by Sars

from the ‘ Josephine ’ Expedition, having been taken on a

muddy bottom in 550 fathoms off the coast of Portugal. A

single specimen was dredged in the 1869 1 Porcupine ’ Expe-

56

Key. A. M. Norman on Crustacea Cumacea.

dition, in 250 fathoms, to the west of Shetland, lat. 60° 45'

N., long. 3° 6' W.

4. Diastylis echinata , Bate.

1865. Diastylis echinata, Bate, Ann. k Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xv.

P-81, pi. i. fig- 1.

The type specimen was dredged off Shetland ; and Sars has

taken it in 100-300 fathoms on the coast of Norway (Har-

danger and Christiania Fiords and Lofoten Islands) .

In 1868 it was dredged by the 1 Lightning ’ Expedition,

Station 8, lat. 60° 10' N., long. 5° 59' W., in 550 fathoms.

5. Diastylis Josephince , G. O. Sars.

1871 . Diastylis Josephines, CEfvers. af Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Forhandl. p. 77;

id. * Josephines ’ Cumaceer, Kongl. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Handl.

ix. p. 36, pi. xv. tigs. 72-74.

The types of this Diastylis were dredged in 750 fathoms off

the Portuguese coast (lat. 38° 10' N., long. 9° 25' W.), in the

‘ Josephine ’ Expedition. It seems to be the commonest

Cumacean inhabiting the deep waters between Faroe and

Shetland.

1 Lightning,’

1 Porcupine,’

V

a

1868

1869

6. Diastylis polar is, G. O. Sars.

1873. Diastylis polaris, Ct. O. Sars, Om Cumaceer fra de store dybder i

Nordisliafvet, Kongl. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Iiandlingar, xi. no. 6,

p. 4, pi. i. figs. 1-3.

Cephalo thorax, viewed laterally, elongated ovate, greatest

depth subcentral. Carapace longer than free cephalothoracic

segments, having two indistinct obliquely transverse rugae on

the hinder portion, rough all over with microscopic spines of

subequal size, and pitted all over, the pittings being more

conspicuous on the portion posterior to the rugae, where also

the microscopic spines are fewer in number ; lateral margin

denticulately serrated on the anterior half ; posterior margin

elevated into a well-pronounced fillet. Second, third, and

last cephalothoracic segments denticulate on their anterior

margin ; last segment with the epimera not produced. Telson

not quite equal in length to two preceding segments, sub¬

equal to peduncle of uropod, with 9-11 small spines on each

side. Uropods slender; peduncle subequal to telson, with 12-

Rev. A. M. Norman on Crustacea Cumacea.

57

14 spines on inner margin ; inner ramus with first joint fur¬

nished with five, second with two, third with three lateral and

a terminal spine ; outer ramus longer than inner, with 4-5 setae

on external margin. Length 8-10 millims.

At first sight near to D. lewis ; but the carapace, instead

of being conspicuously setose as in that species, is rough with

microscopic spines, the small and uniform size of which

suffices to distinguish it from the spine-ornamented species

with which we are acquainted, except D. styyia , G. O. Bars,

which has not the rugae of D. polaris. Sars speaks of the

rugte as one or three in number; in the above description,

wdiich was drawn up before the species was described in Nor¬

way, it will be seen I mention two.

Habitat. 1 Lightning,’ 1868, Station 3, lat. 60° 31' N.,

long. 9° 18' W., 229 fathoms. The type specimens were

dredged by the Swedish Expedition in the Arctic Seas, lat.

80°, long. 4° 33' E., in 950 fathoms.

7. Diastylis biplicata , G. O. Sars.

1864. Diastylis biplicata, G. 0. Sars, Om Cumacea, p. 46.

This species has a great range in depth. The types were

taken by Sars in 20-30 fathoms, off the Lofoten Islands ; and

I have specimens dredged off the Durham coast in a few

fathoms ; but in the 1 Porcupine ’ Expedition of 1869 it

occurred down to 1630 fathoms. The localities in that expe¬

dition are : —

8. Diastylis spinosa , Norman.

1868. Diastylis spinosa, Norman, Brit. Assoc. Report, p. 271.

1878. D. bimaryinatus, Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. i.

p. 409.

1878. D. bimarginatus, Sim, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ii.

p. 453, pi. xviii. figs. 3-5.

A single specimen was taken, 1 Porcupine ’ 1869, in each

of the following localities : —

Lat. Long. fms.

Station 6 . . . 52° 25' N. 11° 40' W. 90

„ 18 ... 54 15 11 9 183

The type was from Shetland ; and I have also procured the

58 Rev. A. M. Norman on Crustacea Cumacea.

species in deep water off Valentia, Ireland, while Mr. Bate

has recorded it from Aberdeen.

Only the male is known to me. It would be more satis¬

factory if we could pair it ; but the two sexes of such species

as might be supposed to be most nearly allied to D. spinosa are

known ; and we conclude, therefore, that the female, up to

the present time, has hidden herself.

9. Diastylis longipes , G. 0. Sars.

1871. Diastylis longipes, G. O. Sars, Beskr. af de paa Fregatte Jose¬

phines Exped. fundne Cumaceer, p. 32, pi. xiii. figs. 65-67.

At once known by three very remarkable characters : —

1. The extraordinary length of the first pair of feet, which

had led me to apply the very same name in my MS. to the

species as that which Sars has given it.

2. The crest of spines on the underside of the first abdo¬

minal segment.

3. The peculiar and unique appearance of the large telson,

which is devoid of the usual lateral spines throughout almost

its entire length, and has only a few minute spines close to

the origin of the terminal fork.

Sars records it from lat. 38° T N., long. 9° 18' W., 1 Jose¬

phine ’ Expedition, 550 fathoms ; and it occurred in almost

the same depth in the British dredgings, viz. : —

Station. Lat. Long. fins.

* Lightning,’ 1868 . 6 60° 45' N. 4° 49' W. 510

‘ Porcupine,’ 1869 . 90 59 41 7 34 458

10. Diastylis stygia , G. O. Sars.

1871. Diastylis stygia , G. O. Sars, (Efvers. af Kongl. Vet.-Akad.

Forliandl. p. 798.

1873. Diastylis stygia, G. O. Sars, Om Cumaceer fra de store dybder i

Nordisliafvet, Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. xi. p. 6, pi. ii. figs. 4-7.

A female measuring 6 millims. comes so near to D. stygia

that I here assign it to that species ; the carapace is longer in

proportion to the free cephalothoracic segments, being nearly

twice their length ; the anterior dorsal margin of the free seg¬

ments is not crenulated ; the pleon is quite smooth ; the telson

and uropods very like those of D. stygia ; the peduncle of the

latter has ten slender marginal spines, and the inner ramus has

seven spines on 1st, three on 2nd, and two on 3rd joint ; there

is a spine on the abdomen, between the last pereiopods.

An immature male has the carapace as in female, except

that the denticulations of the infero-anteal margin are larger

and stronger, the first five abdominal segments are smooth

Rev. A. M. Norman on Crustacea Cumacea. 59

(the last two segments being mutilated in the specimen), and

the first two are furnished with swimming-feet.

The slight differences in the above characters from those of

the type might, for the most part, be easily accounted for

by difference in age and size, as Sars’s specimen measured

10 millims. ; the only points of distinction of any consequence

are : — 1st, that although the 1 Porcupine ’ specimen is smaller,

it has more spines on the uropods than Sars’s ; and 2nd, the

presence of a spine between the last legs*. It must be left

to the future to determine whether there is any value in these

distinctions.

‘ Porcupine ’ Expedition, 1869, Station 36, lat. 48° 50' N.,

long. 11° 9f W., 725 fathoms.

Sars says of his type of D. stygia , “ Habitat in mari arc-

tico, latit. 78°, longit. Occident. 2° 28', in profunditate porten-

tosa 2600 orgy arum.”

11. Diastylis Brady i, n. sp.

Female. Gephalothorax having the dorsal margin unusually

straight, the depth not being very unequal throughout ; sub¬

equal in length to the pleon, exclusive of the telson. Cara¬

pace as long as the free segments ; lateral margin very minutely

serrated throughout almost its entire length; surface with

scattered spines of small and subequal size, and ornamented

with lines of small spines, the points of which are directed

forwards. These lines of spines map the carapace out into

areas as follows : — The central lacinia is surrounded by what

is a plica in front, but a row of spines at its hinder portion,

and it is crossed by two transverse spine-rows ; the anterior of

these passing into the lateral lacinia terminates at its junction

with an arched spine-row, which, taking its origin from the

lateral margin, sweeps upwards and forwards to the rostrum ;

the second transverse spine-row passes right down to the

lateral margin ; further back is a third transverse spine-row,

which, crossing the dorsum, curves at the sides forwards

and either dies out or joins the second transverse spine-row.

The anterior free segments have their front dorsal margin very

minutely crenulated ; the last is widely separated from the

preceding segment, and remarkable in its form and character ;

behind, the epimera (in both sexes) are greatly produced into

large spine-like processes, while the anterior dorsal margin is

cut into large teeth, alternating with conspicuous plumose setae,

* I cannot say whether my specimen has the spines between the first

three pairs of legs, which characterize D. stygia , as I was unwilling to

mutilate the only specimen, which would have been necessary to get a

good view of this part.

60 Rev. A. M. Norman on Crustacea Cumacea.

wliicli have a backward direction. The pleon has small spines

(in both sexes) on the ventral surface of the fourth, fifth, and

sixth segments, but chiefly on the fifth. Upper antennce

reaching beyond the rostrum by the last very long joint of the

peduncle ; flagellum 3- jointed, as long as the last joint of the

peduncle ; shorter flagellum small, not longer than the first

joint of the longer flagellum. The first feet have the three

terminal joints subequal ; first joint of all the legs, and even

the basai joint of their palps, spinose ; last three legs very

robust. Telson with about fourteen spines on each side.

Uropods with twenty-five lateral spines on the peduncle ; inner

branch with 1st joint bearing eleven spines on the inner

margin, 2nd three, 3rd three and terminal spine; outer branch

having about fifteen cilia on the exterior margin. Length 11

millims.

Immature male. Length 9 millims. Like $ in character of

carapace, pereion, pleon, legs, &c. ; telson with ten lateral

spines ; uropods having their peduncle equal in length to the

telson and bearing eighteen spines on the inner margin ; inner

branch having 1st joint furnished with eight spines, 2nd with

four, 3rd with three and terminal spine.

Dredged during the ‘Porcupine’ Expedition of 1869, in

Lough Swilly, co. Donegal, in 15 fathoms.

I have named this species after my friend Professor G. S.

Brady, who has added so much to our knowlege of the Ento-

mostraca of our seas.

12. Diastylis Icevis , Norman.

1869. Diastylis Icevis , Norman, Last Report Shetland Dredging, Brit.

Assoc. Report, 1868 (1869), p. 270.

Professor Sars has given the above as a synonym of D.

tumida , Lilljeborg. It certainly comes very near it, but is, I

think, distinct. At the time I drew up the description of D.

Icevis I had by my side (a) specimens of D. tumida received

from Professor Lov^n, ( b ) Sars’s description of that species.

In describing my species, in order to draw attention to the

strong points of resemblance, I adopted almost the very words

of Sars’s description wherever they were applicable. I have

now also by me specimens received from the Professor as

Diastylis tumida. The points of distinction seem to be as

follows : — 1st, the carapace of Icevis is much more elongated

and much less deep ; 2nd, the telson is of a different form ; in

D. Icevis the part posterior to the anal aperture is always

markedly longer than the basal portion, whereas in D. tumida

it is usually much shorter, never apparently longer ; 3rd, in the

much more numerous spines of telson and uropods in D. Icevis.

Rev. A. M. Norman on Crustacea Cumacea. G1

& female taken in the 1 Porcupine ’ has seventeen spines on

each side of the telson, and the uropods have twenty-four

spines on the peduncle ; inner ramus, 1st joint seven, 2nd four,

3rd three spines ; the outer ramus is longer than the inner,

its inner margin is smooth, but the outer margin and face

carry fifteen sette besides three terminal smooth sette. An

immature male , measuring 10 millims., has eleven pairs of

spines on the telson ; uropods with twenty-three spines on the

peduncle ; inner ramus, 1st joint eight, 2nd four, 3rd three

spines ; outer ramus has only seven very small setrn on the

external margin. The last segment of the pereion has strongly

produced epimera, and the anterior dorsal margin is both

strongly serrated and adorned with plumose setm. When the

pleon is viewed from above, rows of spines are seen on each

side of the segments ; the hinder spine of each segment is

larger than those before it ; and, as seems to be general with

the males in this genus, the spines of the fifth segment are

the most developed *.

‘Porcupine’ Expedition, 1869.

13. Diastylis Edwardsii (Kroyer).

1841. Cuma Edwardsii, Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidssk. iii. pp. 504, 531,

pi. v. figs. 1-16; id. op. cit. anden rsekkes ii. (1846), pp. 128, 207,

pi. i. figs. 1, 3, 5, 9-14 ; id. Voyages en Scandinavie &c. pi. iv.

1846. Cuma brevirostris, Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidssk. anden rcekkes ii.

pp. 174, 208 ; id. Voyages en Scandinavie &c. pi. v. A. fig. 1 a-t

(mas adultus).

Carapace tumid, not remarkably deep or broad, occupying

about three fifths of the length of entire cephalothorax, with

five denticulately edged plicrn on each side, the first curving

directly forwards and running right out to the end of the

rostrum ; the second branching laterally from the first and

proceeding towards the lateral margin, which, however, it does

not reach ; the third running right down from above to the

lateral margin ; the fourth and fifth curving forwards and

looping with the third plica, which they join ; rostrum short,

hispid. Free segments of cephalothorax having their anterior

margin elegantly denticulated. First pereiopods , when ex¬

tended forwards, reaching beyond the rostrum by the last two

* My description of the first feet in the Brit. Assoc. Report is incorrect.

These organs do not differ materially in the proportional length of the

joints from D. tumida.

62 Key. A. M. Norman on Crustacea Cumacea.

joints and half of the antepenultimate ; first joint strongly

spined on the outer margin. Pleon having the fifth segment

spinose on the posterior margin. Telson with nine pairs of

lateral spines. Uropods having peduncle edged with fourteen

spines ; inner branch, 1st joint with six, 2nd with two, 3rd with

two marginal spines. Length 11 millims.

Young male (sexual characters not fully developed) has the

telson with seven pairs of lateral spines, and uropods with

eleven spines on peduncle, four on 1st, two on 2nd, and two

on 3rd joint of inner branch, and four small spine-like setee on

outer margin of external branch.

1 Valorous’ Expedition, off Holsteinborg, Station 5, lat. 66°

59' N., long. 55° 27' W., 57 fathoms.

This species approaches, but is quite distinct from, the

N.E. -American Diastylis sculpta of Ears.

14. Diastylis strigata , n. sp.

Male. Carapace with antero-lateral corner produced for¬

wards in the form of a well-rounded and strongly serrated

lobe ; rostrum short, spinose on the sides ; surface of carapace

not spined, having two transverse and vertical plicaj on the

anterior portion, and a third longitudinal plica running nearly

parallel with, and a little within, the lateral margin, and

joining the posterior of the vertical plicae at nearly a right

angle; these plicae are all quite smooth (neither serrated nor

spine-crowned). Inferior antennae reaching beyond the extre¬

mity of the uropods. Cephalothorax having the anterior

dorsal margin of the last segment serrated, and the epimera

produced backwards into well-developed pointed lobes. Last

pereiopods have the basal joint excessively flattened through¬

out the greater part of its length, but rounded at the distal

extremity. Pleon with a crest of three spines on the under¬

side of the first segment (similar in position and character to

those of D. longipes, but fewer in number and of smaller size) ;

viewed from above, the 1st and 2nd segments are seen each

to have a pair of minute spines transversely placed ; 3rd, 4th,

and 5th segments have a central dorsal line of minute spines ;

these lines of spines are confined to the posterior portion of

each segment, and the hindermost spine in each row is the

largest ; these three segments have also a crest of spines on

the external angles of the ventral surface ; the spines composing

these ventral crests are of much larger size than those of the

dorsal surface ; and the crests of the 5th segment are more

developed than those of the preceding segments (as is usual

in males of the genus). First joint of posterior maxillipeds

and of first pereiopods unarmed, except that there is a single

Rev. A. M. Norman on Crustacea Cumacea. 63

distal spine ; penultimate joint of first legs longer than, and

commonly folded back upon, the antepenultimate ; last joint

about half the length of preceding. Upper antennce with fila¬

ments longer than usual, the longer equalling the last two joints

of peduncle, the shorter as long as the last joint. Pleopods

well developed on first and second segments of pleon.

Telson with six to seven pairs of lateral spines. Uropods

very slender ; peduncle furnished with about twenty-five com¬

plex spines on the inner margin ; inner ramus with the three

joints subequal in length, 1st with sixteen to eighteen, 2nd

with seven to eight, 3rd with four to six spines ; outer ramus

longer than the inner, with two to three short seta? on internal,

and five to six on external margin. Length 7 millims.

One specimen dredged in Lough Swilly, co. Donegal, in

15 fathoms, 1 Porcupine,’ 1869. In the following year I took

the species in the tow-net off Yalentia.

15. Diastylis Calveri , n. sp.

Male. Cephalothorax much wider than deep. Carapace not

deep, dorsal line only slightly arched ; surface not spined, with

two curved plica3 on the central portion, and extending from

the dorsal line to the margin ; numerous little pits stud the

surface ; and the stomachal region is furnished with numerous

lucid spots (as in D. sculpta and other species) ; lateral margin

unusually straight, strongly serrated in front ; rostrum very

short, blunt, and broad, hollowed above at the base. Third

free segment with a pair of dorsal spines ; first, second, and

last denticulately serrated on the front dorsal margin ; epimera

of last segment only slightly produced backwards, and bearing-

two or three plumose setre. Pleon with a pair of thorn-like

spines on the under surface of first segment, a spine at the

dorsal posterior angle of each segment, and a spine at the

posterior ventral angle of the first two segments. First pereio-

pods extending beyond the rostrum by their last two joints,

the first of which is longer than the antepenultimate and three

times as long as the last joint. Telson and uropods very

slender ; the telson has the anal aperture very far back, almost

at its commencement, and at some distance from the end of

the thicker anterior portion; this anterior portion is channelled

above, the edges of the channel being serrulated ; distal and

more slender portion of telson with five pairs of very slender

lateral spines ; terminal spines largely developed and long.

Uropods with eight to eleven spines on inner margin of

peduncle; inner ramus having 1st joint with nineteen to twenty-

two, 2nd with four, 3rd with three and terminal spines, the

whole of the inner margin is also minutely pectinate, with ex-

64

Rev. A. M. Norman on Crustacea Cumacea.

cessively minute spinules between the spines just enumerated ;

outer ramus reaching only to the end of the second joint of

inner, very narrow and slender in structure, with about eight

small slender setm on each margin. Length 8-9 millims.

Two specimens, 1 Porcupine ’ Expedition, 1869. Station 11,

lat. 53° 24' N., long. 15° 24' W., 1630 fathoms.

I have named this species in honour of Captain Calver, the

able commander of H.M.S. 1 Porcupine,’ to whose nautical

skill, untiring zeal, and keen appreciation of the value of

scientific research, exhibited in his able and successful conduct

of the 1 Porcupine ’ Expeditions, natural history owes so

much.

16. Diastylis armata , n. sp.

1876. Diastylis armata, Norman, MS., ‘Valorous’ Report, Troc. Royal

Soc. xxv. p. 212.

Female. Cephalothorax short ; free segments remarkably

short, scarcely half as long as the carapace, the three poste¬

rior segments developed as usual, but the two before these

only indicated by a narrow fillet. Carapace broad, deep, and

tumid ; length only half as much again as depth ; dorsal margin

boldly arched in the centre, declining posteriorly, and still

more anteriorly in the sweep to the rostrum ; posterior margin

abruptly truncate ; lateral margin strongly arched in the centre,

where the carapace attains its greatest depth ; anteriorly the

margin is serrulate ; serrulations about twenty, increasing in

size in front ; no infero-anteal angle, the lateral margin gradu¬

ally sloping upwards to the rostrum ; rostrum short, reaching

the middle of the second joint of the peduncle of the upper

antennas, its sides rapidly converging to the acute point in

which it terminates ; surface of carapace for the most part

glabrous and devoid of spines, sculptured with scattered little

shallow pittings ; the rostrum bears a pair of conspicuous, acute,

erect spines ; behind these each lateral lacinia bears a longitu¬

dinal curved row of four spines, the anterior of which is simi¬

lar to those on the rostrum, but the hinder ones very small •

beneath this row, between it and the lateral margin, is an

isolated triangular spine of small size. The free cephalothoracic

segments and those of pleon are all quite smooth, save that

the epimera of the last cephalothoracic segment are armed with

a spine (but not produced backwards) . Upper antennce have

the three joints of peduncle subequal, the first armed with a

spine at the extremity on the lower side. First legs with the

basal joint strongly armed with spines all along the margin.

Pleon exceeding the length of the cephalothorax by its last

two segments. Telson longer than the peduncle of the uropods,

Rev. A. M. Norman on Crustacea Cumacea. 65

having the basal portion longer than usual (exceeding the

length of the sixth segment) ; only three pairs of small lateral

spines, but the terminal fork long and slender. Uropods

weakly formed ; peduncle narrow, but slightly widening dis-

tally, with only three small spines on the inner margin ;

inner branch rather shorter than the outer ; external margin

quite smooth, inner with two spines on 1st, two on 2nd, one

and a terminal spine on 3rd joint ; outer branch narrow and

delicately formed, quite smooth on both sides, devoid both of

spines and setae, terminating in a long and very slender spine.

Length 10 millims.

One specimen taken by the 1 Valorous ’ at the entrance of

Davis Strait, Station 9, lat. 59° 10' N., long. 50° 25' W.,

1750 fathoms.

Genus Leptostylis, G. O. Sars (1869).

Leptostylis producta, n. sp.

Cephalothorax remarkably short and tumid, not half as long

as the abdomen (exclusive of the uropods). Carapace very

short, broad, and gibbous, abruptly truncate behind, length

not greater than breadth ; rostrum short, rounded, slightly

bent upwards ; surface smooth, or nearly so ; lateral margins

strongly denticulately serrated, infero-anteal corner not pro¬

duced. Telson short, scarcely more than one third as long as

basal joint of uropods; not longer than sixth, and not more

than half the length of the fifth segment ; no lateral spines ;

terminal spines two, large in proportion to size of telson.

Uropods having the base nearly three times as long as the

telson, slender, with four long, widely distant spines on the

inner margin ; inner ramus long, styliform, nearly as long as

the basal joint, 1st joint with two, 2nd with one long spine on

inner margin, 3rd joint much produced, gradually attenuated

to a fine point, no spines on the inner margin ; outer ramus

only equalling in length the first joint of the inner ramus,

slender, and scarcely exceeding in size the terminal joint of

the inner ramus.

A single specimen procured in the 1 Porcupine ’ Expedition,

1869, off the Butt of Lewis, Station 90, lat. 59° 41' N., long.

7° 34' W., 458 fathoms.

Genus Chalarostylis, n. g.

(\aXapos, laxus ; crrvXos, stilus.)

Male. General characters the same as in Diastylis , but fur¬

nished with three pairs of feet on the pleon, each consisting ot a

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iii. 5

66 ftev. A. M. Norman on Crustacea Cumacea.

long peduncle and two branches furnished with plumose setse.

Telson short, terminating in three spines (instead of the usual

fork). Uropods remarkably long and slender. Female un¬

known.

Chalarostylis elegans , n. sp.

Male (adult). Cephalothorax equal in length to five abdo¬

minal segments. Carapace shallow, but wide, length three-

fifths of entire cephalothorax ; dorsal margin well- arched on

hinder portion, but depressed on the anterior two thirds of its

length ; surface microscopically spinulose ; lateral margin not

serrated, gradually sloping upwards, without any sinus, to the

extremity of the rostrum ; anterior margin {%. e. slope from

lateral margin) edged with about fifteen spines ; anterior

portion of dorsal margin with a crest of about ten small

spines. Anterior margin of free cephalothoracic segments

smooth ; epimera of last segment not posteriorly produced.

Pleon quite smooth and glabrous. Upper antennae with the

basal joint covered with numerous spines, especially on the

underside. Lower antennae as long as cephalothorax, with

last joint of peduncle and also the flagellum furnished with

very numerous semiverticils of crowded cilia. First feet

having first joint more slender than usual, not spined, with

three to four verticillately plumose short setm on the hinder

margin ; 2nd joint very short, armed with one long spine ;

3rd joint longer, having one long spine; 4th very long,

almost as long as three upper joints, and much longer than

two following combined, armed with ten spines, of which two

are much longer than the rest, and of the same size as the

large single spine on the preceding joints ; penultimate joint

very short, about one fifth the length of 4th ; last joint three

times as long as penultimate, terminating in spine-like setan

Three pairs of abdominal feet, each consisting of a long

peduncle (as long as the depth of the pleon), minutely spinous

on the hinder margin, and two branches furnished with plu¬

mose setrn. Telson short, equalling length of sixth segment,

but not much more than half the length of fifth, with two

pairs of lateral spines, and terminating in three spines (in¬

stead of the usual fork). Uropods remarkable for their great

length and slenderness ; peduncle three times the length of

telson, with twenty-four spines on the inner margin ; inner

branch with first joint as long as telson, with eight marginal

spines, 2nd with two, 3rd without any marginal spines ; outer

branch reaching to the middle of the last joint of the inner

branch, 1st joint with three spine-like setse on inner margin,

Rev. A. M. Norman on Crustacea Cumacea. 67

and 2nd with four such setaj on inner margin and three ter¬

minal setEe ; outer margin without setae. Length rather more

than 8 millims.

One taken, c Porcupine,’ 1869, off Rockall, in 109 fathoms.

Genus Spencebatea, n. g.

(Named after Mr. 0. Spence Bate.)

Characters of Male. — General aspect that of Diastylis. Five

segments of cephalothorax exposed behind the carapace. All

feet, except the last, palpigerous. No feet on pleon. Telson

rudimentary (as in Eudorella). Uropods with both branches

two-jointed. Female unknown.

Spencebatea abyssicola , n. sp.

Male. Cephalothorax , viewed laterally, long ovate, the

upper margin a bold gradual curve from the rostrum to the

last segment. Carapace three fifths of the length of entire

cephalothorax, shallow and of nearly equal depth throughout ;

dorsal margin evenly arched ; lateral margin inarched and

exposing all the feet to their very bases, entire throughout

(i. e. not denticulated) ; rostrum very short, suddenly and

broadly truncated, its inner sheath projecting considerably

beyond tire outer ; entire surface of carapace showing a struc¬

ture composed of hexagonal cells, not at all spinous ; but a

few hairs are scattered on carapace, free segments, and pleon.

Last cephalothoracic segment having a pair of spines on the

ventral surface between the slender legs ; a pair of minute

spine-like points are also present on the back of this segment.

Telson rudimentary. Uropods greatly developed, equal in

length to the last four abdominal segments ; peduncle much

longer than the rami, with eight cilium-tipped spines on the

inner margin ; inner branch consisting of a long first joint

having eight long spines on the inner margin, and a terminal

greatly developed spine, which might be considered a second

joint, and has been so called in the generic description ; outer

branch much smaller, shorter and more slender, 1st joint

short, 2nd with one minute spine on inner and one small

seta on outer margin, terminating in two slender spines, one

of which is of great length and very slender.

A very small species, only measuring 4 millims.

A single specimen, 1 Porcupine,’ 1869, Station 19, west

of Donegal Bay, lat. 54° 53' N., long. 10° 5& W., 1360

fathoms.

5*

68 Rev. A. M. Norman on Crustacea Cumacea.

Genus Lamprops, G. O. Sars (1864).

1. Lamprops rosea (Norman).

1863. Vaunthompsonia rosea, Norman, Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field Club,

v. p. 271, pi. xiii. figs. 1-3 (femina adulta).

1863. Cyrianassa elegans, Norman, Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field Club,

v. p. 275, pi. xiv. figs. 1-6 (mas adultus).

1864. Lamjjrops rosea, G. O. Sars, Om Cumacea, Vid. Selsk. Forbandl.

p. 64.

‘ Porcupine’ Expedition, 1869, Lough Foyle, 15 fathoms.

2. Lamprops cristata , G. O. Sars.

1869. Lamprops cristata, G. O. Sars, Nye Dybvandscrustaceer fra

Lofoten, Vidensk. Selsk. Forbandl. p. 157.

‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, south of Rockall, Station 23, lat. 56° 7'

N., long. 14° 19' W., in 630 fathoms.

Genus Iphinoe, Bate (1856).

(=j Halia, Bate, 1856, in use for genera of Mollusca and Lepidoptera. )

Animal greatly elongated. Cephalothorax low, narrow,

compressed, greatly produced, generally having the dorsal

line of carapace spined in female ; rostrum produced ; five

free segments of pereion, the last two subequal, scarcely wider

or higher than the pleon. Second maxilliped having the basal

joint longer than the remainder taken together, first and

second joints distally furnished with a long plumose seta, last

joint in the form of a strong nail. Third maxilliped having

the first and third joints produced into very large setiferous

lobes on the inner distal extremity ; the lobe of the first joint

reaches at least to the middle or end of the third joint, that of

the third joint extends to the middle of the fourth joint.

Pereiopods, only the first, even in the male, furnished with

palpi ; second pair much smaller than usual and more like

the following pairs. Telson rudimentary, but bilobed. Uro-

pods strongly developed, both branches two-jointed ; outer

joint flattened, truncate at the apex. The male has the

first five segments of pleon furnished with swimming-feet,

and the spines on the dorsal line of the carapace usually

(? always in adult) absent.

This genus was established by Bate (Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. 1856, 2nd ser. vol. xvii. p. 458) under the name Halia ,

with the Cuma trispinosa , Goodsir, as the type. Subse-

quently finding that Halia was already in use for a genus of

Lepidoptera, he changed the name to Iphinoe (Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. 1856, 2nd ser. vol. xviii. p. 187).

The members of this genus bear a stinking general resem-

Rev. A. M. Norman on Crustacea Cumacea.

69

blance to Leucon ; but in that genus three pairs of pereiopods

are furnished with a palp, and the male has only two pairs

of swimming-feet on the pleon.

Iphinoe serrata , Norman.

1866. Iphithoe serrata, Norman, Report of Committee for exploring

Coasts of the Hebrides, Brit. Assoc. Report, 1866 (1867), p. 201.

1868. Iphinoe serrata, Norman, Brit. Assoc. Report, 1868 (1869),

p. 272.

1 Porcupine,’ 1869, Station 20, lat. 55° IP N., long. 12° 46'

W., 1443 fathoms.

Genus Leucon, Kroyer (1846).

1. Leucon longirostris , G. O. Sars.

1871. Leucon longirostris, G. O. Sars, Beskr. af Fregatten Josephines

Exped. Cumaceer, Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Handl. vol. ix. p. 42, pi. xv.

fig. 75.

The type of this species was procured in 550 fathoms off

the coast of Portugal during the ‘ Josephine ’ expedition. It

was only a fragment, part of the pleon being broken off.

A single specimen dredged in the ‘Valorous’ expedition,

at the entrance of Davis Strait, lat. 59° 10' N., long. 50° 25'

W., in 1750 fathoms, agrees very closely with Sars’s beautiful

figure.

I add a few notes, chiefly on that portion of the animal

which was absent in the type specimen. The specimen

examined by me is a female ; that observed by Sars was a

male.

Number of dorsal spines of carapace seven, of the under¬

side of the rostrum four, of the antero-lateral margin nine ;

and there are two small spines close together on the front

margin between the antero-lateral corner and the base of the

rostrum.

The first legs are very long and remarkably free from

seta3 ; the thigh is armed with two spines.

On the belly between the last pair of legs is a thorn-formed

spine with the point curving forward.

Pleon having the first five segments gradually increasing

in length, but the fifth twice as long as the sixth; telson very

short.

Uropods broad and flattened ; peduncle with two spines on

the inner margin ; inner branch with eleven spines on the

inner margin (nine on 1st joint, two on 2nd), and terminating

in a long spine ; the second joint not one third the length of

the first ; outer branch as long as the first joint of the inner

70

Rev. A. M. Norman on Crustacea Cumacea.

branch, its first joint very short and unarmed, second having

one simple and two plumose spines on the inner margin and

terminating in two very long spines. The spines of the inner

margin of the inner branch are all tipped with a little cilium ;

and the two long spines of the outer branch, which I have

called “plumose,” are of very peculiar structure : their basal

portion under the microscope appears as if furnished with

stiff hairs ; but the apical portion would perhaps be more cor¬

rectly described as pectinate.

The peculiar production of the rostrum in this species is a

very remarkable feature.

From the wide distance apart at which the only two known

examples were found, it is probable that Leucon longirostris

will prove to be widely diffused over the bed of the Atlantic

Ocean.

2. Leucon nasicus: Kroyer.

1841. Cuma nasica, Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsskrift, vol. iii. p. 524, pi. vi.

figs. 31-33.

1843. Leucon nasica , Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsskrift, and. rsekkes vol. ii.

pp. 189, 209, pi. ii. fig. 5, a, b ; id. Voyages en Scandinavie &c. pi. iii.

fig. 2, a-o.

1855. Leucon nasica, Lilljeborg, CEfvers. af Vetensk.-Akad. Forh.

p. 121.

1864. Leucon nasicus, G. 0. Sars, Om Cumacea, Vid. Selskab. Forhandl.

p. 53.

A single specimen taken by the 1 Porcupine ’ expedition in

1869 in the Minch. Not before known as belonging to the

British fauna.

3. Leucon serratus , n. sp.

1876. Leucon serratus , Norman, MS., ‘Valorous’ Report, Proc. Royal

Soc. vol. xxv. p. 212.

Female. Carapace much longer than the free segments of

cephalothorax and very deep, the depth being subequal to the

length, exclusive of the rostrum; dorsal margin boldly arched,

having a continuous unbroken serrated line throughout its

length ; serrations triangular, small posteriorly, and gradually

increasing in size forwards ; rostrum, viewed laterally, short,

deep, triangular, directed horizontally in front of the point

where the dorsal line sweeps down to meet it, its edge with a

few elongate serrations ; antero-lateral corner produced for¬

wards and outwards in wing-like form ; lateral margin with

about ten elongated triangular serrations, of which the three

or four front (on the wing-like expansion) are much larger

than the rest. Total length of pleon (without uropods) not ex¬

ceeding that of the cephalothorax. Upper antennae very small,

just reaching to the end of the rostrum. First feet having

Rev. A. M. Norman on Crustacea Cumacea. 71

seven spines on the hinder margin of the first joint; the last

three joints gradually decrease in length ; and the limb does not

reach beyond the extremity of the rostrum. Telson rudi¬

mentary. Uropod with a peduncle not exceeding in length

the 5th segment of the pleon, bearing three spinules on the

inner margin ; inner branch much shorter than the outer,

1st joint with five spines, of which the distal is much the

largest, on the inner margin ; second joint with five spines,

which gradually increase in length distally, on the inner

margin, one distal spine on the outer margin, and a terminal

spine, which is two thirds as long as the joint from which it

springs ; outer branch having the first joint short and un¬

armed, the second very long, with two or three minute set®

on the outer margin, and long setae on the distal portion of

the inner margin and at the apex. Length 6 millims.

One specimen taken in the 1 Valorous ’ expedition at the

entrance of Davis Strait, Station 9, lat. 59° 10' N., long.

50° 25' W., in 1750 fathoms.

4. Leucon brevirostris , n. sp.

Female. Cephalothorax equal in length to five segments of

pleon. Carapace longer than the free segments, ovate, deep,

gently arched above, compressed; infero-anteal angle greatly

produced and terminating in a sharp point, with five serra¬

tions ; rostrum unusually short, broad, rounded, minutely

serrated on the edge ; dorsal line toothed more or less

throughout, but the teeth separated by intervals posteriorly,

where they are small, increasing in size and closeness to each

other in front, about twenty in all ; the teeth are not regu¬

larly arranged, as usual, in single file, but in an irregular

double alternating line ; surface everywhere ornamented with

very pretty and regular hexagonal celled structure ; carapace,

seen from above, widest behind the middle, gradually and

evenly narrowed thence to the extremity of the rostrum.

Third maxilliped with the first joint strongly spined, the four

or five more distal spines of great size and thorn-like form,

the lobe of this joint greatly developed, reaching forward to

the end of the third joint, and its long set® extending to the

end of the penultimate joint ; second joint armed with one

spine, similar in character to those of first joint. Telson very

short, semiovate, smooth. Uropods with peduncle slightly

longer than the fifth segment of the pleon, having five long

spines on the inner margin ; inner branch with first joint

longer than the second, having ten spines of unequal length

on the inner margin ; second joint with five spines on the

inner margin and two longer at the extremity ; outer branch

72

Rev. A. M. Norman on Crustacea Oumacea.

longer than the inner, and longer than the peduncle ; first

joint short ; second with four hair-like spines on the inner

margin and two long setse at the extremity. Length 10

millims.

‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, dredged in 109 fathoms, to the south of

Rockall, lat. 56° 26' N., long. 14° 28' W.

The short rostrum distinguishes this at once from L.

nasicus and jpallidus ; the absence of the three spines on

each side of the central line of the middle lacinia from L.

nasicoides ; and the more numerous teeth of the crest from L.

fulvus and L. acutirostris.

Genus Eudorella, Norman (1867).

( = Eudora, Bate, 1856; name preoccupied.)

1 . Eudorella truncatula , Bate.

1856. Euclora truncatula, Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Ilist. ser. 2, xvii.

p. 457, pi. xiv. fig. 3.

1864. Eudora truncatula , G. 0. Sara, Om Cumacea, Vid. Selskab.

Forhandl. p. 61.

1867. Eudorella truncatula, Norman, Brit. Assoc. Report, 1866 (1867),

p. 197, note.

1871. Eudorella truncatula , G. 0. Sars, Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad. Handl.

ix. p. 44, pi. xviii. fig. 99.

‘Porcupine,’ 1869, Station 20, lat. 55°11'N., long. 11° 31'

W., 1443 fathoms.

2. Eudorella hirsuta , G. O. Sars.

1869. Eudora hirsuta , G. O. Sars, Undersogelser over Christiania-

fjordens Dybvandsfauna, p. 43.

1871. Eudorella hirsuta, G. O. Sars, Beskx-ivelse af de paa Fregatten

Josephines Expedition fundne Cumaceen, Kongl. Vetensk.-Akad.

Handl. ix. p. 44, pi. xviii. fig. 100.

A 1 Porcupine ’ Eudorella is so near E. hirsuta that I prefer

provisionally considering it a variety of that species to giving

it a distinctive name. I give, however, the characters.

Cephalothorax deepest at the anterior part of the carapace,

and thence gradually becoming shallower to the last segment,

which is not deeper than the abdomen. Carapace subequal

in length to the free segments ; front margin truncate, but

not retuse, the lower two thirds of this margin and also the

lateral margin denticulate throughout; denticulations of nearly

equal size ; infero-antcal angle well rounded off ; a narrow

sulcus at about one-fourth-way up the anterior margin, but

the denticulations are not interrupted even by this sulcus, but

pass down into it ; there are about six denticulations from the

bottom of the sulcus to the infero-anteal corner, and about ten

On new Genera and Species of Gallerucinae. 73

above, counting from the bottom of the sulcus ; surface not

strongly hispid (as in hirsuta ), only a few scattered hairs,

sculptured with roundish or hexagonal cells. Uropods : pedun¬

cle not broad, the length much less than that of fifth segment

of pleon, and about four times its own breadth ; the anterior

half of the inner margin bearing four little hairs, while the

more distant portion has two spines ; inner ramus longer than

the peduncle or the outer branch, the first joint has eight

spines on inner and three little spine-like setae on outer

margins, the 2nd joint has three spines on the inner and

two distal spines on outer margin besides the terminal spine ;

outer branch has the first joint glabrous, the second with

thirteen spine-like setae. Length 5 millims.

‘ Porcupine,’ 18(39, midway between Ireland and Bockall,

in 1380 fathoms (Station 30, lat. 56° 24' N., long. 11° 49'

W.).

Genus Campylaspis, G. 0. Sars (1864).

Campylaspis rubicunda (Lilljeborg).

1855. Cuma rubicunda, Lilljeborg, CEfvers. af Vet.-Akad. Forkandl.

p. 121.

1864. Campylaspis rubicunda, G. 0. Sars, Om Cumacea, p. 77.

1873. Campylaspis rubicunda, G. 0. Sars, Om Cumaceer fra de store

dybder i Nordshafvet, Kongl. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Ilandl. xi.

p. 10, pi. iv. figs. 14-16.

Off Holsteinborg, Greenland, ‘ Valorous,’ Station 5, lat.

66° 59' N., long. 55° 27' W., 57 fathoms ; one specimen.

Genus Cyclapis, G. O. Sars (1864).

Cyclapis longicaudata , G. O. Sars.

1864. Cyclapis longicaudata, G. O. Sars, Om Cumacea, p. 82.

Off the Spanish coast, ‘ Porcupine,’ 1870, Station 9, lat.

48° 6' N., long. 9° 18' W., 539 fathoms; and North Atlantic,

‘Valorous,’ 1875, Station 12, lat. 56° 11' N., long. 37° 41' W.,

1450 fathoms.

VII. — Descriptions of new Geneva and Species of Galle-

rucinae. By Joseph S. Baly, F.L.S.

[Continued from vol. ii. p. 422.]

Genus Diabrotica, Chevr.

Diabrotica eximia.

D. subolongata, postice paullo ampliata, nigra, nitida, pedibus

74

Mr. J. S. Baly on new Genera

antennisque fulvis ; thorace trifoveolato ; elytris rugosis, lgete

viridi-metallicis, limbo exteriore anguste rufo-fulvo.

Mas elytris fovea magna communi elevato-marginata ante apicem

posita instructis.

Long. 3 liu.

Hob. Bolivia.

Head rather longer than broad, elongate-trigonate ; front

impressed above the encarpse with a deep fovea ; encarpse not

distinctly separated from the front ; carina raised, linear ; an¬

tennas filiform, the second joint short, the third nearly twice

its length, more than half as long as the fourth. Thorax one

fourth broader than long; sides straight and parallel, slightly

sinuate from the base to the middle, thence slightly converging

to the apex, the hinder angle armed witli a small tubercle ;

surface sparingly impressed with Very fine punctures ; disk

trifoveolate, the middle fovea shallow, placed just in front of

the basal margin ; the two others, situated one on either side

the middle disk, are large and more deeply excavated. Elytra

ovate, dilated posteriorly, convex, rugose-punctate.

Diabrotica rufolimbata.

D. subelongata, prasina, nitida, capite fulvo ; antennis, basi excepta,

piceo tinctis, articulis octavo nonoque piceis ; thorace transverso-

quadrato, obsolete triimpresso, tenuiter punctato ; scutello piceo ;

elytris subcrebre punctatis, extrorsum rufo limbatis ; tarsis fulvo

tinctis.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Rio de la Plata.

Third joint of antenna? twice the length of the second,

scarcely more than half the length of the fourth ; eyes

black. Thorax broader than long ; sides reflexed, parallel

from the base to beyond the middle, slightly sinuate, thence

obliquely rounded and converging to the apex ; disk finely

and not closely punctured, faintly i repressed with three

shallow ill-defined fovea?. Scutellum trigonate, piceous.

Elytra narrow, oblong, more closely and more strongly' punc¬

tured than the thorax, broadly margined with rufo-fulvous.

Body beneath clothed with griseous hairs.

Diabrotica viridilimbata.

D. elongata, pallide rufo-fulva, nitida, antennis extrorsum nigris ;

thorace bifoveolato, olivaceo ; elytris crebre punctatis, rufo-fulvis,

limbo exteriore viridi.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. - - ?

Front impressed with a deep fovea ; carina linear, well

defined ; antenna? filiform, the second joint short, the third

75

and Species of Gallerucinas.

distinctly longer than the second, one half the length of

the fourth, four outer joints black ; eyes black. Thorax sub¬

quadrate ; sides parallel, sinuate behind the middle, slightly

converging at the apex ; disk smooth, impressed on either side

with a deep fovea. Elytra narrowly oblong-ovate, closely

and rather strongly punctured, subopaque, the green outer

limb nitidous.

Diabrotica nigriceps.

D. subelongata, flavo-fulva, nitida, capite nigro ; antennis sordide

fulvis, articulis primo, sexto, septimo et octavo nigro-piceis, nono,

decimo et undecimo albidis ; thorace late transversim excavato ;

elytris oblongis, tenuiter punctatis, prope medium transversim

depressis, ad latus infra medium excavatis, pallide castaneis,

limbo apicali flavo.

Long. 3| lin.

Hab. Guatemala.

Head longer than broad, wedge-shaped, vertex smooth ;

front impressed with a deep fovea ; encarpas ill-defined ; carina

short, linear ; antennas filiform, the second joint short, the third

nearly three times its length, three fourths the length of the

fourth. Thorax transverse ; sides parallel and distinctly

sinuate behind the middle, slightly dilated in front of the

latter, the anterior angles obtuse, the hinder ones subacute ;

disk shining, impressed at base and apex with a few shallow

punctures, broadly and deeply excavated transversely on the

disk. Scutellum trigonate, nigro-piceous. Elytra narrowly

oblong, finely punctured, transversely depressed near the

middle, obliquely excavated on the outer disk just below

the latter, the basilar space distinctly elevated, the humeral

callus thickened.

Diabrotica interrupto-fasciata.

D. anguste ovata, nitida, subtus nigra, pube grisea sat dense vestita,

pedibus prothoraceque fiavis ; supra flava, antennis, basi excepta,

nigris ; thorace transverso, lateribus latis, parallelis, disco bi-

foveolato, utrinque ante medium puncto nigro-piceo notato ; scu-

tello nigro ; elytris oblongis, rugoso-punctatis, utrinque infra

callum humerale elcvato-costatis, flavo-fulvis, vitta suturali, basi

et apice saepe abbreviata, fasciisque tribus, nna infra basin,

secunda prope medium tertiaque inter medium et apicem, his

fasciis plus minusve interruptis, nigris.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Oaxaca. Collected by M. Salld.

Head longer than broad ; front impressed above the encarpas

with a deep fovea ; encarpas thickened, contiguous ; carina

raised, narrowly wedge-shaped. Antennas equal to the body

76

Mr. J. S. Baly on new Genera

in length, the second joint short, ovate, half the length of the

third, the latter three fourths the length of the fourth ; the

three lower joints flavous, the rest black. Thorax transverse ;

the sides straight and parallel, rather broadly margined, the

anterior angles scarcely produced, obtuse, the hinder ones

acute ; the basal margin with its middle portion sinuate ;

surface very minutely punctured, the punctures only visible

under a deep lens ; hinder disk flattened, impressed on either

side with a deep fovea ; in the middle, just in front of the basal

margin, is a third, smaller and less defined. Scutellum

shining black, its apex obtuse. Elytra oblong, very coarsely

punctured, the interspaces very irregularly wrinkled and

rugulose.

Diabrotica octosignata.

D. late ovata, nigra, nitida ; thorace minus crebre distincto punctato,

utrinque profunde fovcolato, lateribus reflexis piceis ; elytris sat

crcbre punctatis, late marginatis, fulvis, utrinque punctis quatuor,

duobus infra basin, duobus vix pone medium, transversim dis-

positis, nigris.

Long. 3| lin.

Hah. Mexico, Oaxaca.

Head scarcely longer than broad, trigonate ; front impressed

above the encarpas with a deep fovea ; encarpse thickened ;

carina raised, sublinear. Antennae entirely black, the second

joint half the length of the third, the latter two thirds the

length of the fourth. Thorax transverse ; sides straight and

parallel, rounded and converging at the apex, the anterior

angles slightly produced, thickened, obtuse; disk distinctly

punctured, the puncturing finer and more scattered on the

anterior disk ; on either side, scarcely behind the middle, is a

large round fovea. Scutellum shining black, smooth, im-

punctate. Elytra much broader than the thorax, broadly

margined; each with four small black spots, placed transversely

and somewhat obliquely in pairs, two some distance below

the base and two just behind the middle.

Diabrotica Jacobyi.

D. anguste ovata, postice ampliata, modice convexa, flava, nitida,

tibiis, tarsis, postpectore capiteque nigris ; antennis articulis

basalibus tribus piceo tinctis, quarto, octavo ultimoque nigro-

piceis ; thorace bifoveolato palfide rufo-piceo ; elytris modice

convexis, dorso paullo deplanatis, crebre tenuiter punctatis, infra

eallum humerale elevato-vittatis, et intra vittam longitudinaliter

sulcatis, obscure cyaneis, limbo laterali, apice lato, fascia lata

subarcuata communi, vix infra medium sita, vix intra limbum

and Species of Gallerucinm. 77

laterale abbrcviata et utrinque pustula magna ovali a vix infra

basin fere ad medium extensa flavis.

Long. 2 ^ lin.

Hab. Ecuador.

Head scarcely longer than broad ; front impressed above

the encarpse with a deep fovea ; encarpm thickened, contigu¬

ous 5 carina strongly raised ; antennas filiform, the second and

third joints short, the latter slightly longer than the second,

less than half the length of the fourth, the three lower joints

obscure fulvous, stained with piceous, the ninth and tenth

yellowish white, the rest nigro-piceous. Thorax scarcely

broader than long ; sides slightly dilated and rounded just

beyond the middle, converging at the apex ; surface shining,

impunctate, impressed on either side the middle disk with a

deep fovea. Elytra oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, finely

but rather closely punctured ; outer disk below the humeral

callus thickened and forming an ill-defined broad longitudinal

costa, the space within which is deeply sulcate.

Diabrotica generosa.

D. obovata, modice convexa, nigra, nitida, femoribus flavis, abdo-

mine piceo ; antennarum articulis basalibus quatuor fulvis, duobus

penultimis flavo-albidis, ultimo piceo ; thorace rufo-piceo, disco

bifoveolato ; elytris tenuissime punctatis, utrinque macula elon-

gata basali inter suturam et callum humeralo posita, altera

minore oblonga infra callum humerale, fascia vix pone medium,

utrinque abbrcviata, maculaque subapicali subrotundata magna

albido-flavis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Ecuador.

Head much longer than broad ; front impressed with a deep

fovea ; encarpse thickened, not distinctly separated from the

front ; carina rather strongly raised, linear ; labrum large ;

antennas filiform, the second joint very short, the third one

half longer than the second, the fourth longer than the two

preceding united. Thorax more than a fourth broader than

long ; sides parallel, sinuate, converging in front, the anterior

angles thickened, the hinder ones slightly produced, acute ;

surface shining, impressed on either side with a deep fovea.

Elytra increasing in width from the base towards the apex,

faintly depressed below the basilar space, finely punctured.

Diabrotica fulvo-signata.

D. anguste ovata, nigra, nitida, femoribus sordide fulvis ; antennis

articulis duobus basalibus, duobus penultimis ultimoquo basi

pallide flavis ; thorace transverso, subremote punctato, trifoveo-

78

Mr. J. S. Baly on new Genera

lato ; elytris sat crebre punctatis, utrinque fascia arcuata ad basin,

altera vix pone medium transversa, utrinque abbreviata, macula-

que ante apicem subrotundata fulvis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Guatemala.

Head scarcely longer than broad; front impressed above

the encarpte with a deep fovea ; encarpae shining, thickened,

subquadrate ; carina not defined ; antennae filiform, the second

joint short, the third nearly one half longer than the second,

the fourth more than equal in length to these two united.

Thorax nearly a third broader than long ; sides parallel,

sinuate behind the middle, the anterior angles thickened, ob¬

tuse; disk subremotely punctured, impressed on either side

just behind the middle with a round fovea; behind these, in

front of the basal margin, is a third, smaller and less defined.

Elytra distinctly punctured, slightly depressed on the inner

disk, below the basilar space ; each elytron with three large

fulvous markings : the first, broad, commences immediately

below the basal margin between the suture and the humeral

callus, curves round the latter, and terminates some distance

within the lateral margin ; the second, placed scarcely below

the middle, forms a transverse band, abbreviated on the

suture and on the lateral border, its hinder margin sinuate ; the

third, subrotundate, is placed near the apex. Lateral margin

of abdominal segments narrowly edged with flavous.

Diabrotica Pascoei.

D. anguste ovata, postice ampliata, modice convexa, flavo-fulva,

nitida, capite (antennis basi et apice exceptis) nigro ; tibiis tar-

sisque nigro-piceis ; thorace lsevi ; elytris nigris tenuissime punc¬

tatis, utrinque limbo exteriore apice dilatato, fascia prope medium

obsolete elevata, utrinque abbreviata, punctoque inter basin et

medium fulvis.

Long. lin.

Hab. Cayenne.

Head broader than long, trigonate ; front impressed above

the encarpte ; the latter transverse, thickened, distinctly

separated from the front, confluent with each other on

the median line ; carina raised, linear ; antennse filiform, the

second joint short, the third twice its length, nearly three

fourths the length of the fourth ; the four lower joints obscure

fulvous, the three upper ones yellowish white, the extreme

apex of the terminal one black. Thorax rather more than one

fourth longer than broad ; sides parallel and obsoletely sinuate

from the base to beyond the middle, thence converging to the

apex ; disk moderately convex, shining, impunctate. Elytra

79

and Species of Gallerucinee.

broader than the thorax, dilated posteriorly, broadly rounded

at the apex, moderately convex, faintly excavated below

the basilar space, very minutely punctured ; the fulvous

fascia on the middle of each elytron slightly but distinctly

thickened.

Diabrotica speciosissima.

D. subelongata, postice ampliata, modice convexa, nigra, nitida,

abdomine tiavo ; antennis piceis, articulis ultimis tribus (ultimo

apice excepto) albido-flavis ; thorace rufo-testaceo, dorso exca-

vato, obsolete trifoveolato ; elytris obscure cyaneis, limbo laterali,

apice fasciaquo communi vix pone medium sita tlavis.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Ecuador.

Head scarcely longer than broad, trigonate ; front impressed

above the encarpas with a deep fovea; encarpse thickened,

trigonate ; carina (its extreme apex excepted) not defined ;

antennas filiform, the second joint short, the third nearly twice

its length, more than half the length of the fourth. Thorax

scarcely one fourth broader than long ; sides broadly margined,

slightly sinuate and slightly diverging to the middle, thence

rounded and converging to the apex ; upper surface very

minutely and sparingly punctured ; middle disk with a large

shallow subtrigonate depression, which extends backwards

nearly to the basal margin, its surface impressed on either side

and at the base with a small fovea. Elytra slightly flattened

along the suture, distinctly punctured, interspaces granulose,

faintly wrinkled on the hinder disk ; the yellow fascia, which

is narrowly dilated on the extreme sutural margin, is slightly

curved, its concavity looking backwards.

Diabrotica fraterna.

D. elongata, fere parallela, nigra, nitida, abdomine thoraceque flavis;

hoc laevi, non foveolato ; antennis filiformibus, articulis penul-

timis duobus albidis ; elytris crebre punctatis, granulosis, obsolete

rugulosis, caeruleo-nigris, utrinque maculis duabus inter basin et

medium, una magna subrotundata in disco interiore sita, altera

infra humerum (his oblique transversim positis), fascia lata, utrin¬

que abbreviata, vix pone medium, maculaque subrotundata ante

apicem, flavis ornatis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Guatemala.

Head not longer than broad, trigonate ; front impressed

above the encarpas with a deep fovea ; encarpas thickened,

trigonate ; carina raised, linear ; antennas filiform, the second

and third joints very short, equal, the fourth equal in length

80

Mr. J. S. Baly on new Genera

to the three preceding united ; the three lower joints piceous,

the ninth and tenth yellowish white. Thorax about one third

broader than long ; sides parallel from the base to beyond the

middle, thence converging to the apex ; disk smooth, impunc-

tate. Elytra broader than the thorax, scarcely dilated poste¬

riorly, rather closely and distinctly punctured ; interspaces

granulose, faintly wrinkled.

Diabrotica elegans.

D. subelongata, fulva, nitida, abdomine flavo ; postpectore, tibiis,

tarsis capiteque nigris ; antennis nigro-piceis, artieulis ultimis

tribus (ultimi apice nigro excepto) sordide albis ; thorace

transverso-quadrato, laevi, obsolete trifoveolato ; scutello trigonato,

nigro-piceo ; elytris sat crebre punctatis, viridi-cyaneis, limbo

exteriore angusto, fascia lata prope medium apiceque flavis.

Long. 3^ liu.

Hah. Ecuador (Buckley).

Clypeus sparingly clothed with griseous hairs ; carina obso¬

lete ; encarpm contiguous, not well defined ; front impressed

just above the encarpse with a deep fovea. Antennae filiform,

the second joint short, two thirds the length of the third, the

latter less than three fourths the length of the fourth. Thorax

transverse-quadrate ; sides parallel and slightly sinuate from

the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging

to the apex, the anterior angles obtuse, oblique, the hinder

ones acute ; disk remotely and very minutely punctured, the

interspaces finely strigose (these markings are only visible

under a very strong lens) ; hinder disk faintly impressed on

either side and at the base with a shallow, ill-defined fovea.

Elytra rather strongly punctured, the interspaces granulose-

punctate.

Diabrotica Buckleyi.

D. subelongata, viridi-flava, nitida ; postpectore, tibiis, tarsis, scu-

tello capiteque nigris ; antennarum artieulis basalibus tribus

piceis, nono et deeimo albidis ; thorace flavo-viridi, subquadrato,

laevi, utrinque obsolete excavato ; elytris anguste oblongis, sat

crebre tenuissime punctatis, disco exteriore obsolete longitudi-

naliter sulcatis, lsete viridibus, fascia basali lata, extrorsum vix

intra marginem abbreviata, alteraque longe pone medium, fere ad

marginem extensa, nigris.

Long. 2f-3 lin.

Hob. Ecuador.

Head not longer than broad ; front impressed with a deep

fovea ; encarpse thickened, subrotundate, contiguous ; carina

raised, linear ; antennae filiform ; the second joint short, the

81

and Species 0/ Gall erne in®.

third slightly longer than the second, the fourth equal in length

to the two preceding united. Thorax scarcely broader than

long ; sides parallel, very slightly sinuate, converging at the

apex, the anterior angles obliquely truncate ; surface smooth

and shining, minutely punctured, the puncturing only visible

under a lens ; disk impressed on either side with a very shallow,

ill-defined fovea. Scutellum trigonate, shining, impunctate.

Elytra narrowly oblong, distinctly and rather closely punc¬

tured, the interspaces granulose-punctate, faintly wrinkled on

the inner disk ; on the anterior portion of the outer disk are

four or five faint longitudinal sulcations, the one below the

humeral callus being more distinct and more deeply impressed

than the others.

Diabrotica sexmaculata.

D. elongato-ovata, postice vix ampliata, subtus piceo-fulva, nitida,

femoribus (basi excepta) protboraceque prasinis, abdomine flavo ;

supra prasina, antennis (articulo basali excepto) piceis ; thorace

transverso-quadrato, lcevi, utrinque sat profunde foveolato ; ely-

tris crebre punctatis, infra callum humerale longitudinaliter sul-

cato, utrinque maculis magnis tribus, una oblonga, a basi fere ad

medium extensa, secunda vix pone medium, transversa, leviter

curvata, tertiaque ante apicem subtrigonata fulvis.

Long. 3 1 lin.

Hab. Guatemala.

Head not longer than broad ; front impressed above the

encarpae with a deep fovea ; carina raised, linear. Antennae

filiform, nearly equal to the body in length ; second and third

joints very short, equal ; the fourth longer than the two pre¬

ceding united : labrum fulvous. Thorax scarcely broader

than long ; sides parallel, slightly sinuate, slightly converging

at the apex ; disk smooth, impunctate, impressed on either

side the middle with a deep fovea. Elytra closely but finely

punctured, impressed below the humeral callus with a short

longitudinal groove.

Diabrotica dilaticornis.

D. ovata, moclice convexa, nitida, subtus nigra, pube grisea sat

dense vestita, prothorace glabro, fulvo, abdomine cyaneo ; supra

fulva, antennis nigris; thorace kevi transverso, disco subarcuatim

excavato; scutello nigro; elytris crebre punctatis, leviter rugosis,

viridi-cyaneis, limbo exteriore (apice excepto) fulvo.

Mas antennarum articulis ultimis quatuor compressis et dilatatis.

Fcem. antennis filiformibus.

Long. 2^ lin.

Hab. Amazons. Collected by Mr. Bates.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iii.

6

82

Mr. J. S. Baly on new Genera

Head longer than broad ; carina slightly raised, linear ;

encarpae thickened, contiguous ; labrum and eyes black. An-

tennse nearly three fourths the length of the body in the 6 ,

rather shorter in the $ ; the second joint nearly half the length

of the basal one, two thirds the length of the third, this last

as long as the fourth and fifth united : in the ? the antennae

are nearly filiform, and all the joints are cylindrical ; in the

g the fifth joint is trigonate, not more dilated than the fourth

or sixth, the four upper joints are compressed and laterally

dilated, the eighth and ninth trigonate. Eyes and labrum

black. Thorax transverse ; sides straight and parallel, rounded

and converging at the apex ; disk impunctate, impressed be¬

hind the middle with a shallow transverse curved fovea, which

is rather more deeply depressed on either side. Scutellum tri¬

gonate, black. Elytra broader than the thorax, oblong-ovate,

rather broadly margined, strongly and closely punctate, the

interspaces granulose, subrugulose ; bright metallic greenish

blue, the outer limb (its extreme apex excepted) fulvous.

Diabrotica erytlirodera.

D. ovata, valde convexa, prasina, nitida, tibiis tarsisque piceia,

abdomine nigro, epipleuris aureo tomentosis ; capite nigro, ver-

tice oculorumque orbitis ruffs ; antennis pallidc prasinis, apice

pallide piceis ; thorace subquadrato, rufo, dorso paullo deplanato,

utrinque obsolete foveolato; elytris oblongis, valde convexis,

crebro tenuissime puuctatis, infra basin transversiin depressis,

infra callum humerale longitudinaliter sulcatis.

Long. 4 lin.

Hah. Peru.

Head scarcely longer than broad, trigonate ; front impressed

above the encarpae with a deep fovea ; carina raised, linear.

Antennae filiform, nearly equal to the body in length, pale

grassy green ; the four outer joints pale piceous, the second and

third short, the third about one half longer than the second,

the fourth equal in length to the two preceding united. Thorax

subquadrate ; sides straight and parallel, converging at the

apex ; disk smooth and shining, flattened behind the middle,

and very faintly impressed with a shallow ill-defined fovea.

Elytra oblong-ovate, very convex, transversely depressed

beiow the basilar space, longitudinally sulcate below the

humeral callus, very minutely and rather closely punctured.

Diabrotica ojoacipennis.

D. late ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, nigra, subtus nitida, pubo

grisoa sat dense vestita ; supra minus nitida, thorace transvorso,

and Species o/Gallerucina}. 83

trifoveolato ; elytris opacis evidenter sat crebre punctatis, auran-

tiaeis ; antennis apice sordide fulvo-albidis.

Long. 3| lin.

Hah. Ecuador.

Head rather longer than broad, subtrigonate ; encarpse trigo-

nate, separated by a longitudinal groove which runs upwards

to the vertex ; carina raised, linear ; clypeus finely rugose-

punctate, clothed with adpressed griseous hairs ; palpi ovate.

Antennje filiform ; the second joint short, ovate, the third nearly

twice the length of the second, three fourths the length of the

fourth, the four outer joints obscure yellowish white. Thorax

more than half as broad again as long ; sides rather broadly

margined, diverging from the base to beyond the middle,

converging at the apex, the anterior angle mucronate ; upper

surface subopaque, finely but distinctly punctured ; hinder disk

impressed with three rather large fovese, one on the basal

margin, the others one on either side, just behind the middle of

the thorax, the three conjointly forming a semicircular depres¬

sion. Elytra much broader than the thorax, dilated pos¬

teriorly, convex, subventricose, opaque, finely but distinctly

punctured.

Diahrotiea divisa.

I). late ovata, postice ampliata, ventricosa, piceo-fulva, nitida,

antennis (articulo basali excepto), tibiis, tar sis, femoribus posticis,

abdomine elytrorumque dimidio postico nigris ; thorace trans-

verso, laevi, disco obsolete subarcuatim excavato ; elytris tenuis-

sime punctatis, punctis apicem versus obsoletis.

Mas elytris utrinque callo oblongo prope suturam ante apicem posito,

instructis.

Long. 4 lin.

Hah. Ecuador.

Head much longer than broad, wedge-shaped; front im¬

pressed just above the encarpse with a deep fovea ; encarpse

thickened; carina raised, linear. Antennse filiform, tapering

towards the apex ; the second joint short, the third one half

longer than the second, two thirds the length of the fourth, the

basal joint (its extreme apex excepted) piceo-fulvous. Thorax

about one half broader than long ; sides parallel from the base

to beyond the middle, thence converging to the apex ; surface

smooth, impunctate, faintly impressed on the middle disk with

a transverse, slightly curved sulcation. Elytra much broader

than the thorax, dilated posteriorly, ventricose, very minutely

punctured, the puncturing entirely obsolete on the hinder disk.

This species may be known from all its allies by the longer

head and by the extremely fine punctuation of the elytra.

6*

84

Dr. A. Gunther on a Collection of

Diabrotica rugata.

D. subelongata, postice vis ampliata, subtus fulva, nitida, pec-

tore nigro-piceo ; supra nigra, antennis (apice excepto) fulvis ;

thorace transverso, rufo-fulvo, rude rugoso-punctato, disco trans-

versirn excavato, lateribus fere rectis ; elytris minus nitidis, rudo

rugosis, elevato-vittatis, limbo laterali fulvo.

Long. 44 lin.

Ilctb. Ecuador. Collected by Mr. Buckley.

Head much longer than broad, wedge-shaped ; lower

portion of front longitudinally depressed ; encarpEe nearly

obsolete ; carina linear ; labrum nigro-piceous. Antennae fili¬

form, equal to the body in length; the second joint short, the

third nearly three times its length, three fourths the length of

the fourth ; the seventh and eighth joints stained above with

piceous, the three outer ones black. Thorax more than twice as

broad as long; sides parallel, slightly sinuatebehind the middle;

the anterior angles thickened, obtuse, the hinder ones subacute ;

disk coarsely rugose-punctate, transversely excavated across

the middle, the excavation broad, nearly straight, more deeply

impressed at either end. Scutellum trigonate, its apex sub¬

acute, its surface shining, im punctate. Elytra oblong, scarcely

dilated posteriorly, very coarsely rugose ; each elytron with

four more or less distinct raised vitta3 ; the general surface

black, the outer limb, dilated at the apex, fulvous.

[To be continued.]

VIII. — Notice of a Collection of Reptiles from Islands of

Torres Straits. By Dr. A. Gcnther, F.R.S.

The Rev. S. MacFarlane has continued to pay attention to the

reptiles of the islands situated between New Guinea and Aus¬

tralia. In my notice of the first collection (Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. 1877, vol. xix. p. 413) information was missing as re¬

gards the particular islands in which the specimens had been

collected. This information can be supplied as regards the

present collection, which was formed partly in Murray, partly

in Cornwallis Island. The following is the list of the species

collected : —

Lizards.

Cornwallis

Island.

1. Odatria timorensis , Gray .

2. - prasina , Mulh ...... *

3. Monitor chlorostigma , Cuv. .... *

4. Lialis punctulata. Gray ..... #

5. CryptoblepJiarus poecilopleurus , Wiegm.

Murray

Island.

*

*

*

85

Reptiles from Islands of Torres Straits.

Lizards.

Cornwallis

Island.

6. Heteropus fuscus, D. & B .

7. Lygosoma scutirostrum , Ptrs . *

8. Hinulia striatula , Steinclach .

9. Mabouia Cartereti , D. & B .

10. * - macrura , Gthr .

11. Carlia Macfarlani , Gthr .

1 2. Tropidolepisma magus , Gray f .

13. Hemidactylus frenatus, D. & B .

14. Peripia torresiana , Gthr .

15. Gymnodactylus Arnouxii , Dum .

Snakes.

1. Lielaphis modestuSj Schleg. \ . *

2. - australis , Gthr .

3. Dendrophis calligaster, Gthr. § .

4. Dipsas irregularis , Merr . *

5. Liasis amethystinus , Schneid. . . . *

6. - cormoallisius , sp. n . *

7. Brachysoma triste , Gthr . *

Murray

Island.

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

Liasis cormoallisius , sp. n.

Fig. 1.

Liasis cornwallisius : top and side views.

Allied to LAm's Childrenii. Rostral without pit ; the first

•j- = Tropidolepisma striolatum, Ptrs.

\ See Guntlier, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 129.

§ The loreal shield is normally present in this species, which has never

the uniform coloration or the short head of Dendrophis punctulata. The

latter is an eastern species.

86

On Rept iles f rom Islands of Torres Straits.

upper labial and three lower labials are pitted, but not very

deeply. Loreal single, very large. The middle pair of

frontal shields elongate, as long as the vertical, with which

they are broadly in contact. Vertical seven-sided, not broader

anteriorly than behind. One anterior and two posterior ocu¬

lars. The scales in 41 series. Uniform brown above and

yellowish below.

A single specimen, 44 feet long, from Cornwallis Island.

Liasis duceboracensis , sp. n.

Fig. 2.

Liasis duceboracensis : top and side views.

On reexamination the form from Duke-of-York Island

proves to be a species distinct from Liasis amethystinus: to

which, however, it is closely allied. Like the latter species it

has the loreal region occupied by many small scutes disposed

in two or three longitudinal series ; the rostral also has two

pits, and four of the upper labial and seven of the lower are

pitted. But the Duke-of-York-Island species differs by the

middle pair of frontal shields being in contact with the vertical

only very slightly or not at all ; in the latter case a small azy¬

gous shield is intercalated between the frontals and the vertical.

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new Species of Coleoptera. 87

The scales also are larger and fewer in number, the number

of longitudinal series being thirty-five or thirty-six.

Two anterior and four posterior oculars. Light brownish

grey, with irregular, narrow, darker cross bands.

1 his species, which I propose to name Liasis duceboracensis ,

appears to attain to the same size as Liasis aniethystinus.

IX. — New Species of Ceratorrhina allied to C. guttata, 01.

(Coleoptera, Cetoniidae). By Charles O. Waterhouse.

The British-Museum collection of Cetoniidae has recently

been enriched by some West- African specimens of the genus

Ceratorrhina allied to C. guttata , 01. They represent three

species which appear all to be undescribed. As this group

will now consist of five species, which closely resemble each

other in general colour anti spotting, it will only be necessary

to point out the differences.

Ceratorrhina ( Stephan orrh in a) guttata , 01.

Loete viridis, micans ; thoracis limbo, scutello elytrorumque sutura

plus minusve rufo-cupreis ; elytris gufctis plurimis (c. 22) albis

notatis.

Long. 12-13 lin.

d . Head with three short horns — one frontal in the form

of a T> two anterior, somewhat straight, nearly parallel ;

anterior tibia? simple ; abdomen impressed in the middle.

? . Head simple ; anterior tibia? with three sharp teeth ;

abdomen not impressed ; pygidium very acutely produced.

Ceratorrhina ( Aphelorrhina ) Julia , n. sp.

This species closely resembles C. guttata in form and size,

but the colour is decidedly paler green (some examples are

yellowish green), the copper-colour on the suture is more

diffused, and the coppery spot on the subapical callosity is

much more distinct; the punctuation of the thorax and elytra

is much less distinct ; elytra spotted as in C. guttata.

d . Head without horns, with anterior angles of the clypcus

somewhat reflexed.

? . Clypeus less strongly and less closely punctured than

in C. guttata ; anterior tibia? less strongly toothed ; pygidium

less acutely conical.

Long. 12 lin.

88 Mr. C. 0. Waterhouse on new Species of Coleopter a.

CeratorrMna ( Aphelorrhina ) simillima^ Westvv.

C. (Aphelorrhina) simillima, Westw. Arcan. Ent. i. p. 72, t. 19. f. 4,

aud p. 181.

£ . Dark green as in C. guttata , spotted in the same way,

but the spots are very small ; it is of a narrower form, the

clypeus is unarmed, the thorax is more narrowed in front, the

sides not angular before the middle, the punctuation is

stronger, the copper-colour is almost wanting, except traces

at the sides and base of the thorax. From the male o'f

G. Julia it differs in having the clypeus much longer and

narrower, densely longitudinally strigose-punctate, whilst in

C. Julia the fore part of the clypeus is rather sparingly and

finely punctured, the anterior angles are not reflexed ; the

intermediate tibite are slightly curved at the base ; the pygi-

dium is more densely transversely strigose ; posterior tibke

with no external tooth.

Long. 9^ lin.

Hab. Sierra Leone. Type in Brit. Mus.

Ceratorrhina ( Aphelorrhina ) bella , n. sp.

J . Coloration exactly as in C. guttata , but with the form

of G. simillima , having the thorax regularly narrowed ante¬

riorly. F rom G. guttata it differs in the absence of the horns

on the head, &c. From G. Julia it differs in colour and in

the form of the thorax ; the intermediate tibise are somewhat

curved at the base ; the clypeus as in G. simillima. From C.

simillima it differs in the presence of the copper-colour on the

suture of the elytra, in having a distinct tooth on the outside

of the posterior tibia3, and in having the white spots on the

elytra larger. From all the foregoing it differs in having the

third spot of the mesial line of spots on the same level with

the first spot of the sutural line of spots, so that there are four

spots in a straight line across the middle of the two elytra.

Long. 9 1 lin.

Hab. Mongo-ma-Lobah.

G. simillima and G. bella differ from the other species in

having the sternal process much narrower and more acuminate.

CeratorrMna ( AphelorrMna ) tibialis , n. sp.

J . Coloration of C. guttata , but rather paler, of a more

elongate form, the thorax regularly narrowed in front (not

angular at the sides) ; elytra much more narrowed towards

the apex ; the spots are very much reduced, those near the

suture being transverse, and the apical spots are wanting.

The clypeus is simple, nearly as in G. simillima , but not

89

Bib Hog rapli ical Notice.

quite so densely strigose ; the intermediate tibia} are more

distinctly curved at the base, and the posterior tibiee are not

toothed externally, but are swollen in a most remarkable

manner just below the base and then gradually narrowed to

the apex.

Long. 11 lin.

Hob. Angola.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

The Geological Record for 1876. 8vo. Pp. xxii and 415.

London : Taylor and Francis, 1878.

The study of Geology has been likened to geographical explora¬

tion, which bears small results unless the proved outcome of each

traveller’s work is duly recorded and compared with previous addi¬

tions to our knowledge. It is not enough to have at hand the

journals of travel, however carefully prepared. Comparative tables

and indices for ready reference are necessary ; so that observations,

past and present, far and near, may be studied together,— so that

slips and patches of mapped lands may be combined, scattered

descriptions of parts of nations be brought together under one

head, and the isolated accounts of various local products be made

to supply a compendium of the natural history of one region.

Besides a mere cataloguing of the names of places, peoples, and

things, the geographer requires also condensed statements of mat¬

ters of fact and inference, to aid in the construction of his com¬

pendious books, whether he has to prepare these abstracts or finds

them made ready to his hand.

Thus also in Geology we have many useful catalogues of names of

authors and books, and of fossils, rocks, and minerals. Some are in

the form of dictionaries, some are regular bibliographical portions

of periodical journals, some constitute appendices in books and

memoirs, and some are published in an independent form. Some

have succinct notices, descriptive or suggestive, attached to the

subjects mentioned, and some carry much information in collateral

columns, but many indicate nothing more than what the mere

names and titles can suggest. Of those moro completely useful

works which assist the geologist in finding what has already been

done and thought of in this or that department of his science, the

‘ Geological Record,’ edited by Mr. Whitaker, F.G.S., with the

assistance of many other good and energetic geologists and mine¬

ralogists, stands high in worth and favour. It has no rival except

the excellent ‘ Rovuo de Geologie,’ by MM. Delesse and Lapparent,

which has reached its fourteenth annual volume, and worthily

fulfils its useful mission among our fellow-labourers in France.

In our ‘Record’ the distribution of matter is made thus: —

1. Stratigraphical and Descriptive Geology, under eight geogra-

90

Geological Society.

phical headings ; 2. Physical Geology, as Phenomena of under¬

ground origin, Surface phenomena, and Rock-formation ; 3. Applied

and Economic Geology ; 4. Petrology ; 5. Mineralogy ; 6. Palaeon¬

tology, taking in order the Vertebrates, Invertebrates, and Plants ;

7. Maps and Sections ; 8. Miscellaneous and General ; together

with Supplements for 1874-6, a very valuable Index of new

Species (rocks, minerals, and fossils), and, lastly, an excellent

General Index. The long list of periodicals supplying memoirs and

notices, treated of in abstract, occupies 14 pages. Numerous hooks,

of course, are noticed in their respective places according to their

subjects. Altogether the year 1876 has evidently produced a fair

harvest of geological work ; and the ‘ Record ’ may be likened to the

reaper, binder, stacker, thresher, and winnower of the golden graiu

of knowledge, enabling some to compile now and valuable accumu¬

lations, others to use and digest excellent aliment for their intellec¬

tual progress, and others to sow chosen and most promising seed,

in well prepared furrows, for the benefit of future students.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

November 6, 1878. — Henry Clifton Sorby, Esq., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read : —

1. “ On the Range of the Mammoth in Space and Time.” By

Prof. W. Boyd Dawkins, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S.

The author expressed his opinion that the result of the evidence

collected since the death of Dr. Falconer has been to establish the

view of that palaeontologist as to the Mammoth having appeared in

Britain before the Glacial epoch. The evidence as to the occurrence

of the Mammoth in the south of England was first examined. The

remains found beneath the bed of erratics near Pagham belonged,

not to Elephas primigenius, but to E. antiquus. But in 1858 re¬

mains belonging to the former were found by Prof. Prestwich under

Boulder-clay in Hertfordshire. In Scotland remains of E. primi-

genius have been found under Boulder-clay ; but whether under the

oldest Boulder-clay is uncertain. In 1878 a portion of a molar was

brought up from a depth of 65 feet near North wich ; it was in a

sand beneath Boulder-clay, which the author considered to be un¬

doubtedly the older Boulder-clay. The author now assents to Dr.

Falconer’s opinion (which he formerly doubted) that E. primigenius

was a member of the Cromer Forest-bed fauna. It is also clear

that it was living in the southern and central parts of England in

Postglacial times. It has not been found north of Yorkshire on the

east, and Holyhead on the west, probably because Scotland and North¬

west England were long occupied by glaciers. Its remains have

91

Geological Society.

been found on the continent as far south as Naples and as far north

as Hamburg, but not in Scandinavia. Its remains, as is well known,

abound in Siberia, and it ranged over North America from Esch-

scholtz Eay to the Isthmus of Darien, E. columbi , E. americanus , and

E. Jacksoni being only varieties. The author then discussed the rela¬

tions of E. primigenius to E. columbi , E. armeniacus, and E. indicus,

and came to the conclusion that it was the ancestor of the last.

2. “ The Mammoth in Siberia.” By H. H. Howorth, Esq., F.S.A.

Communicated by J. Evans, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., V.P.G.S.

The author gave reasons for considering that the “griffon's claw”

sent by Haruu-al-llashed to Charlemagne was the horn of a fossil

Ithinoceros, so that the extinct mammals coeval with the Mammoth

were known in Europe at an early date. They were probably

known even in the days of Herodotus. Other evidence, such as the

Christy Collection, shows that the Siberian deposits were known at

a very early time. There is evidence, too, to show that fossil ivory

was known to the Chinese, who asserted that the animals were still

living underground. The author described several cases of the dis¬

covery of well-preserved bodies of Mammoths in historic times.

They have occurred in widely separated places, from the eastern

watershed of the Obi to the peninsula of the Tschuksi. Bones also

have been found over the whole length of Siberia, the Brai Islands,

and the islands of New Siberia.

The author further discussed the theories which account for their

presence: — 1. That the animals lived much further south, and were

carried down by rivers to where they now lie ; 2. That they lived

on the spot. As there are physical difficulties in the way of the

transport theory, as the Mammoth was covered with dense hair and

fed on plants growing on the spot, and as the remains are not

confined to the vicinity of rivers, it is probable that the second view

is the correct one.

There are, however, some points connected with it requiring

further consideration. It being proved that the Mammoth only

required a temperate climate, it must not be hastily assumed that it

could endure that of Siberia. Where the Mammoths are now found

the ground at 2 or 3 feet below the surface is permanently frozen

all the year round, vegetation does not appear till June and is very

poor and stunted, the summer is very short, the winter propor¬

tionately long, the temperature in January is as low as — G5° E., and

no tree will now grow in the greater part of North Siberia. How

then could Elephas primigenius and lihinoceros tichorhinus obtain food

on such ground? The only alternative seems to be, either to suppose

a great migration N. and S., or a change of climate. The author is of

opinion that in Siberia such a migration is not possible. It seems

therefore more probable that the climate of Siberia has become

more severe. The plants found in the fissures of the Ehinoceros-

teeth are those now living in South Siberia. The plant-remains

associated with the Mammoth (not floated from a distance, but of

92

Geological Society.

the locality) show the same thing, larch, birch, and other trees of

good size being found. Freshwater and land shells are also found,

not now living. Hence it seems reasonable to conclude that' the

climate has become more severe, and that of the north in the days

of the Mammoth resembled that of the south at the present time.

The author then considered the cause of the Mammoth’s extinction.

This he held to have been sudden. The remains must have been

preserved soon after death. He therefore maintains that they

were destroyed by a flood due to some sudden convulsion which

also changed the climate.

3. “ On the Association of Dwarf Crocodiles ( Nannosuchus and

Theriosuchus pusillus, e. g.) with the diminutive Mammals of the

Purbeck Series. By Prof. It. Owen, C.B., F.R.S., F.G.S.

Tho author noticed an objection which had been raised to his

view of the origin of the differefices between the Mesozoic and

Neozoic Crocodiles by the adaptation of the latter to the destruction

by drowning of large mammalia (Q. J. G. S. xxxiv. p. 422), namely

that mammals were coexistent with the Mesozoic forms, and re¬

marked that from their small size they would hardly constitute a

suitable prey for the Crocodiles to which he then specially referred,

but would be more likely to perform the same part as the Ich¬

neumons of the present day, which check the increase of Crocodiles

by destroying their eggs and newly-hatched young. He stated,

however, that in waste slabs of “ feather-bed ” marl which accom¬

panied the Becklesian Purbeck Collection to the British Museum,

the remains of small Crocodiles were detected in considerable abun¬

dance ; and he gave a description of these, and especially of one

which lie named Theriosuchus pusillus. This reptile, which is esti¬

mated to have been about 18 inches long, had scutes presenting the

“ peg and groove ” character of those of Goniopliolis, with which

genus it further agreed by having the antorbital part of the skull of

the broad-faced Alligator type. In the dentition it resembled the

Triassic Theriodonts more than any other Crocodiles. The vertebrae

are amphiplatyan. In conclusion, the author indicated the con¬

ditions which have to be fulfilled in the case of recent Crocodiles to

enable them to drown a large mammal without inconvenience to

themselves, and showed that these conditions were realized also in

the Neozoic forms, whilst there was no reason to suppose that any

Mesozoic Crocodiles possessed the adaptations in question.

November 20, 1878. — R. Etheridge, Esq., F.R.S.,

Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read : —

1. “ On the Upper-Greensand Coral Fauna of Haldon, Devon¬

shire.” By Prof. P. Martin Duncan, M.B. Bond., F.R.S., F.G.S., &c.

The author in this paper stated that since the publication of his

Miscellaneous.

93

supplement to the British Fossil Corals, published by the Palaeonto-

graphical Society, several new corals have been obtained at Haldon by

Mr. Vicary, of Exeter. Twelve additional species were noticed, of

which ten were new. This brings the total number of species in

the Haldon Greensand up to twenty-one. The new species are thus

distributed : — Aporosa : Oculinidae (1), Astraeidoe (3), Fungidae (5) ;

Perforata, Turbin arne (2) ; Tabulata (1). The paper concluded

with remarks on the genera and species represented, from which it

appeared that the Coral fauna of Haldon is the northern expression

of that of the French and Central European deposits, which are the

equivalents of the British Upper Greensand. The Haldon deposit

was formed in shallow water, and the corals grew upon the rolled

debris of the age.

2. “Notes on Pleurodon ajjinis, sp. ined., Agassiz, and Descrip¬

tion of three Spines of Cestracionts from the Lower Coal-measures.”

By J. W. Davis, Esq., F.G.S.

The author described some fossil remains of fish obtained from

the bone-bed immediately above the “ Better-bed Coal ” referred to

by him in a former paper (see Q. J. G. S. vol. xxxii. p. 332). The

fossils described included Ichthyodorulites belonging to 4 species,

namely : — Pleurodus ajjinis, a species named, but not described or

figured by Agassiz ; Hoplonchus elegans, gen. et sp. nov. ; Ctena-

canthus cequistriatus , sp. nov. ; and Phricacanthus biserialis, gen. et

sp. nov. Teeth believed to be those of Pleurodus ajjinis were also

described.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Diastylis bimarginatus.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

Gentlemen, — When Mr. Sim sent me the specimen of Diastylis

bimarginatus it was accompanied with his own drawing, which is

similar to that which you have published in the last number of the

4 Annals.’ It was because I had the opportunity of comparing it

with the animal that I preferred making the sketch I sent to you.

Had I received the animal in an unmutilated condition I could have

entered into more minute detail.

Yours faithfully,

Plymouth, Dec. 22, 1878. C. Spence Bate.

Germination of the Spores of Volvox dioicus. By M. IIennegey.

Two years ago I communicated to the Academy of Sciences a note

on the subject of the reproduction of Volvox dioicus, Cohn, in which

I indicated the gradual appearance of sexuality in these organisms,

94

Miscellaneous.

the male sex appearing before the female, in proportion as the species

degenerates by sexual reproduction.

The spores proceeding from the fecundation of the oospheres by

the antherozoids fall to the bottom of the water, and remain in a

stationary condition for a considerable time. Cohn, who has lately

published an important memoir*' on the monoecious Volvox globator,

thinks that these spores need to be dried before germinating, but he

was unable to observe this germination. Cienkowski has seen the

contents of the sporo divide, and he thinks that each sphere of seg¬

mentation ultimately becomes a coenobium.

I was fortunate enough at the beginning of June to trace the

development of tho spores of the species of Volvox which I had

previously studied. I have ascertained that, contrary to Cohn’s

opinion, the spores of Volvox pass the winter in the water. In

fact those which I observed were collected in the mud of a toler¬

ably deep basin in the Jardin des Plantes which was constantly filled

with water.

These spores, of an orange-yellow colour, possess two enveloping

membranes — an exospore with double outline and a delicate endo-

sporo. At the moment of germination the exospore is ruptured,

and the swelled endospore is seen to project through tho torn place.

At the same time tho contents of the spore, separated from the en¬

dospore by a clear space, divide into two equal parts, which, by

successive bipartitions, give origin to four, eight, sixteen, &c. small

cells. The cells, which are at first orange-yellow, acquire a brown

tint, becoming more and more greenish in proportion as the work of

division advances. When the segmentation of the spore is com¬

pleted, the cells form a spherical layer analogous to the blastoderm

of a holoblastic ovum. Each element afterwards acquires two

vibratile cilia. The endospore disappears, and the young Volvox,

thus constituted, moves freely in the water. The cells, which are

at first very close together, separate from each other by the inter¬

vention of a gelatinous substance.

An interesting fact is the presence, among the vegetativo cells of

the Volvox while still contained in the endospore, of elements larger

than the others, which will subsequently give origin to the daughter

colonies by a mode of division analogous to that observed in the

spore.

The spores of Volvox therefore germinate in water, and each of

them produces a single colony by an operation of segmentation

identical with that which gives origin to a daughter colony at the

expense of a cell of tho mother colony. — Bull. Soc. Philomath.

Paris, July 27, 1878.

On the Anatomy of the Larva of Eristalis tenax. By Dr. Batelli.

Dr. Batelli has communicated to the Tuscan Society of Natural

Sciences a memoir on the structure of the well-known “ rat-tailed ”

larva of Eristalis tenax. He regards the external tube of the tail

* Beitrage zur Biologie der Pflanzen, 1875.

Miscellaneous.

95

as a modified segment of the body, its nature being indicated by

the existence on each side of it of a mamilla and two very long

hairs, characters which arc repeated upon every segment. Ho de¬

scribes the structure of the tail, indicating how the outer tube

bends more or less according as the internal tube is more or less

retracted. The retraction of the internal tube is due to two mus¬

cles inserted at its superior extremity ; and at this extremity there

are, moreover, some gigantic cells with large nuclei having in the

interior as a product of elaboration a long twisted filament. Con¬

nected with the two tracheal ramifications there are in the body

two sacs, almost equal to it in length, formed of an external struc¬

tureless membrane and containing small free globules. These

globules on analysis prove to consist principally of earthy car¬

bonates (carbonates of lime and magnesia).

The digestive apparatus has in its vestibule two chitinous plates.

In the pharyngeal bulb there are, besides the two jaws, eight very

peculiar beards ( fanoni ) consisting of two series of divaricated

barbules. The salivary glands, which open beneath the inferior

anastomosis of the jaws, have in their excretory tube a chitinous

interna with a spiral thread, just as in the interior of the tracheae

and of a portion of the silk-glands of the Lepidoptera. The “ val¬

vular apparatus ” of Plateau, or (better) the gizzard , leaves a

closed peripheral space where there is an endothelium ; the middle

intestine or chylific stomach, which is very long, is preceded by four

ventricular glands, accompanied by four Malpighian tubes. These,

which discharge by four distinct orifices, unite in pairs to form an

upper and a lower loop. The anal glands, which contain a great

quantity of urates, are composed each of a straight part and another

which is folded back ; they present a muscular ligamont which

straightens them when they are drawn outwards.

Besides the supra- and suboesophageal ganglia the nervous system

includes two intermediate ones, which, by means of a peduncle

inserted into the lateral commissure, fit in between the two, especi¬

ally in the antero-superior zone. A sympathic system starts

from the lower surface of the anterior extremity of the nervous

chain. Tho thoracic and abdominal ganglia are united into a band,

which immediately follows the central system above described.

Small cells exist in the intermediate, and large ones in the supra-

cesophageal and suboesophageal ganglia ; these are few in the former,

but very numerous in the latter.

The tracheal tubes have in their anterior stigma, besides a solid

terminal sheath, an involucrum lined internally with an endothelium,

and containing very large cells, in the same way as above described

for the tail, interposed between tho involucrum in question and the

tube of the trachea. — Soc. Tosc. di Scienze Nat., Proc. Verb., Nov. 10,

1878.

On the Dentition of Smilodon. By M. P. Gervais.

The Smilodontes are great Fclidoe found fossil in the caves and

in the deposits of the Pampas of South America (Brazil and the

96

Miscellaneous.

Argentine Republic), wliick have in the upper jaw a pair of canines

in the form of long poniards. The late M. Lund, to whom we are

indebted for so many curious discoveries relating to the extinct

Mammalia of the former of the above regions, first of all gave the

name of Hyaena neogaea and afterwards that of Smilodon populator

to these redoubtable carnivores ; and De Blainville has figured an

almost entire skull of one in his ‘ Osteography of Felis,’ calling it

Felis smilodon. This cranium belongs to the collection of the Paris

Museum ; and it offers this peculiarity, that it is provided with three

pairs of inferior molars, as is also the case in all the other species

of Felidae, whether the ordinary Felidae or the Machairodontes or

Felidae with cultriform superior canines, of which we are completely

acquainted with the dentition.

Among the latter figure Machairodus megantereon from the Plio¬

cene of the Auvergne, M. leoninus from the Upper Miocene of Greece,

M. palmidens from the Miocene of Sansan (Gers), M. bidentatus or

Eusmilus perarmatus from the phosphorites of Quercy, and M.

(Drepanodori) primeevus from Dakota.

On the other hand the Smilodontes, in the normal state, appear

to have possessed only two inferior molars on each side ; and Prof.

Reinhardt was so convinced of this fact that he believed that the

third pair of teeth (first pair of premolars) of the Parisian cranium

had been added in order to give more value to the specimen *.

From the small size of the teeth in question and their inequality, I

should prefer to consider them accidental ; moreover they are

implanted in true alveoli.

At any rate I find only two pairs of molars in the same jaw in

all the other Smilodontes that I have been able to examine ; and as

these are tolerably numerous, it seems to me difficult to believe that

there is more than one species in this genus, and that its dental

formula should be expressed otherwise than as follows : — i. c. -f,

m- f •

' Machairodus necator, which I have indicated from the skeleton

brought by M. Larroque, follows the ordinary rule ; and De Blain-

ville’s Felis smilodon must, in all probability, be regarded only as

presenting a case of anomaly, worthy, no doubt, to be mentioned,

but which cannot be considered to indicate a distinct species.

A cranium of a young Machairodus smilodon with two inferior

molars, discovered in the Argentine Republic, forms part of the

Museum at Stockholm; there are also two adult crania, of the same

origin, at the Museum of Copenhagen, in which the dentition is the

same ; a maxillary belonging to the College of Surgeons in London,

and another, preserved in the Museum at Paris, do not differ in this

respect ; and lastly, as I learn from M. Ameghino, there are several

exactly similar crania in the museums of Buenos Ayres.

In conclusion it may be remarked that the lower jaw represented

in M. Lund’s memoirs, and which is, so to speak, the type of the

species under consideration, also possesses the same character. —

Comptes Rendus, October 22, 1878, p. 582.

* Tidsskrift for populser Frems til linger af N aturvidenskaben, p. 344.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FIFTH SERIES.]

No. 14. FEBRUARY 1879.

X. — On some new and rare Hy droid Zoophytes (Sertu-

lariidfe and Thuiariidse) from Australia and New Zealand.

By D’Aecy W. ThOxMPSON, Edinburgh.

[Plates XVI. -XIX.]

The Hydroid Fauna of Australia and New Zealand has been,

perhaps, more fully investigated than that of any region of

the earth’s surface, with the exception of the European seas

and the eastern coasts of North America. Its history, how¬

ever, is contained as yet only in many detached and scattered

papers ; and no attempt has been made to gather together and

to correlate the information contained in them.

The largest and most important collection ever brought

home from the Australian seas was that described by Mr.

Busk in the appendix to Macgillivray’s 1 Voyage of the

Rattlesnake.’ Besides numerous and most interesting Plumu-

lariidee, it contained fifteen species of Sertularia , twelve

of which are new and undescribed. Of these, many, unfortu¬

nately, were small or imperfect specimens, and fully half were

destitute of gonangia. Six out of the fifteen species were

collected off Cumberland Island or in the Louisiade archi¬

pelago, the remainder principally in the neighbourhood of

Bass’s Straits. No form, I believe, was fouud common to the

two localities. It is much to be regretted that this most valu¬

able collection was not described at greater length, and still

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iii. 7

98

Mr. D’Arcy W. Thompson on new Hydroid

more that no figures of the specimens have ever been pub¬

lished. I have been able to identify two species only with

forms contained in the present collection, viz. 8. elongata ,

Lamx., and S. operculata , Linn.

In 1864, Senator Dr. Kirehenpauer published a valuable

paper, in the 1 Nova Acta,’ on the genus Dynamena of La-

mouroux, and also described two new species from the

Australian seas. One of these, however, D. fasciculata , is

synonymous with S. operculata. A few scattered entries re¬

garding Australian forms are to be found in the works of

Prof. Allman, Mr. Hincks, and others ; but, so far as I ain

aware, no other important contribution to the history of the

Australian Hydroids has yet been published.

The first special list of the New^-Zealand species was given

by Mr. Gray, in the appendix to Dieffenbach’s 1 New Zea¬

land:’ it contained four species only of Sertulariidse and Thui-

ariidte, besides a single Aglaophenia. This scanty list of four

was considerably extended by Captain Hutton in 1872 (Trans.

N.Z. Inst. vol. v. p. 256), who mentions eleven species, two

of which are probably, however, merely varieties.

In 1874 Dr. Millen Coughtrey communicated a paper to

the Otago Institute, in which he added in many particulars to

Captain Hutton’s results and described three new species.

He also contributed a paper on the same subject to the Ann.

& Mag. of Nat. Hist. (Jan. 1876), which is in substance the

same as one published in the Trans. N.Z. Inst. vol. viii.

In 1875 Prof. Allman read a paper before the Linnean

Society, in which he described a large number of new and

interesting Hydroids from many widely scattered localities.

Among these were five Sertularellce from New Zealand, of

which three were new ; and three species of Thuiariidae, one

only of which was undescribed.

Among the older authorities on the Ilydroida much valuable

and interesting information is to be found. The works of

Lamouroux and Lamarck especially contain accounts of very

numerous species from southern localities. The descriptions

for the most part err, according to our notions, on the side of

excessive shortness, and have for that reason been entirely set

aside or overlooked by many recent authors. But though a

few species are thus rendered unrecognizable, a great many can

be identified without any great difficulty or uncertainty.

I regret extremely being unable to obtain in Edinburgh

Krauss’s ‘ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Zoophyten der Siidsee,’

published at Stuttgart in 1832.

A more minute and extended investigation will, in all pro-

99

Zoophytes from Australia and New Zealand.

bability, lead to most interesting results in regard to our

knowledge of the distribution of the Hydroida. Many of them

are singularly widespread, one or two (e. g. S. operculata

and Sertularella Gayi) almost cosmopolitan. On the other

hand, even when studying the Hydroid fauna of a compara¬

tively restricted area, such as the Australasian seas, we become

aware, somewhat dimly as yet, of the existence of several

more or less distinct and circumscribed provinces. The Hy-

droids of Torres Straits and the Louisiade archipelago are,

as has been already remarked, singularly different from those

of the southern and south-eastern regions, e. g. Adelaide and

Bass’s Straits ; and the forms inhabiting New Zealand are

similarly distinct from the Australian species. S. operculata

and S. elongata are, I believe, the only' Sertularians which

have hitherto been recorded on good authority from both

localities. To these I can now add Sertularella Johnstoni (a

common New-Zealand form, of which I possess specimens

from Tasmania) and Sertularia minima , D’A. W. T.

For a most able and masterly sketch of the distribution of

the Sertulariidse see the introduction to Prof. Allman’s magni¬

ficent work on the gymnoblastic Hydroids.

The species described in the following pages have been

accumulated from various sources. Many of the specimens

were selected from the refuse of Harvey’s great collection of

Australasian seaweeds, a store which, once upon a time, yielded

many new Polyzoa to Prof. Sir Wyville Thomson. Another

portion were sent home by Dr. Ferd. Muller, chiefly from

Adelaide and the Gulf of St. Vincent ; while the remainder

were principally collected in New Zealand by Dr. Jolliffe.

The collection contained, in all, twenty forms belonging to the

Sertulariidse and Thuiariidae, of which six are referable to the

genus Sertularella , nine to Sertularia , four to Thuiaria , and

one to Pericladium. Of these, ten are, I believe, new and

un described • eight are known to us by the accounts of other

authors ; and the two which remain are, unfortunately, repre¬

sented by such imperfect specimens that I am uncertain how

to identify them with old species, and equally unwilling to

designate them as new.

I have also obtained in the same collection six or seven

species of Aglaopkenia , about half of which I believe to be

undescribed, and two or three Campanularians, which last,

however, are in a sadly imperfect state of preservation. I

hope shortly to be able to render an account of all these

species.

I must here express my warmest thanks to Prof. Sir Wy-

7*

100 Mr. D’Arcy W. Thompson on new Hy droid

ville Thomson for his kindness in permitting me to describe

the present collection, and to Prof. Allman and Mr. Busk

for much kindly given and highly valued assistance.

Sertularella neglecta, sp. nov. (PL XVI. fig. 1.)

Trophosome. Idydrocaulus attaining a height of about f of

an inch. Pinnm alternate, rather irregular. Hydrothecaj

long, tubular, gracefully curved, a very small portion only

immersed 5 all directed somewhat towards one side of the

stem ; one, rather shorter than the rest, in the axil of each

pinna; orifice triangular, with three long pointed teeth.

Colour reddish brown.

Gonosome. Gonangia obovate, with close, strongly-marked

transverse wrinkles,* and a distinct and longish neck-orifice

with two rounded teeth.

Locality. Australia (probably Bass’s Straits) (Dr. Harvey).

My specimens of this species are all much shrivelled, so

much so as to make the exact form of hydrothecae and go¬

nangia not easily ascertained. My figure, however, is, as far

as I can judge, fairly accurate.

Sertularella fruticosa. (PI. XVI. figs. 2, 2 a.)

Sertvlaria fruticosa, Esper, Hist, des Zoophytes, suppl.

Sertularia laxa, Lamarck, Hist, des Anim. sans Vertebres, vol. ii.

p. 116.

Trophosome. Hydrorhiza dense, fibrous, and matted. Hy-

drocaulus attaining a height of about 12 inches, strong, coarse,

and woody. Pinnae long, alternate, arranged at wide inter¬

vals. Hydrothecae large, cup-shaped, distant, often almost

subpedicellate ; orifice wide, unconstricted, margin entire.

Gonosome. Gonangia arising from the pinnae, just below the

base of a hydrotheca; small, not much larger than the hydro¬

thecae ; obovate, smooth, margin entire, operculate (?).

Locality. New Zealand (Dr. JoUijfe).

This species is a most striking and conspicuous one, from

the great size both of the hydrothecae and of the whole zoo¬

phyte ; and it is a matter, therefore, of some wonderment to me

to find no mention of it in recent authors.

In general appearance it closely resembles Campanularia

juncea , a form from Ceylon figured by Prof. Allman in the

Journ. of the Linnean Society, vol. xii. ; indeed the generic

relations of both species are somewhat uncertain.

The capsules are singularly small for so large and robust a

species. In one or two I think I can detect traces of an

operculum ; but they are too much shrivelled for such a

structure to have been fully preserved.

Zoophytes from Australia and New Zealand.

101

Sertularella Jolmstoni , Gray.

Sertularia Jolmstoni, Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst. vol. v. ; Cougktrey,

Trans. N.Z. Inst. vol. vii.

Sertularella gracilis, Allman, MS.

Sertularella Jolmstoni, Allman, Journ. Linn. Soc. vol. xii.

This species is well represented in the collections to which

] have had access, and, indeed, seems to be of common and

widespread occurrence. I have little or nothing to add to

the full and accurate descriptions already published, save to

corroborate Dr. Coughtrey’s account of the gonangia. These,

according to Dr. Allman, possess a u tubular orifice, which is

situated excentrically on the truncated summit.” My speci¬

mens, like Dr. Coughtrey’s, show three distinct variations in

the form of the gonangium. In the first the neck is tubular

and elongated ; in the second it is everted and inf imdibuliform ;

and in the third it is absent or inconspicuous.

I think it extremely probable that the excentric position of

the neck, as shown in Prof. Allman’s specimen, was only an

accidental or abnormal variation from the more common

type.

The specimens hitherto described seem all to have been

obtained in New Zealand; but I also possess some sent home

by Dr. Ferd. Muller from Van Diemen’s Land.

Sertularella exigua . (PI. XVI. fig. 3.)

Trophosome. Hydrorhiza rather stout, creeping. Hydro-

caulus attaining a height of about 2 inch, unbranched, much

twisted at the base. Hydrothecae rather large, barrel-shaped,

tumid, smooth or indistinctly wrinkled towards the mouth,

diverging for about half their length ; margin thickened,

flexuous ; aperture four-sided. Colour whitish.

Gonosome. A single gonangium to each hydrocaulus, at¬

tached close to the proximal end. Globular or obovate,

strongly corrugated with transverse folds.

Locality. New Zealand {Dr. Harvey).

This is another very minute species, but one which I have

had better opportunities of examining than the last.

The hydrothecfe are of a very definite and characteristic

form, and differ entirely from all the varieties of S. simplex (?)

figured by Dr. Coughtrey. The zoophyte occurs creeping

upon small seaweeds.

Sertularella , sp. (PI. XVI. fig. 4.)

Trophosome. Hydrocaulus minute, simple, divided by ob¬

lique joints into short internodes, each bearing a single hydro-

102 Mr. D’Arcy W. Thompson on neio Hy droid

theca. Hydrothecse barrel-shaped, strongly wrinkled, with a

distinct neck, divergent for about half their length ; orifice

with four teeth.

Gonosome. Unknown.

Locality. Brown’s River {Dr. Harvey).

I have only a tiny scrap (‘2 inch in height) of the present

species ; and owing to this circumstance, and considering also

the contusion which still exists among the smaller Australian

and New-Zealand species, I do not as yet assign it a name.

The hydrothecas are singularly like those of S. tenella ,

Hincks, but are more immersed and much closer toge¬

ther. I cannot detect any traces of an operculum. The

species is not unlike the form figured as a variety of S. sim¬

plex by Dr. Coughtrey in pi. xx. fig. 10, l. c. The hydro¬

thecas, however, are closer together and exhibit less numerous

wrinkles in my specimen.

Serlularella ramosa , sp. nov. (PI. XVI. figs. 5, 5 a.)

Trophosome. Hydrorhiza consisting of short matted fibres.

Hydrocaulus attaining a height of about 3 inches, strong and

shrubby. Main stem flexuous, giving off alternate pinnas

often themselves pinnate. Internodes short ; joints oblique

and conspicuous. Hydrothecas large, urceolate, somewhat

tumid, smooth ; upper third divergent, one to each internode ;

orifice four-sided, with short rounded teetli at the angles.

Colour brown.

Gonosome. Gonangia long, ovate, smooth, with a distinct

four-sided neck ; orifice quadrangular, with four teeth.

Locality. New Zealand {Dr. Jolliffe) .

This species, as regards the shape of the hydrothecas, has

affinities with S. polyzonias, Linn., or still more with S.

turgida , Trask (Proc. Calif. Acad., March 1857). I found a

tiny scrap of the present form among zoophytes from Bass’s

Straits {Dr. Harvey ) ; it may, however, have got mixed up

with them accidentally.

Sertularia, Linnmus (in part).

The very numerous species of Sertularia seem to me to

resolve themselves naturally into three groups, two only of

which are represented among the following species.

a. The first section is that whose type species may be taken

as S.pumila — a very natural group characterized by the oppo¬

sitely-paired arrangement and tubular form of the hydrothecm,

and by the possession of ovato-globular, usually smooth, go-

103

Zoophytes from Australia and New Zealand .

nangia. As a general rule, the margins of the hydrothecae are

smooth or furnished with two teeth ; the aperture of the go-

nangium is surrounded by a rim or collar, and is frequently

provided with an operculum. S. conferta , Kirchenpauer, is

an example of a species whose gonangia are strongly marked

with transverse wrinkles.

It will be seen that this section, together with the genus

Diphasia , Ag., comprehends nearly all the species formerly

grouped under Lamouroux’s genus Dynamena.

ft. The second group may be typically represented by 8.

abietina , and includes forms with flexuous stems and flask¬

shaped alternate or subalternate hydrothecae. The gonothecae

vary: in the type species and in S. flicula they are ovate and

smooth ; in S. pulchella , D’A. W. T., and in 8. elongata , La-

mouroux, they are elongated, with long spines at the top.

In S. flicula the hydrothecae are sometimes, though not in

typical specimens, almost opposite.

7. The third section is well exemplified by S. cupressina,

and contains comparatively few species. It may be defined

as comprehending forms rather sparingly jointed, with alter¬

nate, tubular, deeply immersed hydrothecae.

The forms belonging to this group approximate very closely

to the genus Thuiaria. Indeed Prof. Allman, in a note to

his paper in the twelfth volume of the Journ. of the Linn.

fSoc., declares that both 8. argentea and S. cupressina are true

Thuiarians. It seems to me, however, that S.fusca has more

claims than any of them to be admitted among the Thuiariidae,

both the hydrothecae and gonangia being strikingly and cha¬

racteristically of a Thuiarian type. The gonangia of the two

preceding species show affinities to the second form described

above, as exhibited by the last-named group.

a. Type form S. pumila , Linn.

Sertularia fexilis, sp. nov. (PI. XVII. figs. 1, la.)

Trophosome. Hydrocaulus slender, attaining a height of

about 8 inches. Pinnae alternate, given off at rather distant

intervals. IIydrotheca3 opposite, in pairs, subalternate on

the main stem, one in the axil of each pinna, generally two

pairs to each internode, tubular, distant, strongly divergent,

those on the main stem less so than those on the pinnae. Aper¬

ture small, looking upwards, with one broad tooth on each

side.

Gonosome. Gonangia attached just beneath the base of a

hydrotheca, on the main stem only, and confined to the upper

104

Mv. D’Arcy W. Thompson on new Hydroid

part, globular, smooth ; margin slightly everted ; orifice with

a round operculum.

Locality. Sealer’s Cove {Dr. Ferd. Muller).

In the wide space which separates the pairs of hydrothecse

this species approaches Dynamena distans of Lamouroux. The

two forms, however, have no other character in common.

A little cluster of specimens without gonangia, and from 1

to 3 inches high, which I have no doubt represent a young

form of this species, are contained in Dr. Harvey’s collection

from Circular Head, Tasmania. They show the hydrorhiza

to be fibrous, creeping, and inconspicuous. They have the

stem rather stronger and the hydrotheca a little larger than is

the case in the type specimens.

Sertularia jlosculus, sp. nov. (Pi. XVII. figs. 2, 2 a.)

TropJwsome. Hydrorhiza consisting of a slender creeping

filament. Ilydrocaulus attaining a height of about § of an

inch, very delicate. Pinnae alternate, nearly perpendicular

to the main stem. Hydrothecse, on the pinnae, opposite, in

pairs, closely adnate, one pair to each internode ; on the stem

subalternate, one in the axil of each pinna. Hydrothecae shortly

tubular, divergent for about half their length ; orifice small,

looking upwards, with two short teeth. Colour yellowish

white.

Gonosome. Unknown.

Locality. Profusely clothing a Fucus from Australia (Ade¬

laide?) {Dr. Ferd. Muller).

This is a singularly delicate and beautiful species, which,

however, becomes greatly shrivelled in the process of drying.

It has some affinities, and may possibly prove identical, with

Dynamena divergens of Lamouroux.

Sertularia minima. (PI. XVII. figs. 3, 3 a, 3 b.)

Synthecium gradle, C ought re j, Trans. N.Z. Inst. vol. vii. p. 286.

Sertularia pumila, Coughtrey, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1876.

Trophosome. Hydrocaulus simple, attaining a height of T

to ’25 inch, springing from a delicate creeping hydrorhiza

which forms a filamentous network overrunning seaweeds ;

branches erect ; internodes marked off by a deep constriction.

Hydrothecse small, tubiform, adnate nearly their whole length,

closely approximated ; orifice cleft, forming two teeth.

Gonosome. Gonangia, one to each hydrocaulus, arising from

a point just below the lowest pair of hydrothecse ; globular or

somewhat pear-shaped ; margin slightly everted, entire.

Zoophytes from A ustralia and Neiv Zealand. 105

This little species, formerly described by Dr. Couglitrey as

a second species of Allman’s singular genus Synthecium, was

afterwards stated by him to be inseparable from Sertularia

pumila. While it is plain that it can by no means be referred

to the former genus, there also seem to be ample grounds for

constituting it a distinct species of the latter one. It is un¬

doubtedly very closely allied to S. pumila , L., and to S.

gracilis , Hincks ; but it differs markedly from both in the

small size both of the trophosome and of the individual hydro¬

thecae. The teeth also on the margins of the hydrothecae seem

larger and more distinct than in the British species.

My specimens are of a whitish colour, and occur densely

investing a species of Fucus (?)

Locality. Gulf of St. Vincent, Adelaide {Dr. Ferd. Muller) •

Australia {Dr. Harvey). Dr. Coughtrey’s specimens were

from the Middle Island, New Zealand.

Sertularia australis , Kirchenpauer.

(PI. NVII. figs. 4, 4 a.)

Sertularia rufa, D. W. T., MS.

Trophosome. Hydrorhiza filiform, creeping. Ilydrocaulus

attaining a height of about an inch, much twisted at the base.

Pinnae alternate. Hydrothecae on the pinnae opposite, in

pairs, closely adnate, one or two pairs to each internode ; on

the stem subalternate, one in the axil of each pinna. Hydro¬

thecae tubular, a small part only divergent ; smooth ; orifice

small, directed outwards, provided with two teeth. Colour

reddish.

Gonosome. Gonangia attached to the main stem only ;

globular or ovate, smooth ; margin everted ; aperture oper-

culate.

Localities. Sealer’s Cove, Port Philip, Cape Lefdbre {Dr.

Ferd. Miiller) ; George Town {Dr. Harvey).

This little species occurs, investing seaweeds, in some

abundance, and with very numerous gonangia, from the above

localities. I have now no doubt that my specimens corre¬

spond with Kirchenpauer’s species (S. australis ), founded on

an example from Port Philip, though I at first separated them

on account of one or two slight points of difference. In my

specimens, for instance, the hydrothecae are longer and more

tubular, the gonothecae seem a shade smaller and more globu¬

lar, and the zoophyte is coarser and less graceful feathery.

These variations are not, however, sufficient for the founda¬

tion of a new species.

The dried specimens are harsh and brittle to the touch ;"and

the colour is a distinctive and characteristic reddish brown.

106 Mr. D’Arcy W. Thompson on new Hydroid

Sertularia , sp. (PL XVIII. figs. 1, 1 a, 15.)

Trophosome. Hydrocaulus attaining a height of about four

inches. Pinnae alternate. Hydrothecae opposite, in pairs, on

the pinnae ; closely approximated, tubular, rather long, di¬

verging for about a third of their length ; alternate, on the

stem, one in the axil of each pinna; orifice small, with two

teeth. Colour reddish brown.

Gonosome. Unknown.

Locality. Gulf of St. Vincent (Dr. Ferd. Muller).

I only possess a single small example of this species, unfor¬

tunately without gonangia ; and I therefore hesitate, in the

absence of fuller information, as to giving it a new specific

name. It may possibly be referable to the genus Dipliasia.

Sertularia operculata (?).

Dynamena bispinosa , Gray.

Dynatnena fasciculate, Kirclienpauer, Nova Acta Acad. Leop. vol. xxxi.

‘(1863).

Sertularia bispinosa, Hutton, Coughtrey, &c.

After a long and careful examination of a very large series

of specimens, both of the Australasian variety and of the com¬

mon British species, I am forced to the conclusion that, as

yet, we have really no evidence to justify the separation of

the two forms.

The present form, whether specifically distinct or not, has

long been known from southern localities. Dr. Johnston

examined specimens from the Cape of Good Hope which

“ differed in no respect from those of our shores.” Prof.

Busk, in describing the zoophytes of the ‘ Rattlesnake ’ expe¬

dition (Macgillivray’s Voy. of the 1 Rattlesnake,’ vol. i. app.),

says, “ This species occurs in all parts of the world. It is to

be carefully distinguished from D. bispinosa , Gray, also an

Australian and New-Zealand species.” But in a report on

some specimens from South Africa (Brit. Assoc. Report, 1850,

p. 118), he says “The Sert. operculata of S. Africa is un¬

doubtedly the same species as the British, although from a

rather general deviation from the more usual toothing of the

margin of the cell, which obtains in specimens from the

southern hemisphere, this variety has been denominated S.

bispinosa by Mr. Gray.” Mr. Hincks, also, seems to ac¬

quiesce in the above opinion.

On the other hand, Mr. Gray, as we have seen, unhesi¬

tatingly described his specimens as a new species under the

name of Dyn. bispinosa , and is supported in his opinion by

Captain Hutton and Dr. Coughtrey. Again, Dr. Kirchen-

pauer, overlooking Gray’s paper, described the form, of which

Zoophytes from Australia and New Zealand. 107

he gives an admirable figure, under the new name of Dyn.

fasciculata. He sajs ( loc . cit.)} “Die Zellen sind ungefahr

so geformt, wie bei der bekannten D. operculata , nur sind die

beiden Spitzen des Bandes Linger, schmaler, weiter von

einander entfernt.” This is, indeed, a very accurate state¬

ment of the differences between the hydrothecas of the two

varieties. As for the gonangia, they in general differ in no

particular from those of the British form. Two slight protu¬

berances or papilke are occasionally visible on opposite sides

of the orifice ; but I have never seen them any thing like so

large as they are represented in Dr. Coughtrey’s figure (Trans.

N.Z. Inst. pi. xx. fig. 16). I have no specimens exactly

corresponding to 8. trispinosa , Coughtrey ; but I have little

doubt that it is in reality a mere variety of the present species.

If this form be correctly assigned to Sertularia operculata ,

the range of that species will be indeed almost universal.

Besides its occurrence in Natal and at the Cape of Good

Hope, as already mentioned, Mr. Hincks records it from

Patagonia, the Falkland Islands, the Auckland Islands, and

Kerguelen’s Land. It did not, however, occur in the collec¬

tions brought home from the last-named locality by . the

Transit-of- Venus expedition (Allman, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist., Feb. 1876). I possess a specimen from the Btrait of

Magellan, collected by Dr. C. Forbes.

Sertidaria furcata , a small species common on the Pacific

coast of North America , is undistinguishable from the present

one so far as the form of hydrothecse and gonangia is con¬

cerned (Trask, Proc. Calif. Acad. March 1857 ; Clark,

Trans. Conn. Acad. vol. iii. p. 258).

Sertularia operculata (?) is of very common occurrence in

New Zealand and Australia. There are two very distinct

varieties, as, indeed, is, I think, the case with our British

specimens. The first is brown in colour, and forms dense

short tufts, 2 or 3 inches in height. The second variety is

of a yellowish hue, and occurs in long, trailing, dichotomously

branching shoots, often 2 (according to Kirchenpauer 3 or 4)

feet in height. This is not merely a difference of age.

ft. Type form S. abietina, Linn.

Sertularia elonyata, Lamouroux. (PI. XVIII. figs. 2-2 c.)

Sertularia millefolium (?), Lamarck, Hist, des Anim. sans Vert. vol. ii.

p. 11G.

Dynamene abietinoides, Gray, Dieff. X. Zealand, vol. ii. p. 294.

Sertularia abietinoides , Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst. vol. v. p. 256 ;

Coughtrey, Trans. N.Z, Inst. vol. vii.

Tropkosome. Ilydrorhiza forming a close, strong, fibrous

108 Mr. D’Arcy W. Thompson on neiv Hydroid

network. Hydrocaulus attaining a height of 4 or 5 inches, and

giving off at close intervals alternate pinnas, which, towards

the upper part of the hydrocaulus, are themselves pinnate.

Joints, on stem, just below the points of origin of the pinnae ;

on pinnae, between each pair of hydrothecae. Hydrothecae in

pairs, subalternate, tubular, smooth, diverging for about half

their length ; orifice furnished with six long pointed teeth.

Gonosome. Gonangia springing from a point just below the

base of a hydrotheca, large, elongate, inversely conical, trun¬

cate, smooth, with two long teeth or spines on opposite sides

of the orifice ; aperture slightly marginate, minutely dentate.

Localities. George Town, Bass’s Straits, &c. {Dr. Harvey) •

Cape Wilson, Port Philip, &c. {Dr. Ferd. Muller). [New

Zealand ( Gray , Hutton , and Coughtrey). ]

The figure of this species, though somewhat rough, and

the description, though, as usual, short, which are given by

Lamouroux in his 1 Polypiers flexibles,’ are amply sufficient

to determine his specimens as coinciding with the Sertularia

abietinoides of later authors.

One of the specimens sent home by Dr. Ferd. Muller is

marked, in his handwriting, u Sertularia pennig era, Lamarck.”

I am unable to find any reference to such a species ; but S.

millefolium , Lamarck, appears to coincide very closely with

the present form.

The species appears to be a very abundant one, and, at the

same time, shows a very considerable tendency to variation.

In colour my specimens range from a dark brown or black

to an indescribable greenish hue, which Lamouroux seems to

have tried to render by “ vert-rougeatre foncd.” The latter

variety seems altogether more lax and delicate ; the hydro¬

thecas are longer and more divergent, the pinna} longer, the

whole hydrocaulus more graceful and feathery. The gonangia

also, which in the ordinary form are restricted to the main

stem, in this one occur also on the pinnae, though apparently

never more than a single one to each.

This zoophyte forms dense and luxuriant masses, over¬

growing shells, the stems of Fuci , &c. &c. The teeth upon

the margins of the hydrothecae are often so long and sharp

that Lamouroux described them as cilia {ll marginibus cilia-

tis”). As a general rule the two teeth on the side nearest

the stem or pinna are separated by a wider interval than

occurs between the rest.

Sertularia pulchella, sp. nov. (PI. XVIII. figs. 3, 3 a.)

Sertularia biouspida (?), Lamarck, Hist. Nat. des Anim. sans Vert,

vol. ii. p. 121.

Tropbosome. Hydrorhiza consisting of a long slender fila-

109

Zoophytes from Australia and New Zealand.

ment, not anastomosing, creeping over seaweeds. Hydro-

caulus attaining a height of about ^ inch, flexuous, giving off

alternate pinnae at short intervals. Hydrothecae in pairs,

opposite or subalternate, one pair to each internode on the

pinnae. Joints on the main stem immediately below the

points of origin of the pinnae. A hydrotheca in the axil of

each pinna. Hydrothecae small, flask-shaped, divergent ;

aperture small, looking directly upwards, with two sharp

teeth. Colour reddish brown.

Gonosome. Gonangia large, about five times as long as the

hydrothecae, one to each hydrocaulus, arising from a point

just below the base of a hydrotheca, very near the bottom of

the main stem ; smooth, obovate, truncate at the top, with

two long spines on opposite sides of the orifice ; margin

everted ; orifice destitute of teeth.

Locality. George Town {Dr. Harvey).

Sertularia bicuspidata , a species described by Lamarck

( loc . cit.) from an unknown locality, seems to differ little from

the present form, so far as can be judged from the short

description given of it. Lamarck defines it as “ S. minima,

ramosa, nodulifera ; denticulis oppositis, acutis,” and adds,

“ Les petits noeuds bien sdpards, sont formes de deux cellules

opposdes, a pointes divergentes en dehors : longueur, douze

millimetres.” In the absence, however, of more complete

information, I prefer to describe my species under a new

name. The hydrothecse show a considerable resemblance to

those of 8. filicula ; and I have therefore, for want of a better

word, made use of the expression “flask-shaped,” as employed

in describing that species both by Dr. Johnston and Mr.

Hincks. In my species the form of the hydrothecae reminds

me a good deal of an ancient Roman or Etruscan lamp.

Though 8. pulchella has no other special characters in

common with 8. elongata , the gonangia so closely resemble

those of that species, that a single figure will serve for both.

They are, however, a little smaller, and the circlet of minute

denticles is not present around the mouth.

Sertularia insignis , sp. nov. (PI. XIX. figs. 1, 1 a.)

Trophosome. Hydrorhiza consisting of a few short fibres,

neither branching nor anastomosing. Hydrocaulus attaining a

height of 6 or 7 inches ; pinme opposite. Hydrothecae tubular,

unconstricted, rather long ; the orifice with about six small

rounded teeth, those on the main stem divergent at right

angles, opposite ; those on the pinnae diverging slightly up¬

wards, alternate or subalternate. Colour yellow.

Gonosome. Gonangia springing from the base of the piunas,

110 Mr. D’Arcy W. Thompson on new ITydroid

close to the main stem ; oblong, much elongated, about eight

times the length of the hydrothecas, having two long divergent

spines at the top ; orifice small, inconspicuous.

Locality. George Town {Dr. Harvey).

This singular and beautiful species is at once distinguished

by the abnormal arrangement of the hydrothecae, which marks

it out as widely separated from every other species of Sertu-

larian with which I am acquainted. The Dynamene sertxda-

rioides of Lamouroux (a species of which I can find no further

mention in more recent authors) is defined by him as u D. cel-

lulis saepe subalternis but though somewhat approaching

my species in this character, it differs from it entirely in many

other points, e. g. in height, in colour, and in the absence of

teeth on the margins of the hydrotheca} (“ bord entier ; gran¬

deur 2 h 3 centimetres ; couleur brune ”).

The long upright stems and short pinnae, almost perpen¬

dicular to the main stem, give this species a handsome and

conspicuous appearance.

Thuiaria, Allman.

Thuiaria subarticulata , Coughtrey.

Thuiaria articulata, Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst. vol. v. p. 258.

Thuiaria bidens, Allman, Journ. Linn. Soc. vol. xii. p. 269.

A few specimens of this species are contained in the collec¬

tion. They agree admirably with Prof. Allman’s excellent

figure, and with the descriptions given both by him and Dr.

Coughtrey. These descriptions differ in one single important

point only : according to Dr. Coughtrey the pinnae are sub¬

alternate ; according to Dr. Allman and Captain Hutton they

are alternate. The latter is distinctly the case in my speci¬

mens. Dr. Coughtrey has precedence of Prof. Allman by

only a few months in regard to the naming of this species.

Thuiaria dolichocarpa , Allman.

The present collection contains a single specimen only of

this rare and handsome species, obtained by Dr. Jolliffe at

Hokianga, New Zealand.

It differs in no particular, except in the slightly less con¬

spicuous marginal teeth, from the only other known speci¬

men, figured by Prof. Allman in the 1 Journal ’ of the Linnean

Society, vol. xii. p. 270.

My specimen was found in October 1851, probably in about

15 fathoms water.

Zoophytes from Australia and New Zealand .

Ill

Thuiaria monil if era.

Sertularia moniliferit, Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst. vol. v. p. 25G: Cough-

trey, ibid. vol. vii. p. 282, &c.

Thuiaria cerastium, Allman, Journ. Linn. Soc. xii. p. 271.

The very excellent figures and description given by Prof.

Allman leave no doubt whatever as to the identity of his species

with S. monilifera of Captain Hutton and Dr. Coughtrey.

The latter gentleman, in a paper communicated to the Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. (Jan. 1876), expressed considerable doubt

as to the generic relations of this curious species, and appears

to have become convinced that, to whatever genus it should

be relegated, it could not be retained in Sertularia. Accord¬

ing to Prof. Allman’s definition of the genus, however, the

present form is quite admissible as a species of Thuiaria.

My collection contains a single example from Idokianga,

New Zealand, collected by Dr. Jolliffe, and differing from

Allman’s figure only with regard to the gonangia, which are

considerably narrower and less tumid in my specimens. In

this respect they approach very closely to Dr. Coughtrey’s

figure (2. c.). According to Captain Hutton’s original de¬

scription, the apertures of the liydrothecas are entire or furnished

with two obtuse teeth ; these latter, which are only indistinctly

visible in my specimen, have been overlooked by Dr. Allman.

Thuiaria ambigua , sp. nov. (PI. XIX. figs. 2, 2 a.)

Sertularia - ?, Coughtrey, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Jan. 1876, p. 29,

note.

Trophosome. Hydrorhiza small, consisting of short twisted

fibres. Ilydrocaulus attaining a height of about 6 inches,

dark brown in colour. Main stem very much stouter than the

pinnae. Pinnae alternate or subalternate, short. A number of

large branches arise in a cluster near the upper part of the

stem. Hydrotheca? — on the pinnae, opposite, in pairs, closely

adnate, a joint between every three or four pairs ; on the stem,

in two rows, one going up each side, with very short inter¬

spaces ; tubular, deeply immersed, smooth ; orifice with two

broad lateral teeth.

Gonosome. Gonangia attached to the main stem and prin¬

cipal branches, close to the origin of the pinnae ; large, obovate,

smooth, margin slightly everted, operculate.

Locality. Sealer’s Cove [Dr. Ferd. Muller).

I am not quite confident about the generic relations of this

species ; but I think that it will most naturally come under

Thuiaria as newly defined by Prof. Allman (Journ. Linn. Soc.

vol. xii. Zool. ; see also { Hydroids of the Gulf-Stream’).

112 Mr. D’Arcy W. Thompson on new Hydro-id

I have little doubt that it coincides with the form noticed

(and partly figured) by Dr. Coughtrey from Bluff Harbour,

New Zealand, though the pinnje, according to his description,

are jointed between each pair of hydrothecae. My specimens

show the singular and conspicuous joint, to which he also re¬

fers, by which the pinnae arise from the main stem.

Pericladium, Allman (modified).

Trophosome. Hydrothecae more or less immersed, and closely

set on all sides of stem and pinnae.

Gonosome. Gouangia scattered, springing from between the

hydrothecae.

The above definition differs from that originally given by

Prof. Allman in one point only, viz. in the omission of the

clause relating to the general habit of the zoophyte. It stood

as follows : — u Hydrothecae more or less immersed, and closely

set round bifurcating ramuli , which spring from the sides of a

common stem.” Although this was a marked and prominent

feature of the species (a Japanese one) for which the genus

was originally created, yet the arrangement of the hydrothecae

is a still more important point, and the species about to be

described agrees so closely in this respect with the type form

that it is impossible to place the two in different genera. Prof.

Allman, to whom I referred the point, agrees entirely with me

on this matter, and says that u in young specimens and portions

situated near the base of old ones, the ramification may be

simple and pinnate, assuming only in adult specimens the

normal character.”

Pericladium novce-zelandice , sp. nov. (PI. XIX. figs. 3, 3 a.)

Trophosome. Ilydrocaulus attaining a height of about 8

inches. Main stem undivided, stout, cylindrical, and tapering

from the base upwards. Pinnae for the most part alternate

and subalternate, absent for about 2 inches at the base. Hy-

drothecae very closely set, shortly tubular, adherent almost

their whole length ; aperture wide, with about four small

rounded teeth.

Gonosome. Unknown.

Locality. Pandora Bank, off Cape Maria Van Dieman,

New Zealand, 15 fathoms (Dr. JoUiffe).

I am much pleased to be able to make known this new and

singular species. The two specimens I possess are, unfortu¬

nately, far from perfect : the hydrorhiza is wanting ; they are

destitute of gonangia ; and the hydrothecse are a good deal

shrivelled. They are covered in every part with diatoms,

Zoophytes from Australia and New Zealand. 113

showing obviously that they were dead specimens when first

obtained.

The pinnae are in no case bifurcate or branched in any way,

but show traces of an approach to the whorled or spiral ar¬

rangement so characteristic of the other species.

The stem is seen upon section to be a simple hollow tube ;

and the pinnae are united to it by distinct joints. With this

exception the zoophyte is jointless.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate XVI.

Fig. 1. Sertularella neglecta, sp. nov.

Fig. 2. Sertularella (?) fruticosa, Esper ; 2 a, upper part of hydrocaulua

of S. fruticosa, natural size.

Fig. 3. Sertularella exigua, sp. nov.

Fig. 4. Sertularella, sp.

Fig. 5. Sertularella ramosa ; 5 a, the same, natural size.

Plate XVII.

Fig. 1 . Sertularia Jlexilis , sp. nov. ; 1 a, the same, natural size.

Fig. 2. Sertularia Jlosculus, sp. nov. ; 2 a, the same, natural size.

Fig. 3. Sertularia minima, sp. nov., magnified one third more than the

other species ; 3 a, S. pumila, Linne, outline magnified to the

same scale as the figure of S. minima ; 3 b, S. minima , a colony,

natural size, attached to a piece of seaweed.

Fig. 4. Sertularia australis, Kirchenpauer ; 4 a, the same, natural size.

Plate XVIII.

Fig. 1. Sertularia, sp. ; la, the same, side view of the hydrothecm ’

1 b, the same, natural size.

Fig. 2. Sertularia elongata, Lamouroux ; 2 a, the gonangium, magnified

to half the scale of fig. 2 ; 2 b, the same, natural size j 2 c, S.

elongata , var., natural size.

Fig. 3. Sertularia pulchella, sp. nov. ; 3 a, the same, natural size.

Plate XIX.

Fig. 1. Sertularia insignis, sp. nov. ; 1 a, the gonangium.

Fig. 2. Thuiaria ambigua, sp. nov. ; 2 a, the same, natural size.

Fig. 3. Pericladium novcc-zclandice, sp. nov. ; 3 a, the same, natural size.

Note.

The above was written and had left my hands prior to the pub¬

lication of M. Mereschkowsky’s paper in the ‘Annals’ for De¬

cember 1878. According to the method followed in that paper, and

originally suggested by the llev. A. M. Norman, my Pericladium

novce-zelandice should be referred to the genus Selaginopsis , of

which it would then constitute the only example yet recorded from

the southern hemisphere.

The hydrotkecae on the axial stem occur in nine or ten longitu-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Scr. 5. Vol. iii. 8

114

Mr. A. W. Waters on the

dinal series : upon the pinnae they are absent for a yery short

distance at the base ; then a single one appears first upon the lower

aspect of the branch ; and the series thence ascends in a close spiral.

Afterwards the spiral arrangement becomes lost or obscured, and

we see simply the longitudinal rows, which on the pinnae seem not

to exceed the number of five or six. But, as M. Mereschkowsky

has observed in the case of S. decemserialis, this limit is not to he

considered absolutely constant ; for since the fundamental arrange¬

ment is a close spire, the apparent number of rows of hydrothecae

will always depend upon the thickness of the pinna they surround.

The present species seems to be most nearly related to S. mira-

bilis, Verrill, from which, however, it differs markedly in the nume¬

rous rows of hydrothecae on the main stem, these being reduced to

two in the allied species.

However similar all the species which havo been ascribed to

Selaginopsis are as regards the form and general arrangement of the

hydrothecae, I am yet doubtful whether a generic separation might

not still be made with advantage between those forms which are

simply pinnate and those whose branches lie in all planes or are

disposed in a more or less irregular manner.

XI. — On the Bryozoa [Poly zoo) of the Bay of Naples.

By Arthur Wm. Waters, F.Gf.S.

[Plates XII.-XV.]

[Continued from p. 43.]

The same plan will be followed in this as in the previous

part, of only giving the synonyms where there is any special

reason for doing so ; but for the long list of synonyms which

most species possess the reader is referred to the works of

Smitt and Busk.

Cheilostomata [continued).

34. Aetea anguina, L., forma recta.

(PI. XV. fig. 7.)

ALtea recta, Hineks, Cat. of Zooph., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser.

vol. ix. p. 25, pi. vii. fig. 3.

Mtea anguina, forma recta, Smitt, Krit. Fort. 1867, p. 281, pi. xvi.

figs. 5, 6.

?JEtea ligulata , Busk, Cat. Mar. Polyz. p. 31, pi. xlii.

The difficulty is very great as to the position of Aetea , as it

has relationships with the Cheilostomata and also with the

Ctenostomata (in having a collar as seen in the Naples speci¬

mens, and which Smitt pointed out in 1867) ; and whether it

will have to be placed in a new suborder (Stolonata, Claus,

115

Bryozoa of the Bay of Naples.

or Stolonifera, Ehlers *) is yet problematic, and its usual

position is retained.

Mr. Busk f says (p. 125), “ the polype, as far as I have

observed, is always lodged in the upright portion of the cell.”

This certainly is not the case in this species ; for the polypide

is sometimes entirely in the lower part, though more often

projecting slightly into the raised tube, as seen in the right-

hand cell of the figure. This necessitates a change in the

generic characters ; and the erect tubular portion must be re¬

garded as a prolongation of the horizontal zooecium.

The zooecia bud from the end and from the sides, starting

from a round disk or rosette-plate ; and from similar plates

on the side grow tubes bearing round or elongate cells which

do not develop into zooecia ; but as their mode of growth is so

similar, perhaps they are abortive zooecia. Hincks mentions

spur-like processes which start from the back of the cell of A.

iruncata - but from his description these are radicles. May the

spinous processes of his FarreUa dilatata be at all the same as

the present ?

The length of the erect prolongation of the zooecia (formerly

the cell) is very variable, but, as a rule, is considerable ; and the

creeping tubes connecting the zooecia are also very variable —

sometimes appearing like a thread for four or five times the

length of the venfricose expansion, while in other cases the zooe¬

cium expands close to the rosette-plate of the parent zooecium.

When dry the tubes contract in the middle as in A . ligulata

(which in the British-Museum Catalogue is evidently drawn

from a dried specimen), and have just the same appearance,

with the exception of the lower part being ringed ; but this is

not always easily made out in dry specimens from Naples, as

it is not so marked as in the ordinary anguina. I noticed in

the British-Museum collection that the Aeteidm dissolved the

shells on which they grew, and thus a permanent record is

left. It is known that several Bryozoa have this power ; and

the idea suggests itself that some of the phenomena mentioned

by Fischer J are of this kind, and it may not be useless to

point out that in many cases it is impossible to distinguish

fossil Aetea from Hippothoa.

The Stomatopora gallica , D’Orb., is Aetea ) but the other

species of the genus probably belong to Alecto and Hippothoa.

* 11 llgpoplxordla expansa. Ein Beitr. zur Kenntn. der minirendeu

Bryozoen, von E. Ehlers,” Kon. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. Gottingen, 1867.

f “ Observations on the Anguinaria spathulata Trans. Micr. Soc.

p. 126, vol. ii. (1849).

I “ Etudes sur les Bry. perforants de la fam. des Tdrebriporides,” Nouv.

Arch, du Mus. d’Hist. A at. Paris, t. ii. i860; and Quart. Journ. Micr.

Sc. vol. viii. p. 279.

8*

110

Mr. A W. Waters on the

35. Eucratea Lafontii , And.

Eucratea Lafontii , Aud. in Savigny, Egypte, pi. xiii. fig. 2.

Alysidium Lafontii, Busk, Mar. Polyz. p. 14, pi. xiv. figs. 1-4.

As Eucratea chelata and E. Cordieri have so close a resem¬

blance, I cannot bring my mind to place them in two genera

merely because the latter has a horny connexion. The Aly-

sidium parositicum, Busk, being also closely allied to E. Cor¬

dieri , Aud., the genus Alysidium seems a superfluity, and the

definition of Eucratea should be changed to admit A lysidium.

Hob. Spain, Adriatic, 25-55 fathoms ; Naples on seaweed

from but slight depths.

3G. Eucratea Cordieri , Aud. (PL XV. figs. 9, 10, 11.)

Eucratea Cordieri, Aud. in Savigny, Egypte, p. 74, pi. 13. fig. 3.

Several branches of cells curving inwards, growing on a

jointed stalk, rising from creeping anastomosing stolons ;

zooecia nearly straight in front, curved behind, narrowing to

the proximal end ; zooecia growing from the end of the cell,

connected by short corneous tubes. Zooecium in front coffin-

shaped with an opening below the oral aperture.

This is clearly the form figured by Savigny, and differs

from Eucratea chelata in having no raised border, which is

very apparent in the British species, as far as my opportunities

of examination extend. This, however, seems to be some¬

what variable, as Prof. Smitt says this border seems to be

more common in his southern stations, and in his northern

ones is not so distinct as in the English figures. It also differs

from E. chelata in not having rigid junctions ; and according

to Mr. Busk’s definition of Scrap aria, should not be considered

of this genus ; but with the mode of growth and the shape of

the cells so similar, it would hardly be justifiable to make two

genera out of them at present. This, however, would unite

Alysidium par asiticum, Busk, under the same genus; and in

many points it has much in common with the present form.

From one piece of seaweed there are about fifteen colonies,

all connected together by one creeping and anastomosing root.

The stem rises up from this radicle, from a round disk which

corresponds with the rosette-plates. This stalk consists of

6-10 joints (figs. 9, 10) with, usually, long calcareous tubes

and short horny tubes, though occasionally the corneous tube

is about as long as the calcareous one. At the top of the

stem the joint bifurcates ; and from these and other bifurcations

branches are given off with about 6-8 zooecia, curling over

and mostly opening in the same direction. The figure 9 only

117

Bryozoa of the Bay of Naples.

shows a small specimen, and in larger ones there are about

three times as many branches as are shown.

The zooe'ciiim when seen from the front is coffin-shaped,

witli the aperture at the top and a nearly circular opening

below it {as in Lepralia violaceci). The operculum is semicircu¬

lar, with a straight proximal end and large muscular projec¬

tions on each side. The tube from each cell emerges from a

small chamber (see fig. 11) at the top of the cell ; and in the

lower wall of this chamber is apparently one rosette-plate.

Hob. Red Sea and Mediterranean ( Aud .).

I did not find Eucratea clielata at Naples ; but it is reported

to have been found in the Mediterranean. Eucratea has

been described fossil as Unicrisia ( tenerrima &c., in the

Eocene) ; but a small-jointed species like the present would

probably be overlooked even if it occurs.

37. Cellularia replans, L.

Cancla reptans , Busk, Mar. Polyz. p. 26, pi. xxi. figs. 8, 4.

Seas of Europe from Norway to Mediterranean.

38. Cellularia scruposa , L.

Scrupocellaria scruposa, Busk, Mar. Polyz. p. 25, pi. xxii. figs. 3, 4.

Hab. Brit., Medit., France (A), Scandinavia (Sm.), Adriatic,

Iceland, St.-Lawrence Bay ( Kirchenpauer ) ; common at

Naples from all depths.

39. Cellularia scrupea.

Scrupocellaria scrupea , Busk, Mar. Polyz. p. 24, pi. xxi. figs. 1, 2.

40. Beania mirabilis , Johnst.

Hab. Britain, France (zone litt. et prof., </.), Ireland (Hi),

Adriatic (Hi), Scandinavia (Sm.) ; Naples 8-12 fathoms and

30 fathoms, rare.

41. Bugula avicularia , Pall., forma flabellata , Thomps.

The ovicell has not so wide an opening as in the specimen

figured by Busk.

Hab. Scandinavia (Sm.), seas of Europe; Naples, not rare

in moderate depths.

42. Bugula avicularia, L.

Bugula avicularia, forma avicularia, Smitt, Kr. Fort. Sk. H.-Bry. 18G7,

p. 289, pi. xviii. figs. 9-18.

At the back, just above the light cuneiform area, is a

beading of about ten circles on each side ; each shows a light

118

Mr. A. W. Waters on the

spot in the centre. May these perform the same functions as

the pore-tubes or the rosette-plates ?

Hah. Scandinavia, Finland, and Spitzbergen, and all seas

of Europe.

43. Bugula fastigiata, L.

Bugula plumosa , Pall., B.M. Cat. p. 45, pi. liv.

Bugula avicularia, forma fastigiata, Smitt, Krit. Fort. Stand. H.-Bry.

i867, p. 291, pi. xviii. figs. 16-18.

44. Cellaria jistulosa, L.

Salicornaria farciminoides, Ell. & Sol., Busk, Mar. Polyz. p. 16, pi. lxiv.

figs. 1, 2, 3, pi. lxv. bis. fig. 5.

Cellciria Jistulosa, L., Smitt, Krit. Fort. 6. Sk. Hafs-Bry. 1867, p. 362,

pi. xx. figs. 18-20.

For synonyms see Smitt and Reuss.

Found in the Scandinavian seas and generally in Europe ;

also Algoa Bay ; and in Europe has been found in the Eocene,

Miocene, and Pliocene. In Naples at all depths greater than

10 fathoms.

45. Tubucellaria cereoides , Ell. & Sol.

Cellaria Michelim , Reuss, Foss. Pol. d. W. Tert. p. 61, pi. viii.

figs. 1, 2.

Onchophora tubulosa, Busk, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 1855, vol. iii.

p. 320, pi. iv. fig. 1.

For a list of synonyms see Reuss, Foss. Bryoz. des Oest.-Ung. Miocans,

p. 6; and see pi. xi. figs. 1 1-15, pi. xii. figs. 1, 2.

The genus under its different synonyms has been sometimes

described as having only one corneous tube to each new

branch, which is not the case ; for sometimes several tubes

grow out of the aperture of neighbouring cells, and from these

are produced the basal cells of a new branch.

The operculum (36* & 37*) in this species is very charac¬

teristic. It is suboval with a slightly flattened proximal end ;

near the sides are the muscular processes; the centre is lighter

on account of there being a double chitinous layer over all but

the centre ; width 0T3 millim., length 0'06. The operculum

is situated at the bottom of the tubular peristome.

In the apex of the subtriangular distal wall there is one

rosette-plate near the centre of the zoarium. In the lateral

walls there are four, two near the middle of the zoarium and

two above, further removed. It is not without interest to find

that in a closely allied species, T. hirsuta ( Onchophora hir¬

sute, Busk, = Margaretta harhata , Hutton), there is a slight

difference in both operculum and rosette-plates, by which they

may be distinguished.

Bryozoa of the Bay of Naples.

119

Loc.. Eocene: Grignon, Parnes (Mich.). Oligocene : Lat-

dorf and Val di Lonte. Miocene : many localities in Austria

and Hungary. Pliocene : Asti, Pisa, Castellarquato, Rhodes.

Living: Adriatic (H.), Aegean (R.), Indian Ocean ( Beuss ).

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Dr. Bower-

bank’s collection from Australia, in which I do not see any

difference from the Naples specimen ; but I should not like to

speak positively unless I have the opportunity of detail-ex¬

amination. Naples, 40-50 fathoms.

46. Flustra truncata , Linn.

Escliara securifrons, Pall. Flench. Zooph. p. 56.

Flustra securifrons , Smitt, Krit. Fort. 6. Sk. Hafs-Bry. 1867, pt. iii.

p. 358, pi. xx. figs. 6-8.

Flustra truncata , Busk, Cat. Mar. Polyz. p. 48, pi. lviii, figs. 1, 2, and

pi. lvi. figs. 1, 2.

Although no spines are apparent when a colony is ex¬

amined, thin transverse sections show two microscopical spines

near the oral aperture.

This, like Flustra papyrea , is found occasionally on the

back of Pisa armata , and also in dredging from 40 fathoms in

the Secca. Occasionally the avicularia are placed diagonally.

Rosette-plates, four distal and eight lateral.

Ilab. Spitzbergen, Scandinavia (all depths), Britain, At¬

lantic, Adriatic ( Heller ), Australia (Busk).

47. Flustra papyrea, Pall.

Carbasea papyrea, Busk, Cat. Mar. Polyz. p. 50, pi. xlix. figs. 1-3 (?).

Flustra papyrea, Smitt, Kr. Fort. 6. Sk. Hafs-Bry. pt. iii. 1867, p. 359,

pi. xx. figs. 9-11.

Plates 49 and 50 of Mr. Busk’s catalogue have evidently

been changed, requiring renumbering of the plates or altera¬

tion of the text.

This is very common upon a crab (Pisa armata ), which

usually carries a small colony of this Flustra on its back. I

do not remember seeing any at Naples except from this

crab.

There is one distal and usually two lateral rosette-plates *.

Hab. Arctic seas at various depths (Sm.), Britain, Adri¬

atic (Heller).

Although specially on the look-out for Flustra foliacea , I

was surprised not to find any.

* In Flustra armata , pi. 50. fig. 4, of Brit. Mus. Cat., the rosette-plates

are shown but are not mentioned.

120

Mr. A. W. Waters on the

48. Diachoris patellar ia, Moll. (PI. X. figs. 6, 7, 8, 9.)

Eschar a patellana, Moll, Die Seerinde, p. 75, pi. iv. Kg. 20.

Diachoris simplex, Heller, Dry. Adr. Meeres, p. 94, pi. i. Kg. 4.

Mollia patellar ia, Smitt, Floridan Bry. p. 12, pi. ii. Kg. 72.

The ovicells are situated on the distal end of the zooecia,

and are sometimes seen to coalesce with the cell above. The

smaller openings (fig. 6), I presume, show an incompleted stage

of growth ; but if this is the explanation it would seem as if

the growth of the ovicells influenced the growth of neighbour¬

ing cells, as in my specimen some of the cells near the ovicells

have only this small subcentral opening, while all the neigh¬

bouring cells have the usual aperture.

The lower two thirds of the front is covered with a granu¬

lated calcareous wall, the rest is covered with a thin mem¬

brane ; the small lid of the oral aperture is near the distal end ;

border much raised and granulated.

The attachment of this species is very strange, as from the

base (figs. 8, 9) there are thrown out a number of radicular

fibres, by which the colony is fastened to stones, sponges, &c.

49. Diachoris patellaria, Moll, var. multijuncta.

(PI. XIII. fig. 4.)

? Eschara deprcssa, Moll, Die Seerinde, p. 70, Kg. 21.

This differs from D.patellaria in having from eight to twelve

or more tubular processes, and in the cells being longer and

somewhat irregular in shape. The length of the tubular pro¬

cesses is also very variable ; and the cells, in consequence of

shorter tubes, are often close together. In such cases I am

unable to see wherein it differs from Membranipora circum-

cincta of Heller (Bry. des Adriat. Meeres, p. 96, pi. vi. fig. 5).

Professor Heller, to whom I sent this drawing, does not, how¬

ever, think it is the same ; so I suppose there must be some dif¬

ference.

The definition of Diachoris would require altering to

admit this form ; but the variations indicate that the tubular

processes are not safe generic guides ; and this we see in

Lepralia Brongniartii with short tubes, L. discreta with longer

ones, and a form much like discreta , if not the same, which

Hutton has called Diachoris Buskiana. The genus Diachoris

can only be looked upon as a provisional one, without any

scientific basis as at present constituted.

50. Diachoris magellanica , Busk. (PI. XII. fig. 1.)

Diachoris magellanica, Busk, Mar. Poly. p. 54, pi. lxvii. Kgs. 1, 2, 3.

Diachoris Baskei, Heller, Die Bry. des Adriat. p. 93.

The figure given by Busk is evidently from a dried speci-

121

Bryozoa of the Bay of Naples.

men, and does not give all tlie characters quite correctly.

The mouth is not circular, and has no thickened and raised

margin, though when the zooecial case dries and contracts in

the centre it gives this appearance to the aperture. The distal

edge is rounded, the proximal nearly straight. Just above the

aperture arc from two to four small projections on the zooecium ;

the tubular processes have a septum in the middle. From

the back of each cell grows a long radicular tube (h)- and in my

specimens, which were attached to sponge, there was a “grap-

pling-hook ” (p) at the end. The position of these roots is

shown in Busk’s figure 2 by the circles, which he does not

mention .

In the small piece drawn there are two avicularia to each

of the centre cells, while the others have one on the right

and left respectively. In larger pieces there are several lines

of double avicularia ; but this is subject to some variation.

The piece drawn shows the life-history of the Bryozoa in a

very complete manner ; and as the walls are transparent, it is a

very good species for examination. First at k are the pro¬

cesses, which gradually increase and coalesce as at m and l ;

this grows until an enclosed zooecium as at a is the result,

when the polypide begins to bud inside a. This grows

through h , c, d stages, until at e the polypide is perfect ; at c

and d the oral opening of the zooecium is formed. At f there

is a polypide budding in an older zooecium ; but at g in the

same cell is seen a “ dark body,” which is really the remains

of a previous polypide ; for after a time each polypide loses

vitality and gradually becomes reduced to this “ dark body,”

when another polypide buds from the side.

Loc. Living: Straits of Magellan, New Zealand (Busk),

Adriatic (Heller) ; Naples, 30-50 fathoms.

51. Membranipora pilosa, Pall.

European seas generally, common. From Australia I have

this, if M. verticillata , Lamx., is to be considered syno¬

nymous.

52. Membranipora membranacea , L.

European seas.

53. Membranipora Rosselii , Aud.

The calcareous perforated expansion is somewhat smaller

than figured by Busk ; and if Manzoni’s specimen (Bry. Foss.

Ital. 4a contr. pi. iii. fig. 15) is really Rosselii, it would seem

to be very variable, as the open space there is but little larger

122

Mr. A. W. Waters on the

than the oral aperture. The zoarium is attached to stones

&c. by two to four radicular projections.

One rosette-plate in the middle of the distal wall.

Pliocene : Castrocaro, Castellarquato, Pisa. Pleistocene :

Leghorn. Living : Britain, Orkney, Gibraltar, Adriatic

(20-55 fathoms) ; and there is a specimen in the British

Museum from Tsos-Sima. At Naples I received it from ap¬

parently about 40-50 fathoms.

54. Membranipora Flemingii , Busk. (PI. XIII. fig. 2.)

In the Naples specimens the rather large avicularia are by

the side of the globular ovicells. The borders of the cells are

usually rather closer together than shown in the figure.

Lateral rosette-plates three, elongate, about equal distance

from the base and the front wall.

Loc. Pliocene : Castrocaro [M.) . Living : European seas,

Australia? {Busk), Adriatic [Heller). At Naples, from just

below low-water mark to 40 fathoms ; Boscoff (</.).

55. Membranipora Flemingii , Busk, var. gr eg aria.

(PI. XIII. fig. 5.)

Membranipora gregaria , Heller, Die Biy. ties Adriat. Meeres, p. 98,

pi. i. fig. 8.

Membranipora aperta, Manzoni, Bri. del PI. di Castrocaro, p. 9, pi. i.

fig. 4.

The walls are much thinner and placed nearer together than

is shown in my drawing.

Membranipora Flemingii is a most variable species ; and

there does not, to my mind, seem sufficient reason for separa¬

ting this form, though, as the position of the large avicularium

in front of each cell is characteristic, it may be considered a

variety. Membranipora aperta, in 1 Crag Polyzoa,’ may be

this variety, as well as the one figured by Manzoni.

This only differs from Membranipora arctica , D’Orb. in

Smitt, in the shape of the avicularian mandible.

56. Membranipora angulosa, Bss. (PI. XIII. fig. 3.)

For synonyms see Reuss, Die Foss. Bry. des Oest.-Ung. Mioc. p. 45,

pi. x. figs. 13, 14.

H Membranipora antiqua, Busk, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. vi. p. 262,

pi. xx. fig. 1.

?Mollia antiqua, Smitt, Floridan Bryozoa, pt. ii. p. 12, pi. ii. fig. 73.

Membranipora angulosa, Manzoni, Bid. di Castrocaro, p. 8, pi. i. fig. 11,

and other papers.

Eschara excavata, Reuss, Foss. Pol. W. B. p. 72, pi. viii. fig. 36.

The surface of the cell is very minutely granulated. The

shape of the area varies from oval to triangular. The raised

123

Bryozoa of the Bay of Naples.

borders of the cell do not always meet, in which case the cells

are irregularly oval. The shape of the cells is just the same

as in some Eocene specimens in my possession ; but, it will

be seen, the shape is somewhat variable. The large opening

is not the oral aperture, but is covered with a membrane on

which is the oral lid, as seen in the right-hand bottom cells.

This operculum or lid has a tooth or projection on each side,

to which is probably attached the muscle. This is shown in

the two right-hand cells. As neither Busk nor Smitt have

given particulars of the oral aperture of M. antiqua , it makes

it somewhat difficult to be sure if Manzoni is correct in giving

this as a synonym. The trifoliate shape of the opening of the

calcareous area would be produced by a widening of the basal

portion.

Abundant in the Eocene, Miocene, and Pliocene from

many localities in Austria, Hungary, and Italy, Rhodes

( Manz .).

Living: Florida, 29-44 fathoms ; Madeira; Naples about

30-40 fathoms.

Hemeschara trapezoidea , Rss., Bry. v. Crosaro, pi. xxix.

fig. 14, is the Hemeschara stadium of this ; and the shape of

the open area more nearly corresponds with that of the Flori¬

dan and Madeira specimens. Reuss has omitted the description

of this ; but from the Miocene of San Martino he speaks of an

11 astige j5//?Ms£m-almliche Form.”

57. Micropora impressa , Moll.

Eschara impressa, Moll, Die Seerinde, p. 57, pi. ii. fig. 9, A-I.

? Cellepora gracilis , v. Munster in Goldf. Petr. Germ. p. 102, pi. xxxvi.

fig. 13.

Cellepora gracilis, Reuss, Foss. Polyp. W. B. p. 93, pi. xi. fig. 12.

? Cellepora minuta, Reuss, loc. cit. p. 93, pi. xi. fig. 13.

Eschara andegavensis, Mich. Icon. Zooph. p. 329, pi. lxxviii. fig. 11.

? Eschar a nobilis, id. loc. cit. p. 329, pi. lxxix. fig. 1.

Membranipora andegavensis, Busk, Crag Polyz. p. 35, pi. ii. fig. 5.

Membranipora calpensis, Busk, Mar. Polyz. p. GO, pi. civ. figs. 5, G.

Membranipora bifoliata, Heller, Die Bry. Adr. Meeres, p. 95, pi. 2.

fig. 1.

Membranipora andegavensis , Manz. Bry. Foss. Ital. cont. 2, p. 2, pi. i.

fig. 2.

Membranipora calpensis, Manz. Supp. alia Fauna Medit. p. 3, figs. 2, 3.

Membranipora gracilis , Reuss, Foss. Bry. Oest.-Ung. Mioc. p. 44, pi. x.

figs. 5-7.

The special character of Membranipora appears to be a lid

opening out of the membrane covering the aperture ; but this

is not the case in the present species, in which the oral aper¬

ture is surrounded by a calcareous margin, and the operculum

is separable and distinct : it therefore ought to be separated

from Membranipora.

124

Mr. A. W. Waters on the

There would seem no doubt that this is the species de¬

scribed by Moll. Manzoni’s figure, in his Suppl. Fauna

Medit., shows the Naples form the best, though in my

specimen the border is wider and appears formed of double

granulations. There is no explanation of fig. 6 in Busk’s

Cat., and it is therefore difficult to know what it represents ;

and the comparison with Flustra Latreillii , in the same work,

must surely be a mistake. Eschara elegans , M.-Edw. (l Eschares

fossiles,’ p. 337, pi. xii. fig. 13), looks like the Eschara sta¬

dium of this species.

Two rosette-plates in the distal wall near the centre. Both

these and the lateral plates have an elongated form.

Operculum : little more than half a circle, proximal edge

nearly straight, width 0T2 millim., length 092.

Loc. Upper Oligocene : Astrupp. Miocene: several places

in Austria and Hungary, Doud, Thorigiffi. Pliocene : Castel-

larquato, Palermo, Rhodes. Living: Gibraltar (?) , Adriatic,

20-55 fathoms ( Heller ) • Naples, several layers, incrusting,

20-50 fathoms.

58. Eschara cervicornis , Pall.

Eschara undulata, Rss. Foss. Polyp, der W. Tert. p. 68, pi. viii. fig. 24.

This is the species of Milne-Edwards and Busk, and is very

abundant at Naples from about 30 fathoms downwards.

The operculum is saddle-shaped, widening out very much

at the proximal end ; long muscular boss close to the edge ;

proximal end 0T8 millim. wide, 0T3 long, bosses about 0‘08

long.

Three distal rosette-plates divided by two raised ridges.

Pliocene : Sicily, Calabria, Belgium (//. de Leliaie ),

Rhodes ( Manz .). Living : Britain (?), Adriatic ( H .), France.

59. Eschara foliacea, Ellis. (PI. XV. fig. 8.)

Eschara fascialis, Pall. Elench. p. 42.

Eschara fascialis, Moll, Die Seerinde, p. 30, pi. i. figs. 1, 2.

Eschara foliacea, Milne-Edwards, Sur les Eschares, p. 39, pi. iii. fig. 1,

Ann. des Sc. Nat. ser. 2, vol. vi. 1836.

Eschara bidentata, M.-Edw. loc. cit. p. 42, pi. iii. figs. 2, 2 a.

Eschara fascialis, M.-Edw. loc. cit. p. 43, pi. iv. fig. 1.

Eschara foliacea, Heller, Bry. Adr. Meeres, p. 114.

Eschara fascialis, id. loc. cit. p. 114.

Eschara foliacea, Manzoni, Bry. Foss. Ital. cont. 4, p. 18, pi. i. fig. 4,

pi. iv. fig. 24 ; and Brioz. di Castrocaro, p. 36.

This occurs elsewhere in both broad and narrow foliations ;

and these have been separated by some authors into E. foliacea

and fascialis, and by Moll were called variety latifolia and var.

angustifolia ; and in case of the shape requiring to be indicated

125

Bryozoa of the Bay of Naples.

this latter distinction might be used. The shape of the

cells and the aperture, however, seems in both to be the

same.

There also does not appear to be sufficient reason for sepa¬

rating hidentata , as the raised projection at the side of the

mouth is very variable and depends to a great extent upon

the age. In the younger cells it is much more apparent,

while in the older cells, where the aperture is more surrounded

by a subsequent growth, it is scarcely seen. The specimen

figured would be hidentata of M.-Edw., stadium anyustifolia,

Moll ; but as this is only a variable difference in the peri¬

stome, and not in the oral aperture, there does not seem valid

reason for making it even a variety.

I have before (p. 33) called attention to the long spatulate

avicularia which are often seen in this species ; and the diffe¬

rent stages, from the very small avicularium with the small

mandible placed at right angles to the axis of the zooecium, to

the large spatulate horizontal avicularium, can be seen in the

same piece.

The operculum is somewhat saddle-shaped, about 0T2

millim. wide and about OTGmillim. long, with large muscular

bosses at the side.

Four lateral rosette-plates and two distal, divided by a large

ridge running up between them ; they are situated at the

base of the lateral wall.

Loc. Pliocene: Castrocaro, Leghorn, Sicily, Rhodes. Liv¬

ing: Britain, France (zone prof.), Adriatic; Naples, 30-40

fathoms.

I have two specimens in which, at the end, the two layers

separate and end in a funnel-shaped expansion. This is in¬

teresting as showing a connexion between the Hemeschara

and Eschara stadia.

60. Eschara verrucosa , Peach. (PI. XII. figs. 2, 3, 4.)

Eschara verrucosa , Peach, On a new British Eschara, Royal Inst, of

Cornwall, vol. iii. 1868, p. 116, and vol. iv. pi. with p. 88.

Eschara lunar is, Waters, Bry. from the Plioc. of Bruccoli, Tr. Manch.

Geol. Soc. vol. xiv. 1878, p. 475, tig-. 9.

Stem cylindrical, dividing dichotomously, six cells in a row ;

cells at the growing extremity ovate, near the base hexagonal ;

mouth orbicular, young cells projecting, old cells deeply im¬

mersed, four oral spines on the upper margin of the aperture ;

proximal edge of operculum straight, distal edge horseshoe¬

shaped ; border of the oral aperture sometimes raised in young

cells ; semilunar pore below the mouth ; avicularium on one

side of the cell, with extremely long mandible, surface coarsely

126 On the Bryozoa of the Bay of Naples.

punctured ; ovicells (see fig. 9, loc. cit.) globose, finely punc¬

tured.

I am indebted to Dr. Hincks for pointing out that the

specimens collected by me are the same as a fragment which

Mr. Peach collected and described from Fowey (Cornwall) ;

and although he does not mention any semilunar pore, and

describes and figures a vibraculum, I think there cannot be

much doubt that they are the same.

The zooecium of this is very much the same as that of Lepralia

ciliata ; and Smitt mentions (p. 62, Krit. Fort. 1867, Bih.)

u en Eschara-Vnx.\, ” of his Porellina ciliata , which is evi¬

dently this species, as the peculiar shape of the aperture is

mentioned.

The growing extremities (fig. 4) are different from any of the

other Escharce examined by the author. The ends of the last-

formed row of zooecia have a double slope, like the roof of a

house, with a raised, rounded, slightly overlapping ridge at

the top. On each side of this are usually five tubular holes,

and one or two lower down on the side. At the bottom of these

tubes is a membrane which has one, two, or even more

minute perforations. Fig. a is the ridge of the roof and

rosette-pores, magnified eighty-five times.

These are the equivalents of the rosette-plates in Lepralioid

forms ; and as the growth of the next series takes place from

these, their position should be considered in assigning a syste¬

matic place to this species. Peach doubts if it should be

ranked as an Eschara ; but of its systematic position I should

not attempt to form an opinion until I had examined in

detail the numerous cylindrical Eschara-Yike fossils.

In transparent sections the cells are often found not to quite

join in the centre. In the old cells the semilunar pore often

appears circular ; but upon examination this is found to arise

from it being now, in consequence of the growth of the

surrounding walls, a long tubular opening ; at the bottom of

this tube, however, is seen the original semilunar opening.

The avicularia are sometimes bifid at the end ; but perhaps

this may be a stage of growth.

Operculum (28*) horseshoe-sliaped; proximal edge straight,

0‘08 millim., widest part 0T7, length OT.

Loc. Pliocene: Rametta, Bruccoli (Sicily), Parere (Cala¬

bria). Eschara columnar is , Manz., from Castrocaro, looks

much like a fragment from near the base. Living: Naples,

40 fathoms, from the Secca. There is a worn fragment in the

British Museum, collected from the coast of Norway by R.

M'Andrew, which looks like it ; but without sections determi¬

nation is impossible.

[To be continued.]

Mr. W. L. Distant on Indian Ilemiptera.

127

XII. — Ilemiptera from the North-eastern Frontier of

India. By W. L. Distant.

[Continued from p. 53.]

The following paper continues and concludes the enumeration

and description of the Hemiptera collected by Mr. A. W.

Chennell. As regards the geographical distribution of the

species contained in this portion of the collection, some few

are Philippine forms, but many more are also common to China.

This may serve as an introduction to the Heteropterous fauna

of the region, but cannot in any sense be considered ex¬

haustive. The Capsidte are totally unrepresented ; and many

species in other families, from Assam, have been described and

received which were not taken by Mr. Chennell.

Fam. Mictidje.

Dalader acuticosta, A. fy S .

- planiventris, Hope.

Derepteryx Hardwickii, White.

Ilelcomeria spinosa, Sign.

Prionolomia gigas, n. sp.

- fulvicornis, Fab.

- biplagiata, Walk.

Mictis tenebrosa, Fab.

- uigrorufa, Walk.

- pictor, Fab.

Anoplocnemis pbasiauus, Fab.

- compressa, Hall,

Petillia grossa, Hall.

Physomerus calcar, Fab.

Notobitug excellens, n. sp.

- meleagris, Fab.

- marginalia, Hope.

- serripes, Hall.

Cloresmus nepalensis, Hope.

- brevicornis, H.-S.

Fam. IIomceoceriie®.

Homceocerus biguttatus, Hope.

- unipunctatus, Thunb.

- SP- .

- fascifer, Stal, var. Walk.

Fam. Anisoscelid.®.

Leptoglossus membranaceus,Fa&.

Lybas obscurus, Hall.

Fam. Alydidje.

Riptortus pedestris, Fab.

Fam. Stexocephalidje.

Leptocorisa varicornis, Fab.

Fam. Coreitx®. .

Cletus calumniator, Fab.

- punctulatus, Hope.

Cletomorpha denticulata, Stal,

var.

Acantkocoris scabrator, Fab.

Petalocnemis obscura, Hall.

Fam. LYG^iDiE.

Lygpeus familiaris, Fab.

- nigriceps, Hall.

Ctraptostetbu.s servus, Fab.

- trisignatus, n. sp.

- quadrisignatus, n. sp.

Pacliymerus surdidus, Fab.

- anticus, Walk.

Dieucbes uniguttatus, Thunb.

Boclirus foveatus, n. sp.

Fam. Pyrrhocorid.®.

Loliita granclis, Gray.

- longissima, Stal, qu.grandis,

var.?

Ipkita limbata, Stal.

Pbysopelta gutta, Burnt.

- Sclilanbuscliii, Fab.

Antilochus russus, Stal.

- Coquebertii, Fab.

Ectatops limbatus, A. Sf S.

Melamphaus faber, Fab.

Dindymus rubiginosus, Fab.

- lanius, Stal.

Pyrrhocoris vittiventris, Walk.

Dvsdercus cingulatus, Fab.

Fam. PiiYMATim®.

Amblylbyreus angustus, West.

128

Mr. W. L. Distant on Hemiptera from

Fam. Brachyrhynchip^e.

Brachyrhynchus membranaceus,

Fab.

Fam. Reduviid^:.

Isyndus heros, Fab.

Eudochus famulus, Stal.

Euagoras plagiatus, Bunn.

Sycauus collaris, Fab.

Velinus annulatus, n. sp.

Cosmolestes annulipes, n. sp.

Reduvius marginellus, Fab.

- mendicus, Stal.

- costalis, Stal.

- ? pulchriventris, Stal.

- nigricollis, Dali, (var.)

Fam. Ectrichodhxe.

Vilius melanopterus, Stal.

Physorhynchus tuberculatus,

Stal.

Ectrychotes pilicornis, Fab.

Scadra, sp. (allied to fuscicrus,

St&l, var.?).

Fam. Piratid je.

Tirates atr o-m aculatus, Stul.

Lestomerus affinis, Serv.

Androclus granulatus, Stal.

Fam. Aoaxthasitdidte.

Smiuthus fuscipenuis.

Acanthaspis quinquespinosa, Fab.

- helluo, Stal.

- cincticrus, Stul.

Centrocnemis, sp. ? (mutilated).

Fam. Stenopodoxe.

Oncocepbalus annulipes, Stcil.

Fam. Belostomidje.

Belostoma indica, St.-Farg. Sf

Serv.

Fam. Nepid.e.

Laccotrephes robustus, Stul.

- ruber, Linn.

- japonensis, Scott.

Notes and Descriptions.

Prionolomia gigas: n. sp.

Brown, somewhat shining, more or less clothed with short

whitish hairs. Antennae brown ; first joint almost equal in

length to second and third together, third joint much shorter

than second (remainder mutilated). Rostrum reaching be¬

yond anterior coxae ; third and fourth joints luteous, tip black.

Pronotum rugose, granulate, the lateral angles very prominent,

produced somewhat upwards and forwards, gradually narrowed

to the apex, and very strongly serrated on both sides, the ser¬

ration continued, but gradually diminishing in strength along

the lateral margins to head ; a transverse impression a little

before anterior border, and another with a small acute tubercle

at each end near posterior border, and three longitudinal

linear impressions, of which the central one is the most dis¬

tinct. Scutellum transversely and coarsely strigose, with the

extreme tip luteous. Corium obscurely granulate ; membrane

brassy brown. Abdomen above red with the marginal borders

black. Underside of body slightly darker in colour than upper

surface. Sternum with an oblique whitish band on each side.

Anterior and intermediate legs brown, with the tarsi dull red¬

dish and the tibia? subdilated ; posterior legs darker in colour,

the hind femora very much thickened, somewhat narrowed at

base and apex, armed with strong black tubercles along the

whole inner half of the upper surface, a moderately strong

the North-eastern Frontier of India. 129

black tooth on inner margin near apex, and a longitudinal row

of black tubercles beneath ; hind tibise moderately dilated on

both sides, strongly angulated a little beyond the middle of

inner side, after which they are narrowed and finely serrated

to apex ; tarsi with apical joints reddish.

Long. 43 millims., exp. pronot. ang. 19millims., lat. at base

of corium 11 £ millims.

North Khasia hills, 1500 to 3000 feet.

Its large size will readily distinguish this species from any

other of the genus at present described. P. malaya , Stal, is

the most nearly allied form ; but the shape of the pronotum

is different.

Notobitus excellens , n. sp.

6 . Head and pronotum brassy black. Antenna with the

first three joints subequal, brassy black; apical joint longest,

luteous, with its apical half fuscous. Rostrum extending

nearly to intermediate coxa? ; last two joints obscure luteous.

Eyes luteous. Pronotum very finely granulate, lateral angles

very slightly prominent and rounded ; near the posterior basal

side of each of these is a small hollowed impression, on inner

side of which is a very obscure, small, tuberculous irregularity.

Scutellum very finely granulate, brassy black, becoming-

brownish towards apex. Corium brown, very obscurely and

faintly pilose. Membrane brassy brown. Abdomen above

black with inconstant luteous markings. Underside of body

and legs brassy black, anterior and intermediate tibia with

their apical halves brunneous, tarsi dull luteous. Posterior

femora much thickened, sparingly covered with small raised

points and with a row of acute tubercles on upper surface ; a

strong and 'curved spine a little beyond middle beneath ;

between this and the base are two smaller ones, gradually

decreasing in size, and another between it and the apex, where

there are two spines. Posterior tibia moderately curved,

inner margin denticulated, some teeth much larger than

others.

Long. 30 millims., exp. pronot. ang. 9 millims.

$ . Differs from 3 in being uniformly pale brown above;

and it is also lighter in colour beneath than the other sex.

Legs brown ; fore and intermediate tibia with apical halves

paler ; tarsi dull luteous, as in $ .

Long. 31 millims., exp. pronot. ang. 10 millims.

North Khasia hills, 1500 to 3000 feet; Naga hills, 2000 to

6000 feet ; Sadia, north of Brahmaputra, 350 feet.

Ann. & Mag. N Hist. Ser. 5. 1 rol. iii. 9

130

Mr. W. L. Distant on Hemiptera from

Cloresmus brevicornis , H.-S.

Nematopus brevicornis , H.-S. W. ix. 261, f. 995 (1851).

Previous writers, probably liaving never seen this species,

have considered it synonymous with G. nepalensis , Hope.

It is, however, very distinct from that species, agreeing both in

colour, size, and markings with Herrich- Schaffer’s description

and figure (the last does not show the apical joint of antenna

luteous, as it should do). The armature of the posterior femora,

however, is the most distinctive character. The collection

contained both sexes.

Cletomorpha denticulata , Stal.

Cletomorpha denticulata, St&l, O. V. A. F. 1870, p. 652.

Var. Agrees with the description of the Philippine form,

with the exception of having a narrow fascia across thecorium,

near apex, and not u maculaque parva rotundataad marginem

apicalem prope angulum -interiorem pallidis.”

Graptostethus trisignatus , n. sp.

Red. Rostrum, antennae, eyes, a narrow transverse patch

(divided into two in a second specimen) at base of head be¬

tween eyes, two large subglobular spots at base of pronotum,

situated nearer to each other than to lateral borders (more irre¬

gular in shape in the second specimen), scutellum, membrane

(excluding apical border), apical segment of abdomen, legs, and

three spots on each lateral border of sternum (situated one on

prosternum, one on mesosternum, and one on metasternum)

black. Apical border of membrane whitish. The basal joint

of the rostrum extends some little distance over the apex of

the prosternum ; the second joint of the antennas is much

longer than the third (fourth wanting) ; and the legs are

clothed with whitish pile.

Long. to 10 millims.

Naga hills, 2000 to 6000 feet; North Khasia hills, 1500 to

3000 feet.

Graptostethus quadrisignatus , n. sp.

Red. Rostrum, antennas, eyes, apex of central lobe of the

head, apical border of pronotum (broadest on disk, and not

quite reaching lateral borders), a *«4 -shaped fascia on each

posterior pronotal angle, scutellum, membrane (excluding

apical borders), disk of apical segment of abdomen, legs, and

four spots on each lateral border of sternum (situated two on

prosternum, one on mesosternum, and one on metasternum)

black. Apical border of membrane whitish. The basal joint

131

the North-eastern Frontier of India.

of the rostrum only just passes the apex of the pronotum.

Antennas slightly pilose ; second joint longest, fourth a little

longer than third. Legs clothed with whitish pile.

Long. 10 to 11 millims.

Var. a. Disk of corium and disk of underside of abdomen

blackish.

North Khasia hills, 1500 to 3000 feet.

Allied to C. trisignatus , but very distinct.

Bochrus foveatus, n. sp.

Black ; apical half of clavus with a luteous discal streak ;

corium with a somewhat broad fascia, slightly widened and

rounded at apex, extending from base along the whole length

of inner margin, luteous, and the costal margin of corium

narrowly and obscurely of the same colour. Membrane lute¬

ous, with an angulated basal patch and the nervures black ; a

large semicircular spot occupying greater part of disk fuscous.

Rostrum, coxfe, and tarsi castaneous. Antennae pilose ; second,

third, and fourth joints subequal, slightly and gradually

diminishing in length ; basal joint and apex of central lobe ot

the head somewhat castaneous. Pronotum somewhat coarsely

punctate, with two large fovem, situated transversely and close

together on disk, immediately in front of which are three small

rounded and punctured impressions, and a large marginal

fovea on each lateral border.

The head, pronotum, disk of scutellum, a narrow central

longitudinal discal streak on corium, legs, and underside of

body, excepting borders of odoriferous apertures, are shining

black ; remainder of coloration much more opaque.

Long. 10 millims., greatest lat. 4 millims.

Eastern Garo hills, 1500 to 2500 feet.

• Velinus annulatus , n. sp.

Head above black, with the sides of the apex, a central

longitudinal line (interrupted in the middle, and not reaching

base nor extending beyond base of antennae), two large lateral

spots immediately above eyes, and two smaller streaks, one on

each inner margin of eyes, luteous ; underside of head luteous,

with a small oblique streak behind eyes black. Antennae

black ; basal joint with three luteous bands, the first near base

and the third at apex ; apical joint fuscous. Scutellum black,

apex luteous. Corium reddish brown ; membrane pale trans¬

parent fuscous (when the wings are folded the membrane

appears blackish from the colour of the upper surface of the

abdomen, which is laterally bordered with alternate luteous

132 Mr. W. L. Distant on Indian Hemiptera.

and black spots). Underside of body luteous; sternum with

two marginal black spots, one on mesosternum and the other

on metasternum. Femora luteous, with the apices and four

distinct somewhat knotted bands black ; tibias with the basal

third black, annulated with two luteous bands, remainder of

tibiae and tarsi dark fuscous.

The anterior and posterior lobes of the pronotum are pro¬

foundly sulcated through half their length, much more deeply

so the anterior, which is thus bilobed. The frontal pronotal

tubercles are acute and prominent. The abdomen has the

lateral borders of the fourth and fifth segments more dilated

in the $ than in the 6. The rostrum has the second joint

much longer than the first, and the tip pitchy. The membrane

projects considerably beyond the apex of abdomen.

Long. 15 millims.

Eastern Garo hills, 1500 to 2500 feet ; North Khasia hills,

1500 to 3000 feet.

Note. — I have seen another specimen of the species from

West Yunnan.

Cosmolestes annulipes , n. sp.

Head black, shining; a Y-shaped mark situated on the

centre of frontal part, a little behind base of antennae, a trans¬

verse angular streak on each side of the inner margin of eyes,

and a central longitudinal line extending along disk of hinder

part of head behind eyes above, a lateral row of three spots

on each side (one at base of antennae, one behind eyes, and the

other, smallest, near base of head), and the whole central por¬

tion of underside luteous. Rostrum luteous, with tip and apex

of first joint blackish. Antennae castaneous, base black ; first

joint plainly and narrowly annulated with dull ochreous near

base, centre, and apex. Frontal lobe of pronotum black, with

an anterior marginal border ; frontal lateral tubercles, and two

linear streaks on each side luteous ; posterior pronotal lobe

testaceous. Scutellum black, with a narrow central line

and the apex broadly luteous. Corium obscure testaceous,

with a raised, transverse, incrassated, slightly waved fascia at

apical margin, shining luteous. Wings obscure fuscous. Ab¬

dominal margin luteous, with a segmental row of black spots.

Underside of abdomen luteous, transverse margins of abdo¬

minal segments on disk black ; lateral borders black, in which

are enclosed a row of large spots of the luteous ground-colour.

Lateral borders of sternum black, in which are enclosed a lai’ge

luteous spot and a very obscure smaller one. Legs luteous ;

femora annulated with five black rings (sometimes the rings are

composed of two encircling lines), one at base and apex and

On two Genera of Semiparas itic Polyzoa. 133

three intermediate ; tibife with two black rings at base, and

the hinder portion obscure fuscous.

The frontal lobe of pronotum is profoundly bilobed, the

frontal tubercles of which are well developed, prominently

acute, and slightly directed forwards. The angles of the

hinder lobe are rounded, where there is also an obscure

tubercle and a longitudinal impression on each side. The

abdomen is slightly dilated on each side.

Long. 10 millims. ; lat. at pronot. ang. 2| millims.

Eastern Garo hills, 1500 to 2500 feet.

The most nearly allied form is C. picticeps , Stal.

Reduvius nigricollis , Dali,

Arilus nigricollis , Dali. Tr. E. S. Loud. (2), i. p. 8, pi. ii. f. 5 (1850).

Var. Posterior lobe of pronotum castaneous. Underside

of abdomen with three or four transverse, lateral, shining black

strife.

Long, o, 12^ millims.; ?, 15 millims. (as described by

Dallas from type).

The Homopterous portion of the collection calls for little

remark. It contained two new species, which I have already

described, viz. Tosena splendida, Dist. Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. xv.

p. 76 (1878), and Phymatostetha binotata , Dist. Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 322.

XIII. — On Loxosoma aw^Triticella, Genera of Semiparasitic

Polyzoa in the British Seas. By the Rev. A. M. Nor¬

man, M.A.

Genus Loxosoma, Keferstein, 1862.

Loxosoma phascolosomatum, C. Vogt.

1861. u Strephenterits claviger, tentacular appendages of,” Norman, Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. vii. pi. ix. figs. 1-3.

1877. Loxosoma phascolosomatum , Carl Vogt, Archives de Zoologie

Experimentale, vol. v. 1877, p. 305 ; translated by Hincks, Quart.

Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. vol. xvii. 1877, p. 353, pi. xxii. figs. 1-12;

Barrois, Mdmoire sur l’embryologie des Bryozoaires, p. 8, 9.

In 1861, on examining a bottle of animals which had been

dredged by me at Bantry Bay in 1858, I found a Gephyrean

which was new to me. It was described in the 1 Annals ’

under the name Strephenlerus claviger.

Attached to the caudal extremity of this Gephyrean were

134

liev. A. M. Norman on two

certain clavate bodies, which were a sore puzzle. At one

time I thought they must be parasitical animals ; but then they

seemed to be inseparable from the body of the Gephyrean ;

and after much doubt and consultation with my friend Mr.

Alder, they were regarded as part and parcel of the animal to

which they were attached, and presumed to be analogous to

the tail of Priapulus. They were figured as carefully as

possible from the spirit-preserved specimens, in order that any

doubt there might be about them might hereafter be cleared up,

and were thus described : — “ The extremity is furnished with

from twenty to thirty club-shaped tentacular appendages.

These tentacular appendages are of peculiar construction.

The longest and most fully expanded present the appearance

of fig. 2. The club is somewhat spathulate ; and about the

centre of the upper half is seen a small round aperture, appa¬

rently opening into the interior. Below this there are two pro¬

jecting processes, one of which is larger than the other ; and

between the bases of these two processes is seen the rudiment

of a third. Another state of the tentacles is shown in fig. 3,

which is taken from one of the shorter tentacles — shorter

because less expanded, or, more probably, less developed.

Here there is no sign of the central opening ; but the head

seems to contain several pear-shaped bodies, one of which has

a blackish central spot. On subjecting this tentacle to the

compressorium, these pear-shaped bodies escaped, and appeared

to be composed entirely of granular matter enclosed in thin

sacs.”

At this time Loxosoma was unknown; but in 1862 Kefer-

stein described that remarkable parasitic genus of Polyzoa,

having found the type species on Capitella , Blainville (a

genus of Annelida), on the Normandy coast. Since that time

much attention has been directed to the genus. Last year

Carl Vogt described ( l . c .) a new form ; and his paper was

translated by Mr. Hincks, and published in the Quart. Journ.

Micr. Sci. The moment I saw the plate which illustrates this

paper it was obvious that Vogt’s Loxosoma ph asco losomatum

was the final solution of my puzzling tentaculiform appen¬

dages of 1858 ; and I at once Avrote to Mr. Hincks and told him

that he might add this species of Loxosoma to the British

fauna in his forthcoming work on the Polyzoa. M. Barrois

has arrived at the same conclusion. In his admirable and

deeply interesting 1 Memoire sur l’embryologie des Bryozo-

aires ’ he notices a Loxosoma which he had found abundantly

at Boskoff, and adds, “ c’est peut-etre la meme que celle qui

a et£ ddcrite par Norman, comme organe appendiculaire d’un

siponcle qu’il nomme Strephenterus claviger ] on doit certaine-

135

Genera of Semiparasitic Polyzoa.

meat en faire uneespbce distincte.” Then, in a note, he adds,

“ Depuis que ces lignes out ete dcrites, j’ai requ sur cette

esphce un nouveau travail, que M. Yogt a eu l’obligeance de

m’envoyer; il la decrit sous le nom de L. phascolosomatum \

j’ai supprime le nom qui je lui avais deja donne pour adopter

ce dernier

My object in writing this is to fully and finally rectify the

mistake into which I had fallen. In 1861 Loxosoma had

never been heard of, nor was any genus known at all like it ;

for the structure of Pedicellina is in many important points

widely different. The peculiar position which these clavate

bodies occupied, confined as they were to the caudal extremity

of the Gephyrean, and the fact that they were so firmly at¬

tached to the host as to seem part of it, mainly conduced to

the error. On this last point I may quote from Hincks’s

abbreviated translation of Vogt : — “ As the Loxosomas are

very firmly attached to the epidermis of the worm, it is almost

impossible to remove them unmutilated. To observe them in

situ , the extremity of the tail bearing the tuft of Polyzoa must

be cut off with a pair of scissors and placed entire under the

compressor.” Vogt’s drawings were made under the most

favourable circumstances. u The author has made his obser¬

vations almost exclusively on living animals by means of

transmitted light. Patience and abundance of material have

been the conditions that have secured his results. All his

figures have been taken with the camera from living animals,

and finished as far as possible with the animal before him.”

With these advantageous circumstances contrast the fact that

I had only before me specimens which had been three years in

a preservative medium, and consequently not only contracted

and devoid of that motion absolutely essential to recognize

parts in a hitherto unknown microscopic animal, but also that

chemical changes had taken place in some of the organs. Let

it also be borne in mind that a group of the animals is so

small that Vogt says of it, u it forms a tuft hardly visible to

the naked eye,” and, further, let it be noticed that Vogt’s

drawings are more than double the scale of mine, and then let

my figures 2 and 3 be compared with his, and the correspon¬

dence is certainly striking. His figure 2 and my figure 2

might have been drawn from the same specimen ; not only the

* It is only since Vogt described Loxosoma phascolosomatum that it has

been possible to identity the species which I met with ; but Leuckart

(Arcliiv fur Naturgesch. xx. 18(33, ii. 13d.), immediately after Keferstein

had described the genus, pointed out that it seemed to have been pre¬

viously met with by myself ; and Nitsche (Beitriige zur Kenntniss der

Bryozoen, iii. Heft, 1876, p. 140) also calls attention to my figures as the

first representations of this semiparasitic Polyzoou.

136

Rev. A. M. Norman on two

animal itself, but the exact proportionate size of the two un¬

equally developed buds show the closest correspondence.

There is nothing to alter in, though much, of course, might

be added to, the description I gave of these animals, and which

I have quoted above, except to substitute the word Loxosoma,

for u tentacular appendages.” In the description of the

plate the following corrections will make the figures intel¬

ligible : —

Fig. 1. Phascolosoma Harveii, Forbes*, slightly enlarged,

with a tuft of Loxosoma phascolosomatum, Vogt, in situ at the

posterior extremity.

Fig. 2. A fully developed Loxosoma. a, the 11 opening into

the interior.” Around this in the figure will be seen conver¬

ginglines, which, under the condition in which the animal was

when examined by me, appeared to be only rugse of contrac¬

tion ; but these lines, it is now evident, represent the re¬

tracted lophophore. b and c u supplemental processes,” as I

called them, are two buds in different degrees of development.

In the state in which they were examined by me no trace of

internal structure could be satisfactorily made out, so as to

lead to the slightest suspicion as to their real nature. Vogt

says, u there are never more than two buds f, and they are

always unequally developed.”

Fig. 3. This figure, I now take it, was drawn from a male

(as figure 2 was from a female) specimen. Compared with

figures 3 and 4 of Vogt, it seems tolerably clear thaty repre¬

sents the anal aperture, that d and e are what Vogt calls the

testicles, while below these is seen the reniform space which

Vogt considers to be occupied by the stomach and hepatic

cells.

Now that the attention of our marine zoologists is called to

the subject, it is probable that before long this Loxosoma will

be rediscovered ; and, no doubt, several other species of these

semiparasitic Polyzoa will be found in our seas. They should

be especially looked for on the Annelida, also on Hydrozoa,

Sponges, &c.

It may perhaps be useful if I add here a list of species

already discovered as far as known to me.

* Syrinx Harveii, Forbes, =Sijmnculm obscurus, Quat ., = Phascolosoma

margaritacenm, Keferstein (nee M. Sars), = Phascolosoma luteum , Tlieel, =

Phascolosoma Harveii, K. & 1). This is the synonymy of the species as

given by Koren and Danielssen in their ‘ Fauna Littoralis Norvegiaj,’

3die Hefte, 1877, pp. 136 and 164; and, having examined the several

authors’ works, I believe it to be correct, except that I should put ? before

the Sipunculus obscurus of Quatrefages.

t Other known species have many buds developing at the same time.

137

Genera of Semiparasitic Polyzoa.

1. Loxosoma singulare, Keferstein.

Lo.vosoma singulare, Keferstein, Zeitschriftf. wiss. Zool. xii. 1802, p. 13 ;

Claparede, Beob. iiber Anat. und Entw. wirbelloser Thiere an der

Kiiste yon Normandie, 1863, p. 135, pi. ii. figs. 6-10; Barrois, Mein,

sur l’Embryologie des Bryozoaires, 1877, p. 10, pi. xvi. figs. 7-14.

2. Loxosoma neapolitanum , Kowalewsky.

Loxosoma neapolitanum , Kowalewsky, Mem. de l’Acaddmie Imp. des

Sci. de St. Petersbourg, ser. 7, vol. x. 1866, (separate copy) p. 3,

plate.

3. Loxosoma Keferstein ii, Claparede.

Loxosoma Kefersteinii, Claparede, Aunal. d. Scien. Natur. sdr. o, vol.

vii. 1867, p. 28, pi. vi., translated Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1868,

vol. i. p. 311 ; Claparede, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. xxi. 1870, p. 34, pi. x.

fig. 4; Nitsclie, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. xxv. 1875, p. 451 ; Nitsche,Beitr.

zur Ivenntniss der Bryozoen, iii. Heft, 1876. p. 139, pi. xxv. figs.

4-20, pi. xxvi. figs. 7-13.

4. Loxosoma cochlear, Schmidt.

Loxosoma cochlear, Schmidt, Archiv f. mikr. Anat. xii. 1875, fasc. 1 ;

and Bemerkungen zu den Arbeiten fiber Loxosoma, 1878, (separate

copy) p. 68.

5. Loxosoma alata , Barrois.

Loxosoma singulare, Schmidt, Archiv f. mikr. Anat. xii. 1875, fasc. 1

(nec Keferstein), =Loxosoma alata, Barrois, Mem. snr l’embryologie

des Bryozoaires, 1877, p. 7 ’,= Loxosoma pes, Schmidt, Bemerkungen

zu den Arbeiten fiber Loxosoma, 1878, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. xxxi.

p. 69.

6. Loxosoma raia, Schmidt.

Loxosoma raia, Schmidt, Archiv f. mikr. Anat. xii. 1875, fasc. 1, and

Bemerk. z. d. Arbeiten fiber Loxosoma, 1878, /. c. p. 71. Barrois con-

* siders this synonymous with L. neapolitanum.

7. Ljoxosoma tethyce, Salensky.

Loxosoma tethyce, Salensky, Annales des Sci. Nat. vol. v. 1877, p. 36 ;

Schmidt, Bemerk. z. d. Arbeiten fiber Loxosoma, 1878, l. c. p. 71.

8. Loxosoma crassicauda , Salensky .

Loxosoma crassicatala, Salensky, Annal. des Sci. Nat. sdr. 6, vol. v.

P-71.

9. Loxosoma phascolosomatum, Vogt.

Loxosoma phascolosomatum, Vogt, as above.

What is perhaps another genus of the same family has been

described by Van Beneden and Hesse (‘ Rechcrches sur les

Bdellodes on Hirudin^es et les Trdmatodes marins,’ 1863,

p. 82, pi. viii. figs. 12-20), under the name Gyclatella anne-

138

Rev. A. M. Norman on two

lidicola. It is a parasite on the tail of an Annelid belonging

to the genus Clymene.

It may be expected that some of the above nine forms will

ultimately be found to be states of other species. Thus Vogt

would unite 1,4, and 6 ; whereas Barrois considers 2 and 4 to

be the same species.

Genus Tuiticella, Dalyell, 1848.

Triticella Java, Dalyell.

1848. Triticella Jlava, Dalyell, Rare and Remarkable Animals of Scot¬

land, ii. p. 66, pi. xix. fig-. 1, and pi. xxxvi. fig. 1.

1873. Triticella Java, G. O. Sars, Christ. Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand.

1873, p. 398.

1873. Triticella Korenii, G. O. Sars, l. c. p. 397, pi. ix. figs. 1-9.

Thirty years ago Dalyell described the above genus, of

which he gave rough figures and a brief description. It has

since remained entirely unnoticed in Great Britain, not being

so much as inserted in lists of our fauna. In 1873, however,

Prof. G. O. Sars described two species which he had dis¬

covered in the Norwegian fiords, one of which, Triticella

Bceckii , G. O. Sars, was living on the carapace and legs

of the crab Geryon tridens , while the other, Triticella

Korenii , G. O. Sars, had made the carapace of Calocaris

Macandrewi its home.

In the summer of 1877 I had the pleasure of rediscovering

Triticella Jlava in Scotland. When shore-hunting in Kerrera

Sound, a little to the south of Oban, I procured a specimen

of the now well-known Cirriped parasite Bacculina carcini ,

attached, as usual, to the tail (pleon) of the common shore-

crab ( Carcinus mcenas ) ; the posterior part of the Bacculina

■was subsequently found to be occupied by a colony of the

long-lost Triticella Jlava — a parasite of a parasite. But Dal¬

yell supposed that he had found his species parasitic on an

Ascidian. We turn to his work; and, behold, what he had

taken to be an Ascidian, and figured plate xxxvi. fig. 1, is

manifestly no Ascidian at all, but a veritable Bacculina car¬

cini ! At the time when Dalyell wrote, Saccidina had only

just been described by Vaughan Thompson ; and it is probable

that our author was unacquainted with Thompson’s paper.

Now that the secret is out, and when a search is made in the

right place, Triticella will probably be often met with.

Those who want to know what this genus is must consult

Sars’s capital paper, where will be found a detailed description

illustrated by his usual admirable drawings. I extract here

his Latin abbreviated characters : —

Genera of Semiparasitic Polyzoa. 139

“ Ordo CHILOSTOMATA.

Subordo Cellularina.

Familia Triticellidss.

Gen. TriticellAj Daly ell.

Zooecia simplieia, pedicellata, de crusta coutinua vel stolone

repente surgcntia, cute tenui et pellucida cornea (non calcarea)

tecta, lateraliter compressa, facie altera (ventrali) lata in tota

fere longitudine plana, vel leviter excavata, limbo elevato tenui

et acuto circumcincta, a ream aperturae lateralem distinctam

elongato-ellipticam prcebente, altera (dorsali) fastigiata vel medio

subcarinata fascia tenui valde chitinosa (frenaculo) in semicircu-

lum oblique antice curvata firmata. Pedicellum subrigidum,

rectum, tenuissimum, zooecio articulatione mobili conjunctum.

Apertura zocecii terminalis sine operculo ; vagina tentacularis

annulo setarum instructa.”

1. TriticeUa Bceckii , G. 0. Sars.

Zooecia pallide cornea in fasciculos densos aggregata de crusta

coutinua surgentia, pedicellis longissimis zooeciis triplo — quadru-

plo longioribus instructa, a latere visao blique ovalia extremitate

posteriore sat incurvata, margine dorsali subsigmoideo ante me¬

dium subito valde arc-uato, frenaculo cbitinoso distiuctissimo ab

extremitate posteriore sat remoto. Animalcula tentaculis 20

instructa. Longitudo zooeciorum pedicello excepto, 0"75 m. m.,

latitudo 0*25 m. m.

Habitat in sinu Cbristianiensi, prof. 10-20 orgj’iarum, carapaci

et pedibus Gvnjonis tridentis affixa.”

2. TriticeUa Korenii , G. O. Sars.

Zooecia subhyalina sparsa de stolone distincto tenui repente sur¬

gentia, pedicellis brevioribus zooeciis vix longioribus instructa, a

latere visa elongato-ovata extremitate posteriore panim incurvata,

margine dorsali in tota fere longitudine aequaliter arcuato, frena¬

culo chitinoso tenuissimo extremitati posteriori approximate.

Animalcula tentaculis 18 instructa. Longitudo zooeciorum, pedi¬

cello excepto, 0'90 m. m., latitudo 0*25 m. m.

Habitat ad oras Norvegia? occidentalis circa Bergen, prof. 100-

300 orgyiarum, nec non ad Bahusiam, carapaci Calocaris Macan-

drewi affixa.”

3. TriticeUa fava, Dalyell.

Zooecia flava a latere visa breviter ovata, margine dorsali valde

arcuato, pedicello brevissimo zooecio ipso multo breviore. Ani¬

malcula tentaculis 20 instructa.

Habitat ad oras Scotia? testa? Ascidiarum affixa.”

140 On two Genera of Semiparasitic Polyzoa.

The diagnosis given above of rT. flava, however, as drawn up

by Sars from Dalyell’s figure and description, by no means cor¬

rectly represents the species found by me at Oban, and which,

I cannot doubt, is that indicated by Dalyell, more especially

as both were found affecting Sacculina carcini. It appears

to me that Sars has laid too much stress on the comparative

length of the pedicel as constituting a specific character. It

will be seen that whereas in T. Bceckii the pedicel is three or

four times as long as the body of the animal, in T. Korenii

it is said to be about equal in length, while in T. flava it is

u much shorter than ” the zooecium. Now I find very wide

difference in the length of the pedicel in the animals consti¬

tuting the group which I found at Oban : in some full-grown

specimens the pedicel is shorter than the zooecium ; in others

it is slightly longer ; in others, again, it is two or three times as

long. Specific characters, therefore, derived from the length

of the pedicel seem in a very great measure to break down.

The zooecia closely correspond with those figured by Sars of

T. Korenii : the general form is the same ; the position of the

frenaculum agrees ; and there is the same angle at the lower

extremity of the ventral concave and more membranous area.

Having only found my specimens after they had been pre¬

served in spirits, and the lophophores being in every instance

strongly retracted, I am unable to speak with accuracy as to

the number of the tentacles, which Sars states are eighteen in

Korenii and twenty in flava and Bceckii. The budding young

agree with Sars’s figures 6, 7, 8, representing this state

in Korenii ; and the animals are connected by a creeping

stolon.

Bearing in mind, then, that reliance cannot be placed on

minute details in the drawings of DalyeJl, I am constrained

to come to the conclusion that no valid grounds exist (as far,

at any rate, as we as yet know) by which to distinguish the

Scotch species, which affects Sacculina carcini and is the

type of Dalyell’s Triticella flava from the Norwegian form

found by Sars on Calocaris Macandrewi , and that the latter

must be regarded as a synonym — further, that great latitude

must be allowed with respect to the length of the pedicels,

which in T. flava show great variation, and are often not only

as long as described in Korenii , but show a great approach

to the very long supports of T. Bceckii. The higher posi¬

tion of the frenaculum in T. Bceckii appears to be its chief

character.

Mr. H. J. Carter on Holasterella and Hemiasterella. 141

XIV. — On Holasterella, a Fossil Sponge of the Carboniferous

Era , and ora Hemiasterella, a new Genus of Recent Sponges.

By H. J. Carter, F.R.S. &c.

[Plate XXI.]

In my description of Mr. James Thomson’s fossil sponges

from the Carboniferous Limestone of the South-west of Scot¬

land (‘ Annals,’ 1878, vol. i. p. 133), I have stated that Dr.

Millar had brought to my notice a stelliform spicule, u like a

double star back to back,” which is described and illustrated

(pi. ix. fig. 11 &c.). It is also stated (p. 134 ib.) that the

three different spicules mentioned and figured u appear ” to

have belonged to u three different sarcohexactinellids respec¬

tively,” of which the first (viz. fig. 8 &c.) had only been

identified with the Hexactinellida or sexradiate-spicule sponges.

If, however, a six-rayed form only is to be considered indica¬

tive of a hexactinellid sponge, then the two other stelliform

spicules, which have respectively many more rays, must be

considered indications of the existence of sponges which did

not belong to the hexactinellid order. And this is now evi¬

dently the case ; for the fossil sponge about to be described will

be found to have been exclusively composed of the many-

rayed spicule (fig. 11, op. et loc. cit.).

This interesting species, which has lately been discovered,

and was forwarded to me in four pieces by Mr. James Thom¬

son of Glasgow, on the 2nd November last, I will now de-

scribe, so far as the lapidification permits, under the name

of

Holasterella conferta, n. gen. et sp. (PI. XXI. figs. 1-8.)

Fossil solid, massive, club-shaped, rising from a subcylin-

drical base which, increasing gradually and subcylindrically

upwards, terminates rather suddenly in an expanded, globular,

lobate head (PI. XXI. fig. 1, a, b, c, d). Colour white. Com¬

position, opaque, translucent and transparent heavy spar (sul¬

phate of barytes), according to the position, with glistening-

aspect over the face of fracture and dxdl exterior. Surface

even, irregularly undulating throughout ; presenting here and

there more or less ovoid, sharp-margined depressions or pits

of different sizes, which appear to have been the abodes of old

and young crustaceans respectively (fig. 1 , f^ and fig. 2, a, a).

Internal structure solid throughout, having been composed

exclusively of stelliform spicules irregularly thrown together ;

apparently faced by a layer of much smaller ones, arranged in

some parts (which appear to be perfect, fig. 1, A, and fig. 2)

142 Mr. H. J. Carter on Holasterella and Hemiasterella.

so as to present a minutely convoluted appearance, in the

interstices of which minute round holes exist, indicative of

the position of the pores (fig. 2, b). Vents not observed, but

the canals of the excretory system evident internally. Stel¬

late spicule normally composed of twelve rays or arms, viz.

six above (that is, with five round an axial one), and the same

below, but less regularly disposed, projecting from a central

inflation, which is most evident in the smaller or younger

forms ; the six upper rays during growth remaining almost

stationary, while those below undergo the chief increase in

size, so as to produce a stellate like the one to which I have

alluded, in which some of the smaller arms or rays of the

head occasionally appear to be microspined (figs. 4, 5). But

since this is the normal form, and only seen in the young

stellate, the regularity becomes for the most part widely de¬

parted from as the stellate increases in size, when the rays,

sometimes rendered more numerous by bifurcation (fig. 5, a),

and sometimes less by abortive development, often terminate

in a most irregular form, composed of four to fourteen rays or

more, variable in length and variously disposed ; while the

central inflation, which does not keep pace with the enlarge¬

ment of the arms, remains hardly appreciable (compare figs 4

and 8). Diameter of largest stellates about l-6th inch (fig. 3),

size of smallest stellate seen (from the surface) about 1 -545th

inch in diameter. The larger spicules are confined to the in¬

terior ; and the small spicules occupy the surface both of the

sponge itself and of the excretory canals, mixed with the

pointed ends of the rays of tire larger spicules in the latter,

which project freely into them (fig. 8), while the larger

spicules again, where still provided with the head surmounted

by the six smaller ones (figs. 4, 5), are so arranged in some

parts of the surface of the sponge as to present a number of

rosettes like stars more or less approximated. Size of entire

specimen 5f inches high, greatest diameter of head 2 inches,

diameter of base or stem f inch.

Hob. Marine.

Loc. Highest bed of Upper Limestone of the Carboniferous

rocks of the south-west of Scotland, near Glasgow.

Obs. This specimen, which was originally entire, but on

extrication became broken into four pieces, and reached me in

this state, was easily put together for the purposes of illustra¬

tion and description, as fig. 1, a, b, c, d , shows. The accumu¬

lation of the mineral (sulphate of baryta) of which it is com¬

posed, having more or less thickened the body (that is, the

central inflation) and rays of the stellates respectively, has

thus caused them also to become more or less amalgamated

Mr. H. J. Carter on Holasterella and Hemiasterella. 143

with and attached to eacli other, so as in many specimens not

only to obscure the form of the stellate, but to convert the

whole into a solid mass. Hence it is only here and there that

a comparatively complete form can be detached ; while the

union of the rays of the different stellates, where in contact

with each other, being without inflation or additional material

at these points, leaves one in doubt as to how much, if not all,

of this attachment may be due to the effect of fossillization, and

that, in their original state, they were thus all separate. The

cleavage, too, of the mineral being perpendicular to the long

diameter of the ray and easily effected, causes, from their

lamellar structure and extreme brittleness, the rays, where

adherent to one another, even in the slightest degree, to yield

to the force necessary to separate them without fracture, and

thus defies all attempt to obtain a perfect spicule. Nor is it

very clear what amount of central inflation originally existed

in the spicules generally; for the accumulation of the fossilizing

material having spread from these points especially, and, as

already stated, the inflation which is chiefly evident in the

smaller spicules (fig. 8) not keeping pace with the develop¬

ment of the lower arms, whereby the latter appear to be

almost bodiless (that is, without central inflation, flg. 4) , this

also is not easily determined.

Judging, however, from the entire want of fossilized fibre,

like that which exists in the vitreous Hexactinellida, and,

therefore, the Holorhaphidotic character of the aggregated

stellates, it seems probable that they were not only originally

ununited , but that the sponge did belong to the Holorhaphidota,

in which order it might form a new group among the Sube-

ritida, coming in provisionally after that of “ Laxa ” under

the name of “ Holasterellina.”

Again, the presence of the ovoid depressions (fig. 2, a a)

sunk into the surface, which, leading to no outlets internally,

could not be connected with the excretory canal-system, are

almost identical in form with those to which I have alluded

in my paper on the Parasites of Sponges under the head of

“Crustacea” (‘Annals,’ 1878, vol. ii. p. 157), having been

observed in the Holorhaphidota only (that is, not in any vitre¬

ous sponge), and especially in the Suberitida, where the head

of the amphipod occupies the largest end of the ovoid pit. It

is just possible for this reason also that these spicules were

originally connected together by flaky sarcode, like that of the

Suberitida of the present day, and thus Holorhaphidotic. Had

I never noticed such depressions in the existing sponges with

the crustaceans respectively in them, I should have been

inclined to regard this as a peculiar character on the

144 Mr. H. J. Carter on Holasterella and Hernia, sterella.

surface of the fossil sponge. Thus it is interesting to find that

at that remote period a crustacean parasite nestled in the sur¬

face of the Holorhaphidotic sponges as at the present day.

But up to this time no recent sponge has been made known

which possesses, for the most part, a comparatively bodiless

stelliform spicule of this kind only — that is, a stellate without

central inflation. The globostellate or spiniglobate spicule

of Chondrilla nucula , Sdt., is thus totally different in form, and

the sponge itself inclined to a horizontal rather than an erect

growth.

There are, however, recent sponges which are partly com¬

posed of stellate spicules of a similar form, and thus so far

resemble Holasterella , and which also appear to belong to the

Subcritida. Thus Xenospongia patelliformis , Gray (Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1858, p. 230), is half composed of bodiless stellates

of different sizes, together with a long, setaceous, linear, acuate

spicule, and a new genus, which I am about to describe pre¬

sently under the name of “ Hemiasterella .”

Besides the more perfect portions of Holasterella, Mr. Thom¬

son has kindly sent me many other fragments of this sponge,

more or less consolidated by the fossilization, all of which

come from a compact earthy rock or stratum of an ochraceous

or ferruginous colour that does not effervesce with acids. It

has already been stated that they are composed of white, opaque,

translucent, and transparent “ heavy spar ” (sulphate of ba¬

rytes), according to its position, which having in many in¬

stances assumed a subpisolitic structure, from the mineral

chiefly accumulating round and extending outwards from the

central inflation or body of the stellates respectively, in which,

the points of one or more of the rays only being sometimes

projecting, a more or less solid mass of crystalline material is

produced, and the spheroidal portions average 1-1 2th inch

in diameter. It should here be remembered that not effer¬

vescing with acids is no test that the material is siliceous !

Thus, then, the stellate represented in fig. 11 (c Annals,’

1878, vol. i. pi. ix.) has been identified in situ, and the sponge

thus found to which it belongs ; and thus also we may fairly

anticipate that some day the same thing may happen to the

stellate (fig. 10 ib.) and the sponge to which this belongs also

be identified ; if not, to other spicules of a different form which

may be abundant in the same deposit, such as fig. 11, to

which I shall now allude.

This spicule is cylindrical and smooth, with straight shaft

and obtuse round ends bent upon the shaft in the same direc¬

tion (fig. 11). It varies much in measurement, losing, like

the spicules of all other sponges, in one way, viz. in length,

Mr. H. J. Carter on Holasterella and Hemiasterella. 145

what it gains in the other, viz. in thickness, but averaging

l-22ncl by 1 -1 20th inch in its greatest dimensions. It is

possible that these spicules also may have become thickened

during fossilization ; but even then they have very much the

appearance of the sausage-shaped form characterizing some of

the large-spiculed Renierida (group 4, viz. Crassa) of the

present day, though much thicker than the latter.

I might also add here that Mr. Thomson has sent me some

specimens of limestone which came from the Carboniferous

system of the west coast of Ireland, found on the western side

of Black Head, County Clare, at the southern entrance of

Galway Bay. Here he computes the limestone to be about

3000 feet thick, and overlain inshore by the u Yoredale

Shales.”

These specimens are of two kinds — viz. one obtained about

700 feet from the summit, and the other from the talus of the

scarp below.

No. 1 consists of a mass of very small crystals of quartz,

typical of a stratum 3 feet in thickness, showing by their

weathered-out rhomboidal cavities in the mass , and their gra¬

nular structure, that they have been formed in the limestone,

now more or less occupying their interstices, while the yeodic

cavities of the mass are lined by large and more perfect crystals

of the same mineral. What the origin of this accumulation

of quartz crystals in the limestone may have been, there is no

evidence to show, although, by the apparently round and

pointed form of some of those in the mass , together with their

rhomboidal excavations, so characteristic of the fossil spicules

of Hyalonema Smithii (‘ Annals,’ 1878, vol. i. pi. ix. fig. 4

&c.), it is possible that they may be transformed sponge-

spicules; and this seems to have been the opinion of Dr. West-

ropp, late of the Geological Survey of Ireland, who, Mr.

Thomson states, visited the locality from which the speci¬

mens were obtained. But, until th eform of a sponge-spicule

can be undoubtedly recognized among them, they must remain

conjectural. Silex, in such a position, is not likely to occur

without organic origin ; and sponges are almost the only or¬

ganisms that could supply it.

Over one portion, the dark brown spherular apothecia of a

saxicolous lichen sunken into the limestone and occupying

exclusively the intervals between the quartz crystals, seems

to point out at once the preference of the lichen for, as well as

the presence of, the limestone.

No. 2 represents the typical structure of 11 sheets ” of dark

limestone about 1^ inch thick and 18 by 12 inches square,

found among the talus at the foot of the scarp mentioned.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. iii. 10

146 Mr. H. J. Carter on Holasterella and Hemiasterella.

These sheets are more or less traversed perpendicularly by a

columnar structure of the limestone itself, which is often white

and looks very much like the fluted fossil cord-spicules of

Hyalonema Smithii (fig. 13 &c. pi. ix. 1 Annals,’ l. c.) — an

opinion that seems at first to be strengthened by the other

minute organisms of the rock (among which there are frag¬

ments of sponge-spicules) being all composed of the same kind

of white calcite , contrasting strongly with the black colour

of the limestone in which they are imbedded. But here also

no sponge-spicule can be recognized by its definite form, and

the white columnar calcite appears in veins rather than in

ends of columns on the horizontal section. Thus with much

appearance here, again, of organic origin, there is nothing to

substantiate it satisfactorily.

Hemiasterella, n. gen.

Having described and illustrated the interesting fossil

sponge from the Upper Carboniferous Limestone lately sent

to me by Mr. James Thomson, I naturally recur to my know¬

ledge of the recent sponges to see if there are any kinds known

which might be linked with this species ; but, as already

stated, 1 can find none exactly, although there are sponges

which are partly composed of stellates and partly of linear

spicules alone , which is the next grade perhaps to that of

being composed of the former only.

Of these sponges we know Xenospongia patelliformis , as

before stated, to be one; and two others have been found in the

late Dr. Bowerbank’s collection, now in the British Museum,

which, as they are new and nearly allied in spiculation to

Holasterella conferta , will at once be described under the

generic appellation of “ Hemiasterella ,” i. e. half composed

of stellates which, for the most part, as before stated, are

bodiless or without inflation at the point of junction at the

rays.

Hemiasterella typus , n. sp. (PI. XXI. fig. 9, a, b.)

General form bowl-shaped, elliptical, with thin flexible wall

and deep-toothed irregular edges, proliferous on the inner

side. Colour white. Substance cork-like. Surface shallow-

rugose-reticulate on each side, covered with a white incrus¬

tation of little stellates through which long setaceous acuates

project. Pores and vents not conspicuous, the latter probably

numerous and small, being the outlets of so many small excre¬

tory systems, as is generally the case with this kind of sponges.

Internal structure tough, areolar, composed of light flaky

Mr. II. J. Carter on Holasterella and Hemiasterella. 147

sarcode, charged with long acuate spicules and little stellates

like those of the incrustration, presenting a light yellow

colour. Spicules of two kinds, viz. : — 1, skeleton- spicule, long,

acuate, smooth, curved, and gradually sharp-pointed, l-15th

inch long by l-900th inch thick in its greatest dimensions

(fig. 9) ; 2, flesh-spicule, stelliform, rays variable in number,

four to eight, straight, smooth, sharp-pointed, meeting in the

centre without inflation, largest about l-720th inch in dia¬

meter, and of all sizes below this (fig. 9, a, b) . The former

chiefly confined to the internal structure, and the latter to the

incrustation ; but both equally mixed throughout the interior.

Size of specimen 11 by 4 inches across the brim, flinches

deep, wall about l-fltli inch thick.

Hah. Marine.

LiOC. - ?

Obs. Examined in the dry state. This specimen, which I

found, without label, in the late Dr. Bowerbank’s collection,

seems, from its tough, flexible, and light cork-like consistence,

to belong to the second family of my Holorhaphidota, viz. the

Suberitida, where it might come in as a new group under the

name of u Hemiasterellina,” from its being half composed of

stellates without inflation of the centre. With the exception

of Xenospongiapatelliformis , I have met with no recent sponge

with such a lai’ge proportion of similar stellates in its spicu-

lation. Certainly in Ilymeraphia spiniglobata , a new species

to be hereafter described, the proportion of stellates is equally

great; but then they are totally different in form, being spini-

globate, and the sponge itself hitherto has only been seen in

the state of a mere film as regards thickness. (Bk. coll,

no. 715.)

Hemiasterella affinis , n. sp. (PI. XXI. fig. 10, o, b} c .)

Long, narrow, conical, cylindrical, excavated, cup-like, ap¬

parently fringed or toothed on the margin of the orifice, which

has been partly worn off, proliferous on the outer side.

Colour white. Substance tough, flexible, cork-like. Surface

shallow-rugose-reticulate on each side, covered with a white

incrustation of little stellates, which is thickest on the outer

side, through which long acerate spicules project. Pores and

vents not conspicuous ; the latter probably numerous and

small, being the outlets of many small excretory systems, as

is generally the case in these sponges. Internal structure

tough, areolar, composed of light flaky sarcode charged Avith

long acerate spicules and little stellates like those of the sur¬

face, presenting a light yellow colour. Spicules of two kinds,

viz. : — 1, skeleton-spicule, long, acerate, smooth, curved, and

148 Mr. H. J. Carter on Holasterella and Hemiasterella.

gradually sharp-pointed, l-25th inch long by 1 -900th inch

thick in its greatest dimensions (fig. 10) ; 2, flesh-spicule, stel-

liform, rays straight, smooth, sharp-pointed, variable in num¬

ber, from four to ten, of which seven appears to be the average

(fig. 10, a, b), centre or point of junction of the rays some¬

times with (fig. 10, c) and sometimes without a slight infla¬

tion or body, largest stellate about 1 -600th inch in diameter,

and of all sizes below this : the former chiefly confined to the

internal structure, and the latter to the incrustation, but both

equally mixed throughout the interior. Size of specimen,

which is imperfect both above and below, 5 inches long; orifice

2-| inches in diameter ; lower end, which has been broken off,

solid, 1^ inch in diameter. Cavity conical, nearly as deep as

the length of the specimen in its present state.

Hah. Marine.

Loc. - ?

Obs. Examined in the dried state. It will be observed from

the description that this sponge is very like the last, although

sufficiently different in the acerate form of the skeleton-spicule

&c. to be designated u affinisf but must, of course, be placed

in the same genus. The remarks applied to the foregoing

specimen equally apply to this. (Bk. coll. no. 679.)

In my “ Observations ” on Mr. Thomson’s fossil sponge

I have noticed that Xenospongia patelliformis is half com¬

posed of bodiless stellates similar to those of Holasterella

confer ta, together with a long, setaceous, acuate spicule, by

which, on the other hand, it becomes in spiculation more

closely allied to Hemiasterella typus ; but as Xenospongia

patelliformis , by reason of its peculiar form and mode of

growth, cannot come under the genus Hemiasterella , it might

be made the type of a separate group among the Suberitida,

together with Halicnemia patera , Bk. (Mon. Brit. Spong.

vol. iii. pp. 31, 32, pi. xv.), although the latter has a spined

acerate flesh-spicule instead of a stellate.

Placospongia melobesioides , Gray (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867,

p. 128),= Geodia carinata , Bk. (ib. 1874, pi. xlvi. fig. 1 &c.),

is another sponge of this kind ; that is, its spiculation chiefly

consists of the siliceous ball, like that of Geodia, and a

pinlike spicule ; but being accompanied by a minute spini-

globate ball like that of Chondrilla nucula , together with a

zigzag or spinispirulate one like that of the Suberitida, to say

nothing of its peculiar form and mode of growth, it too must

be made the type of a distinct group in this family. The

II siliceous ball ” of Geodia also commences in a minute, simple,

star-like spicule, which in abnormal development is often

Mr. H. J. Carter on Holasterella and Hemiasterella. 149

more or less retained till it equals in size the full-grown “ ball ”

itself ; and thus its ontogenetic origin is determined.

A similar transition of the flesh-spicule is, according to

Schmidt, met with in his Vioa Johnstonii , where in one in¬

stance the spiculation consists of an acerate skeleton with

stelliform flesh-spicule (Spong. Adriat. Meeres, Taf. vii. fig. 17,

1862), and in the other of a pinlike skeleton -spicule with

a zigzag or spinispirulate flesh-spicule (Spongienf. atlant.

Geb. Taf. vi. fig. 18, 1870). This is explained at p. 5

(ib.) ; but the transition of the acerate to the pinlike skele¬

ton-spicule is not mentioned, whereby I should be inclined

to give a different name to either one or the other ; for if

we are to follow this reasoning, then Placospongia in spicu¬

lation might, but for its other flesh-spicules, be accounted the

same as Xenospongia — that is, half composed of stellates and

half of skeleton-spicules, like Hemiasterella. Little, however, as

the value of the flesh-spicule in specification appears to be under

these circumstances, it is not so under full development, which

is the point most useful to remember in specific distinction.

At the same time, as I have before stated, the form of the

flesh-spicule, taken alone , when in combination with other

spicules is not of much value : thus the first form of the

spiculation of Vioa Johnstonii appears to me to indicate afonn

of spiculation specifically different from the second ; and while

the first bears a similar spiculation to that of Hemiasterella

affi-nis , the second does not do so. Colour has nothing to do

with it. Lamarck’s Alcyonium purpureum and an undescribed

species in the Liverpool Free Museum, both different suberitic

sponges from South Australia, possess a similar spiculation to

that of the 11 second ” form of Vioa Johnstonii described by

Schmidt, together with the remarkably beautiful carmine

colour possessed by the latter.

I am aware that the terms Holaster and Hemiaster are used

for species of the Echinodermata ; but I can find no more

expressive ones for the fossil and recent sponges above described

than Holasterella and Hemiasterella , in which the terminal affix

must differentiate the names from those of the Echinoderms.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXI.

Fig. 1. Holasterella conferta, n. sp. (fossil), natural size. a, head ; b,

upper part of body ; c, lower part ; d, stem ; e e, dotted hues

indicating lost portions ; f, puncta representing abodes of crus¬

tacean parasites ; </, ends of excretory canals in a broken part.

Fig. 2. The same. Portion of surface, magnified, to show a a , form of pits

of crustacean parasites among b , meandriniform grooves and

pores. Taken from the part marked u h " in fig. 1.

150 Dr. A. Gunther on tico new Fishes.

Fig. 3. The same. Largest form of spicule. Natural size. Diagram¬

matic.

Fig. 4. The same. Typical form of large spicule, magnified, to show

spines or aborted rays of head, composing, in juxtaposition and

in situ, the surface in some parts. Copied from fig. 1 1, ‘ Annals,’

1878, vol. i. pi. ix.

Fig. 5. The same. Head of same, more magnified, to show microspina-

tion of central ray, and a, bifurcation of a lateral one. Also

copied from l. e.

Fig. 6. The same. Small spicule with twelve to fourteen rays. Much

magnified. Diagrammatic.

Fig. 7. The same. Large spicule with fewer rays and slightly inflated

centre, a, end view ; b, lateral view. Much magnified.

Fig. 8. The same. Group of small spicules in situ taken from surface of

large excretory canal in the outer part of the sponge. Rela¬

tively magnified. Showing: — a a, arms of large spicules; b b,

small spicules with central inflation and arms more or less broken

oft'; c c c, arms attached to each other. Scale l-24tli to l-830th

inch.

Fig. 9. Hemiasteretta tgpus, n. sp. (recent sponge). Skeleton-spicule,

linear, acuate ; magnified (scale l-24th to 1-lSOOth inch),

o, flesh-spicule, stelliform ; magnified (same scale), b b, forms

with from four to eight rays, more magnified.

Fig. 10. Hemiasterella affinis, n.sp. (recent sponge). Skeleton-spicule,

linear, acerate ; magnified (scale l-24tli to l-1800tli inch).

a, flesh-spicule, stelliform ; magnified (same scale), b b, other

forms, more magnified ; c, one with central inflation.

Fig. 11. Spicule, fossil (P of a Eenierid sponge), magnified; abundant

in the same deposit with Holasterella confertci. (Scale l-48th

to l-1800th inch.)

XV. — On two new Species of Fishes from the Bermudas.

By Dr. A. Gunther, F.R.S.

Mr. J. Matthew Jones, who for several years past has paid

especial attention to the fishes occurring at the Bermudas

(see ‘Annals,’ 1874, vol. xiv. pp. 370, 455), has again suc¬

ceeded in discovering two species which appear hitherto to

have escaped observation. The types have been kindly pre¬

sented by the discoverer to the British Museum.

Gerres Jonesii.

D. A. |. L. lat. 49. L. transv. jj.

The height of the body is two sevenths of the total length

(without caudal) . Prseorbital and prseoperculum entire, the

latter with the angle slightly rounded. The groove for the

processes of the intermaxillaries does not extend to the vertical

from the centre of the eye, is elongate, and entirely free from

scales. The shout is as long as the eye, and equals the width

151

Dr. F. Toula on the Dactyloporida.

of the interorbital space. The spines of the fins are slender,

the second of the dorsal slightly exceeding half the length of

the head, and being more than twice as long as the second of

the anal fin, which is stoutish and shorter than the eye. Uni¬

form silvery.

Six specimens, from 6 to 9 inches long, were obtained.

Belone Jonesii.

D. 25. A. 22.

The free portion of the tail is rather depressed, somewhat

broader than deep, the lateral line terminating in a low black-

coloured keel. The length of the head is less than one third

of the total (without caudal) ; its upper surface is broad, flat,

striated ; frontal bones diverging behind, leaving a broad space

between them which is covered by skin ; this space tapers in

front, and is closed between the orbits. Maxillary entirely

hidden by the prgeorbital. Jaws and teeth strong; vomerine

teeth none ; tongue rough. The diameter of the eye is two

thirds of the width of the interorbital space, and two fifths of

the length of the postorbital portion of the head. Body stout,

not much compressed ; pectoral fin as long as the postorbital

portion of the head. Ventral fin midway between the root of

the caudal and the eye. The middle and hinder dorsal and

anal rays subequal in length, short, the last terminating at a

considerable distance from the root of the caudal. Caudal fin

deeply lobed. Scales very small, irregular and adherent.

A single specimen, 3 feet long, was obtained.

XVI. — Remarks on Munier-Chalmas's Classification of the

Dactyloporida* *. By Dr. Fr. Toula f-

The segments of Cymopolia barbata, Lamx., are so nearly iden¬

tical with those of Dactylopora , Lamk., that the latter must be

considered as founded on fragmentary portions of Cymopolia.

This generic name ought therefore to be adopted, as it applies

to complete organisms, while Lamarck’s, although a prior name,

denotes mere fragments. Prof. Decaisne, in 1842, proved

several marine organisms ( Cymopolia among them), which

* “Observations sur' les Algues calcaires appartenant au groupe des

Siphonees verticillees ( Dasycladees , Harvey) et confondues avec les Fora-

miniferes:” note de M. Mnnier- dial mas, &c. (Comptes Rendus do

l’Acad. des Sci. vol. lxxxv. no. 18, Oct. 29, 1877, pp. 814-817).

t Imper. Geolog. Instit. Vienna, Report, August 31, 1878. Communi¬

cated by Count Marschall, F.C.G.S.

152

Dr. F. Toula on the Dactyloporida.

were generally ranked as Zoophytes, to be really Algte ; and he

regarded it as probable that many fossil forms, ranked among

Polyparia by previous authors, and among Foraminifera by

some contemporaries, are in reality plants. M. Munier-Chal-

m as proves the genera Dactyl opo ra, Ac ic u laria , and Polytrypa

to be Algse, by his figures of transverse sections and of the

annular cellules of Polytrypa elongata, Defr., and Cymopolia

rosarium. The same author considers Cymopolia and Poly¬

trypa to belong to the same genus.

M. Munier-Chalm as’s division, Siphonees verticillecs , em¬

braces the whole of the Algm with green spores, constituting

Harvey’s family Dasycladete, also fifty Triassic, Jurassic, Cre¬

taceous, and Tertiary genera, closely allied to Larvaria , Cly-

peina , Polytrypa , Acicularia , Dactylopora, and Utcria. Only

seven genera are known living in the present seas. The

organic substance being destroyed, there generally remains a

calcareous skeleton, consisting of channels, small cellules dis¬

posed in circles, and large fructification-cells.

Munier-Chalmas’s present arrangement of the Siphonece

Verticillatce stands thus : —

I. Cymopoliidje.

II. Acetabu-

eariib^:.

III. Thyrsopo-

RELLIDJE.

IV. Pactylo-

PORID-iE.

V. Neomeritve.

f Dasycladus, Agardh. f a. Decaisnella,.!/.- Chaim.**

| Ilalycoryne, Harvey. \ b. Larvaria, Defr.*

J Clypeina. Mich.* ^ e. Vaginopora, Defr*

Cymopolia, Lamb.** j d. Karreria, M. -Chaim*

Parkerella,Af.- Chaim* i, e. Polytrypa, Defr.**

Hermitella, M.- Chaim.*

f Polyphysa, Lamb.

Acetabularia, Lamk.

< Briardina, M.- Chaim*

| Acicularia, D' Arch*

[ Orioporella, M.- Chaim*

I Thyrsoporella, Gilmb*

| Guembelina, 31. -Chaim*

Dactylopora, Lamk.*

f Neomeris, Lamk.

I Bornetella, 31. -Chaim.

| Terquemella, 31. -Chaim*

J Maupasina, 31. -Chaim *

'] Zittelina, 3l.-Chalm.*

I Uteria, Mich*

I Hagenmuelleria, M.-Chalm.

[ Carpenterella, 31. -Chaim.

The subgenus Haploporella , Giimbel, including, according

to Prof. Zittel, the genera Prattia , D’Arch., Marginoporella ,

Park., and Larvaria , Defr., is admitted by M. Munier-Chal-

mas under the name of Larvaria , and united with Cymopolia ,

* Tbe genera marked with an asterisk are fossil ; and those with two

asterisks both fossil and recent.

On the Classification of the British Polyzoa.

153

Lamk. The genus Petrascula , Giimb., is not admitted into

the new system, at least not under that name.

The omission of Giimbel’s genus Gyroporella is the more

noticeable as that genus is particularly interesting with respect

to the Alpine Formation, and was the first form which led to

the group being referred to the Calcareous Algaj. Stache found

it in the Dyasic (Permian) strata of the Gailthal massif.

Giimbcl, in 1871 *, ranked Diplopora , Schafh., among the truly

vegetable u Nulliporse,” and subsequently, in 1872, among

those which he referred to animals. M. Munier-Chalmas’s

Guembelina is possibly identical with this genus.

The living Corallines inhabit shallow seas ; and thus strata

including Dactyloporidse may also be regarded as shallow-

water deposits. These fossils are prevalent in the Alpine

Limestones (Schlern Dolomite, Wetterstein Limestones), thus

affording a new argument in favour of Baron Richthofen’s

and Yon Mojsisovics’s theory of Alpine Coral-reefs. The

groups of Gyroporellce may have long grown in shallow waters

at remote periods, just as in our days groups of Nulliporce

thrive within the surf-zone, and branching Calcareous Algee

within the less exposed shallows of the reefs in the South Sea.

XVII. — On the Glassification of the British Polyzoa.

By the Rev. Thomas Hincks, B.A., F.R.S.

I propose to give in this paper an outline of certain portions

of the classification adopted in the * 1 Plistory of the British

Marine Polyzoa,’ which I hope shortly to publish. I shall

confine myself for the present to the Cheilostomata, and shall

merely sketch very slightly the general arrangement, adding a

brief diagnosis of the new genera which I have found it

necessary to constitute. I must reserve the discussion of

many interesting points connected with the subject.

Class POLYZOA, J. Y. Thompson.

Subclass Holobranchia, E. Ray Lankester.

Group a. Ectoprocta , Nitsche.

Order GYMN0L2EMATA, Allman.

Suborder i. Cheilostomata, Busk.

Fam. 1. Aeteidse.

A single genus, Aetea, Lamx.

* Abhandlung. d. k.-bayer. Akad. der Wiss. math.-phys. Cl. vol. xi.

See also Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. viii. pp. 70, 71.

154

Rev. T. Hincks on tne

Fam. 2. Eucrateidse.

This family includes the whole of the Gemellariida ?, Busk,

except Notamia , an anomalous genus and type of a separate

group, and Didymia , in which we find a totally distinct form

of cell. Eucratea , the oldest genus, and one in which the

family characters are strikingly represented, has been adopted

as the type.

Genera: Eucratea, Lamx.

Gemellaria, Savigny.

Scruparia, Hincks.

Zoarium erect, branches given off from the back of a cell,

and facing in the opposite direction. Zooecia subcalcareous,

rising one from the other, so as to form a single series, or

placed back to back ; aperture small, unarmed, slightly ob¬

lique, terminal. Ovicelliyerous cells imperfectly developed,

placed back to back with the ordinary cells. No avicularia

or vibracula.

Type Scruparia clavata , Hincks.

1 have retained Oken’s name Scruparia , with a new defini¬

tion, for this form ; it has been superseded by Eucratea , Lamx.,

and would otherwise lapse altogether.

Huxley a, Dyster.

(With revised character.)

Brettia, Dyster.

Brettia tubceformis , nov. sp.

Zoarium minute, transparent, dichotomously branched, sur¬

face smooth, attached by a number of tubular fibres. Zooecia

elongate, somewhat trumpet-shaped, slender and tubular be¬

low, and expanding gradually upwards, with a distinct joint

a little above the base ; aperture terminal, slightly oblique,

suborbicular, with about ten short spines round the margin.

Ooecia unknown.

Height about i inch.

Localities. South-east coast ( R . S. Boswell) : Hebrides

[Norman] .

Fam. 3. Cellulariidae.

Genera : Cellularia, Pallas.

Menipea, Lamx.

Scrupocellaria, Van Bcneden.

Caberea, Lamx.

155

Classification of the British Polyzoa .

Fam. 4. Bicellariidae.

Genera : Bicellaria, Blainville.

Bugula, Oken.

Species new to Britain, B. gracilis , Busk, var. uncinata.

Beania, Johnston.

Fam. 5. Notamiidae.

Genus Notamia, Fleming.

Fam. 6. Cellariidse.

Genus Cellaria, Lamx. (part.).

Fam. 7. Flustridae.

Genus Flustra, Linnaeus.

Fam. 8. Membraniporidae.

In dealing with the section of the Polyzoa that includes the

Memhran Igor idee and Escharidce of Busk, and some allied

genera, there can, I think, be no doubt that, if we are seeking

a natural classification, we must base the families, for the most

part, on the characters of the zocecium. To found them on

the manner of growth (however convenient the method may

be as an artificial contrivance) would be to place the mere acci¬

dent before the essential elements of structure. Groups thus

formed, instead of fitting in with natural affinities, would tra¬

verse them at all points. The venerable family of the Escha¬

ridce (auctt.) is a mere jumble of incongruous elements, and

no more represents the order of nature (the actual relation¬

ships of the forms which compose it) than would a group of

plants founded on the colour of their flowers. Whatever

judgment may ultimately prevail respecting the constitution of

genera , it will hardly, I think, be disputed that the first

step towards a natural classification in this department must

be the reform, in the sense which I have indicated, of the

larger groups.

Genera : Membranipora, Blainville.

Megapora, Ilincks.

Fam. 9. Microporidae.

Genera: MlCROPORA, Gray.

156

Rev. T. Hincks on the

STEGANOPORELLA, Smitt.

Species new to Britain, S. Smitt ii, mihi ( = Memhranipora

andegavensis , Busk, 1 Crag Polyzoa but not, I believe, the

Eschara andegavensis of Michelin) .

Setosella, Hincks.

Fam. 10. Cribrilinidae.

Genera: Cribrilina, Gray.

Type C. radiata , Moll.

Membraniporella, Smitt.

Type M. nitida , Johnston.

Fam. 11. Microporellidas.

Genera: Microporella, Hincks.

Type M. ciliata , Pallas.

DlPORULA, nov. gen.

Zooecia calcareous, without a membranous area or raised

margins ; orifice arched and expanded above, contracted below,

and slightly constricted by two lateral projections (horseshoe-

shaped), lower margin straight and entire ; a semilunate pore

on the front wall. Avicularia. Zoarium (in the only British

species) erect, with cylindrical branches.